Adec Preview Generated - University of Sydneynswaol.library.usyd.edu.au/data/pdfs/13046_ID_Duque...Tilden als"o put forward six principles which have remained the corner stone of modern

I 1 I' I 1 I. I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 I I 'I .]

P~bli~ I~t~~p~~t~ti~~~

~t

B~t~~y B~y, L~ P~~~~~~

Appraisals and Alternative Proposals

Afonso A. Duque-Portugal

Submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for

the degree of Master of Arts

School of Prehistoric and Historical Archaeology

The University of Sydney

November 1992

I I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

The aim of this essay was to analyse existing Interpretation Programmes that are available at Botany Bay National Park, north (La Perouse) and propose alternatives, if necessary.

The essay is divided into two units. The first unit contains all the discussions, and the second includes all the illustrative materials used, including reference maps~

The discussion was structured into three major sections. In the first section, Interpretation's theoretical framework is discussed (1. Interpretation).

In the second section, the Methodology is discussed (2. Methodology), the study area is introduced (3. Botany Bay National Park, north) and present-day Interpretation Programmes are analysed (4. Interpretations: An Appraisal of Today's Programmes).

In the 3rd section, alternatives are proposed (5. Alternative Approach) and final comments are made (6. Conclusions) •

Footnotes and references form the last sub-section of the essay.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I ·1 I I I I I I I

A great number of people were very helpful and supportive and I wish to thank them all for their kindness.

The Academic and Administrative staff were very helpful throughout the course and I would like to thank them all.

My special thanks go to Ron Heather for putting up with so much disruption on the "home front" and for his continuous support. I am also in great debt to my brother, Francisco Jose, who offered so many important advices and to my friend Barry Harrison for his timely comments on the use of the English language.

Much of my work would not had been accomplished without the enormous help from my Informants. I am indeed very thankful to Mr Glen Blaxland for his generous sharing of information about Botany Bay and its histories. Mrs Fox and her daughter Mrs Etherton were very kind in telling me about life in Botany Bay during the 1950's and 1960'·S, and Mrs Collins and Mrs Crammer were terrific with their candid comments about life in the "Happy Valley" unemployment camp of the 1930's. .

The staff at the La Perouse Aboriginal Art and Culture Museum were always very generous with their comments and patient with me during my enquires. I am specially thankful to Clair Mason (in memoriam) and Jean Carter for their concise and insightful comments. Elsie and Barbara were also very helpful.

I wish to make clear that the views expressed in this essay are my own and do not necessarily reflect those of the National Parks and Wildlife Service or of any other institution or persons

To my mother

A memoria de minha Mae

EX~ Sr~ D~ Maria Augusta Duque-Portugal (1907 - 1991)

I I 1-'I 1 'I 'I I I I I 1 I I I 1 1 In.t~:rp:r~tC5LtiC>r1

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

1 I 1 I. I 1 1 I I

CONTENTS

1.

2.

I:n.t:.~:rp:r~t:.a.t:..ic>:n.

1.1 Introduction

• Definitions • Principles

1.2 Parameters

• Components and Processes • Goals and Objectives

1.3 Selective Factors

The Storyline and the site • The Receiver • The Provider

M~t:.hc>dc>lc>gy

2.1 Interpretive Media

2.1.1 Introduction • Attended Services • Unattended Services

2.1.2 Attended Services

· Information Duty • Conducted Activities

Tours & Walks Talks Demonstrations Living Interpretations

PAGE

1

3

4

6

7

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

CONTENTS PAGE

2.1.3 Unattended Services

• Written,Material Signs & Labels Publications

• Self-Guided Activities Trails Tours

• Exhibits

• Audio & Audio-Visuals

3_ B~t~~y B~y N~ti~~~l P~rk (North) ,

3.1 Description

3.2 History

3.2.1 Aboriginal Botany Bay

· Prior to European contact

· After European contact

3.2.2 European Botany Bay

· Underlying Processes

· A Short History

3.3 Visitors - A Profile

3.4 The CUltural Resources - A Profile

3.5 The Provider

11

18

19

20

25

27

27


CONTENTS

4_

(An Appraisal of Today's Programmes)


• Introduction

4.1.2 Attended Services • Information Duty

Conducted Activities Tours & Walks

. Talks . Demonstrations Living Interpretations

4.1.3 unattended Services

• written Material Signs & Labels Publications


Exhibits


4.2 Programmes - The Calendar Year

PAGE

29

29

32

34


CONTENTS

.5 •

5.1 Introduction

5.2

5.3

• Goals, Objectives, Aims

Methodology

• Introduction

Parameters

• Approaches

• contexts

Themes

Natural Characteristics CUltural Attributes

Interpretive Media

5.3.1 Introduction


• Information Duty • Conducted Activities

Tours & Walks Talks Demonstrations Living Interpretations

PAGE

35

36

43

43


CONTENTS

/5 • 3 • 3 Unattended Services

• written Material signs Publications


• Exhibits


5.4 Programmes New Approaches

6. Ce>rl.c::l-u.si.e>rl.s

Notes and References

PAGE

47

50

54

I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 11

1 1

I I

1 1 I I I I I

, "1 _ I:n:t.~:J::"'"p:J::"'~t:.a. t:.i C>r1

1.1 Introduction

Definitions and Principles

Definitions of interpretation are abundant and varied but most of them seem to agree that interpretation is the communication link between the visitor and resources 1 Tilden, the acknowledged patriarch of modern interpretation in the western world, defined interpretation as

"An education activity which aims to reveal meanings and relationships through the use of original objects, by first hand experience, and by illustrative media, rather than simply" to communicate factual information".2

Tilden als"o put forward six principles which have remained the corner stone of modern interpretation. They are:

I - "Any interpretation that does not somehow relate what is being displayed or described to something within the personality or experience of the visitor will be sterile.

1

II - Information as such, is not interpretation. Interpretation is revelation based upon information. But they are entirely different things. However, all interpretation includes information.

III - Interpretation is an art, which combines many arts, whether the materials presented are scientific, historical or architectural. Any art is in some degree teachable.

IV - The chief aim of Interpretation is not instruction, but provocation.

v - Interpretation should aim to present the whole rather than a part, and must address itself to the whole man rather than any phase.

VI - Interpretation addressed to children (say, up to the age of twelve) should not be a dilution of the presentation to adults, but should follow a fundamentally different approach. To be at its best it will require a separate program." 3

Although his approach was personal and empirical it contains all the requirements set out by the modern psychology of


\learning and, indeed, all the literature consulted is in agreement in those points. 4

2

To those Principles, I would add a 7th - Interpretation for Interpretation sake. There should be no other aims/objectives than those of experiencing, learning. The financial profit factor should never be allowed to interfere with the quality of experience and, thus, learning. 5

As a basic rule, interpretation must establish a link between what is seen and discussed and the visitors' past experience and personality. Once this connection is made, the opened path leads to further questions and discoveries. Familiarity eases access and that is when artefacts, in their widest cultural sense, become powerful tools in interpretation for they establish a link between the setting and the observer.

Many tend to confuse interpretation with information. As Tilden points out, the latter is present as "by-product" of the former and it does not have interpretation's explanatory powers.

Interpretation is an interdisciplinary art, both in its gathering of evidence and in its delivery. It knows no barrier, artistic or scientific and there is much artistry in the ability the interpreter must have when demonstrating the dynamic nature of both, the natural and cultural worlds, their interaction and continuous change.

Interpretation aims to instigate the visitor to query further, to build new connections, and there is no better way to achieve that than by challenging the visitors' in-built conceptions and mental constructs. As cognitive principles point out and the Carsons clearly demonstrated, "pseudoincongruities" present in a given setting can be used as mind-teasers, as points of departure. 6 A good interpretation would then lead the visitor to resolve the conflict created through their own questioning and reasoning. One can also use opposite strategy as suggested previously, by departing from the known to the unknown. One can go further and move from the objects to the people who used them and examine how they meant different things to different people. 7

Interpretation consists of more than just principles for it is a dynamic process, a continuous interaction between the observer, the setting and the media employed; so the choosing of an appropriate medium is paramount for the success of any interpretive attempt. 8

I I I I I I I I I 1 I -I I I I 1 I I I I I

/

.J

3

1.2 Parameters

Components and Processes vvv\.

! The choosing of an appropriate interpretive media/should take into account the interplay between the physical/resources, the visitor and the provider. The determination of an appropriate medium involves two processes - the elimination of unsuitable media and the definition of an interpretive objective.

)

Interpretation can be achieved i9 various ways but the choosing of an appropriate medip takes much insight, imagination and logic. Guided Walks/Tours require good hearing capacity from participants; signs cannot communicate well, complex and abstract stories; and a fragile site may preclude the use of an interpretive medium on-site. These types of considerations are assessed and the medium which best fulfils the requirements is then chosen.

Thus the selection of an appropriate interpretive medium is achieved by carefully matching visitors' expectations against the available resources, taking into account that visitors' fulfilment should not result in depreciation of those very resources. The next step is to match those requirements against the provider's capacity to fulfil those, and check which options are the most appropriate. 9

Goals and Objectives

This elimination process can only be thorough if one has a clear idea of the goals and objectives of interpretation and definition of both are usually controversial. In this essay, a Goal is defined as a long term "objective". It is concerned with the "universal" and the "timeless" whereas an Objective is concerned with the specific, a desired achievement to be accomplished within a defined timeframe. As objectives are accomplished the system advances towards the Goal.

What is the goal(s) of Interpretation? I personally see Interpretation as a mechanism for transmission of our "collective memory", our common humanity. It is basic for the survival of a group. Objectives are ways, means, of achieving those goals.

I I 4

t1

/( I J

~ 7 ~.3 Selective Factors .

I ~ The Storyline and the Site - storylines are factual ~ narratives, usually emphasising a theme, and they convey

relationships and meanings. It is the complexity, abstract

I character, and the number of messages contained within a Storyline that will determine which media are suitable. A

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

.J

J

complex theme would demand a Talk or a Guided W~lk but ~concrete factual information could be conveyed by a sign, for

instance.

Site refers to the physical setting. Remoteness, fragility, dangerous surroundings may restrain on-site media. A roaring

Jwaterfall will interfere badly with audial media; mountains and crannies will stop radio signals.

The Receiver - The visitors and their attributes will determine which medium is appropriate. These attributes can be examined in terms of access to, literacy on, and preference for a medium.

By access i,t is meant the opportunity to receive a message or to use the media. PhY$ical disabilities (eg deafness, hear~ condition) will prevent visitors to enjoy a Talk or a Walk • People without binoculars would find it difficult to properly enjoy a bird-watching Walk. A nice auditorium may be too far for the park day-users etc.

Media literacy refers to the ability of a person to decode the message. Age, knowledge, education, ethnicity, familiarity with the media employed, mental ability are factors that will influence suitability. Young children cannot read, most people, even after some training, find it difficult to see archaeological features in situ, some cultures do not use a scientific approach to learning and people with a "liberal" education may find it easier to decipher messages given their familiarity with books, plays and films and so on.

t ' ~..t Media preference reflect}the visitors' personal liking;,o' a particular medium. Attended (personal) or non-attended (nonpersonal) service, audio or visual or both etc.

fJk. context will also affect the choicera medium. Mood, state of mind or behaviour at the time of interpretation should dictate the choice of medium used. Whilst on a queue people will read a pamphlet or a booklet but will hesitate to move away to view an Exhibit. Families with young children or accompanied by old people will avoid strenuous Walks and people who are tired from travelling will prefer a passive medium (eg a Talk, viewing slides) to an active medium '(eg a Walk) .

I I I I I I I I I I

1I I I

!I II

I I I I I I

~

~ ~$.~\ ~

5

The Provider - It is identified as the agency that provides the interpretation service and it can be private or public. Constraints can be various, it can result from lack of resources, both human and material, poor funding, ideological inclinations etc. The latter factor affects both, Objectives and Goals whereas former ones would only affect Objectives. Thus BHP tours of Broken Hill site differ considerably from Green Peace tours of the same area.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

M~t.h.c>d..olc>gy

I I I I


6

\2 _ METHODOLOGY


2.1.1 Introduction

Media in this context refer to the resources, methods, devices used in the interpretive process. The selection of an appropriate medium is crucial to the success of any interpretive programme, and the selection process must take into account the two major components - the individual and the available resources.

The chosen medium will have to provide the individual with effective ways of understanding the subject in question. Thus it has to take into account individual and group characteristics. Age, disability,. literacy in the medium used, ethnicity, education, and cultural backgrounds are important factors in determining the medium choice. Thus, interpretive services can be presented in languages other than english and special groups, such as the physically impaired, should have access to alternatives. Children should, of course, have access to a complete interpretation programme of their own. 10

The context, that is the nature of the resource (eg historic, geological etc), its physical status (eg a fragile habitat, a dangerous site), environmental factors (eg seasonal variation) are some of the parameters that will affect the choice of a medium. The nature of the resource, abstract character, and number of messages that those themes contain will dictate the choice of a medium.

More pervasive and far more reaching in their limiting power are constraints imposed through the Administration. Poor funding will result in poverty of human resources and materials. The resulting restriction in terms of media choice may impede interpretation completely.

Concluding, a medium is appropriate if it is suitable for the purpose and circumstances befitting the place, the individual and the occasion

The interpretive media has been traditionally divided into two categories: Personal and non-personal. 11


7

!n Attended Services (personal) interpretation is achieved through the help of an interpreter, a facilitator who bridges the gap between the visitor and the subject. This contact can be formal as in guided-walks or informal as on a spontaneous conversation between a visitor and an officer on duty. Informal contacts despite their usual short duration, present the officer with an ideal situation for a successful interpretation given the self-motivation of the visitor.,

In Unattended Services (non-personal), interpretation is achieved through materials such as a brochure and devices like audio and audio-visuals. They guide and facilitate the interpretive activity. In the absence of an interpretation officer, the visitor is the "prime mover", controlling to a great extent the choice of media and duration of the activity.

Unattended Services are advantageous in many settings and situations. Nevertheless, it can be argued that they should not be considered as a replacement for personal services. On the contrary, they can be viewed a$ means, ways, of carrying interpretation beyond the point where individual interpretation stop being feasible, and thus complementing and enriching the visitors' experience .

2.1.2 Attended services (Personal)

Personal or attended services offer direct contact between the visitor and the interpreter and four options can be identified:

• Information Duty • Conducted Activities • Talks to groups • Demonstrations and "Living Interpretations".

Information Duty

The primary aim of this service is to provide the visitor with information concerning the recreation opportunities of the area and how to best use the available facilities. It differs from other personal services in that the interaction is usu~lly on a one-to-one basis, subject-specific and of short duration. 12

Nevertheless I Information Duty does offer unique opportunities for interpretation. The spontaneous nature of these encounters and the fact that most visitors will be at their most receptive mood at this stage greatly enhances the

I I I I I I I I I I· 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I

/

v

8

phances of a successful interpretation. Information Duty offers unique chances for a successful interpretation because the one-to-one interaction and specific queries posed by the visitor allow the officer on duty to tailor the interpretation to suit individual needs. 13

Information Duty, however, can become a "glorified information desk" and nothing else if staff is not motivated and resourceful. The quick turn over of public, the straight shot single questions can damp and sour the most experienced interpreter, and often the short nature of interaction may impede any meaningful conversation. ~he most common locations are the entry points into an area (gates, entry booths etc) and within Visitors Centres.

Visitors Centres - The main function of a Visitor Centre is to inform and to interpret. Due to a greater amount of space, interpretive media can be used with more freedom of choice. The sheltered conditions and amenities provide comfort which in turn facilitates interpretation. It is a matter of fact, that once our basic needs are satisfied, we can then start to cater for other needs, such a learning etc. 14

. -The options discussed ,so far can be termed "passive", that is, the visitor come to the officer on duty. There are other forms of Information Duty where the officer on duty intently seeks their customs so as to offer interpretation. This seeking can be "continuous" as when the officer roams the area during high visitation hours looking for concentrations of visitors to whom personal interpretive services can be offered.

Another option can be termed Point Duty. The officer on duty moves to a predetermined point of high visitation and make interpretation available to the public on demand. Depending on the local situation, supportive interpretive media such'as maps and pictures, can also be employed.

Conducted Activities

These activities are characterized by the presence of an interpreter and usually designed around a theme(s). 15

Guided Walks & Tours The activities evolve along a planned intinerary containing stops placed at appropriate points of the trajectory. Guide Walks & Tours are probably the most well-known interpretive media. They are also amongst the most effective, thanks to their highly interactive character.


In those, rapport tends continuous between the visitor, interpreter and the item being interpreted, and all the senses can be called into the interpretive process.

9

The interpreter's presence can be very reassuring , allowing visitors to immerse themselves into the subject of interpretation

In general, a most positive characteristic of Walks & Tours and Conducted Activities, is the flexibility of the media allowing the interpreter to design the approach to suite a particular group.

People tend to relate to "things" that are somehow familiar to them. By departing from the known to the new, one catches the visitors interest and eases the way to understanding. But the opposite is also true. The shock of the new, incongruities encountered on the way, can be a starting point for new discoveries. 16

Talks In interpretation, Talks are the closest we can get to a classroom situation, with 'all the pros and cons. They are very popular with both the public and interpreters.

They can be given "on the spot" - the contents being closely related to the immediate area, or be given at another place. The latter is usually an strategy used to entice the audience to come and visit the subject(s) of interpretation.

Talks can be very effective, specially if illustrated by real objects and supported by audio-visual media. They are often used as an introduction to other activities and are a most appropriate medium to tell visitors about their choices for the future.

To be effective, Talks have to be designed specifically to suite the particular group in question. Young groups, for instance, demand a conversational approach, and they expect lots of chance to participate.

All audiences need variation in the presentation and their education background should dictate the approach chosen.

Demonstrations and Living Interpretations There are varied approaches, often associated with historical contrivances such as seen in Williamsburgh in the USA or in ~I the The Old Sydney Town. There are at least three main ~ , categories: Theatrical performances (roles), crafts/kills S~~·~ demonstrations and Folk festivals.


In performance activities an individual or a group play the ~. ... role(s) of people who may have lnhablted the slte/area or somehow, may have been associated with them. The language, dress, mannerisms, tools, techniques, attitudes and mores of that time are tools to motivate the visitor to move back in time to a specific period pertinent to the site and subject in question.

Although the presentation may be a monologue, often the visitor is drawn into the "happening" through "casual" conversation. Perceived incongruities and similarities to visitors' 'own lives work together leading visitors to question, enquire into, confirm or refute their assumptions about the past.

The aim of the performance should not be that of the portrayal of an individual per se but to help the visitor to understand past life-styles.

Craft and skills demonstrations can be integrated into theatrical performance but they can also be conducted on their own, with no attempts to reconstruct past settings/sur~oundings. They offer wonderful opportunities to demonstrate past and often obsolete ways of doing things. Methods and techniques of a by-gone era and skills no longer in use come alive in these constructs. 17

10

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ·1 I

\

I.

2.1.3 unattended Services (Non-personal)

They are characterised by the absence of an interpreter, interpretation is achieved, instead, by gadgets, the printed word, pictures etc. They have been groups as:

• Written Material Signs/Labels Publications

• Self-Guided Activities Trails

. Tours

• Exhibits

Audio and Audio-Visuals

written Material

11

The written material used in interpretation can be grouped as Signs, Labels and Publications. They rely on vision to be understood, and often demand some kind of language literacy Their message is silent and they can be re-read for clarification. 18

.~ , a-

Accuracy is a primary requirement that cannot be overlooked under any circumstance. The words chosen, spelling, punctuation, grammar, demand great attention. contents must abide by the facts and be devoid of secondary interests other than those of Interpretation. The detection by the reader of what could be considered some "minor errors" will, almost invariablY, discredit the message being presented. rP'O ~

OJ Some subjects have greater sensitizing power because somehow we consider them "attractive". Indigenous peoples and local flora, for instance, are classical examples of "universal attractors". So is humans' past behaviour The interpreters' artistry depend on how skilfully they use those emotionally charged subjects as pathways to new experiences. 19

Style plays a major role in defining the reader's feelings. A formal style and continuous use of unfamiliar words, for instance, will build barriers between the individual and the

vi subject in question. On the other hand, it is very easy to trivialise a subject and in so doing bring forth the reader's contempt of, and distrust to what is being said. An unpatronising and friendly tone will always stand a better chance.


12

~he reader's effort to read on may be decreased by a properly planned and designed layout. Long blocks of text are very uninviting to most people so it is better to break the text into parcels of a sensible size.

Nevertheless, some subjects will require a detailed account if they are to be understood. In those cases, skilful use of generous margins and sub-headings, shorter paragraphs, words, and sentences can ease the reading considerably. An important point to remember is never to sacrifice clarity for brevity.

The use of pictures is also very effective on both long and short texts. Unless sUbstantial funding is available, linedrawings, black & white photographs are better option than poorly reproduced colour pictures and photos.

signs and Labels In interpretive planning two types of signs are envisaged Interpretive Signs and Administrative Signs. The latter inform and direct, and one of its functions is to put the vis~tor in contact with the interpretive programmes being offered.

Interpretive signs, on the other hand, have as their function the elucidation, on site, of the subject being interpreted

Labels are sel~om used as an interpretive sign ~their own right given ~~ characteristic brevity. containing no more than a sent~nce, they are usually employed in conjunction with interpretive signs, as on an interpretive trail, where they are useful in identifying/naming items. Nevertheless, their explanatory power can be expanded by adding a few details such as, for instance, the subject's formal name, a simple location map etc.

Signs are more complex and, independently of their size, they must perform a number of functions. They must captivate the visitors, hold their interest and provide them with an understanding of the subject. Often, they are also expected to evoke a behavioural response. 20

Sizes vary from short ones with a headline and a single paragraph to larger signs containing headlines, openin~ paragraph, inner paragraph(s) and a closing paragraph.

PUblications The effectiveness of PUblications originates mostly from the power of the written word and the speedy way they can reach the people. They are cheap to reproduce and, being portable, means they can be distributed widely facilitating the task of reaching a vast audience of potential visitors. On-site

I I 1 1 I I I 1 I I, I 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 I

publications continue their interpretation work even after the visitors have left as reading material and souvenirs

They are easily reviewed and updated and can be effectively used in answering regularly asked questions. In that function, they not only avoid boredom and associated poor performance, as they relieve staff to perform other interpretative duties

Publications can be divided into two major categories: Informative and Interpretive. The aim of the former is to provide the individual with information of a functional nature such as access to the site, location of facilities, timetables, an outline of interpretive programmes on offer etc.

Interpretive Publications, on the other hand, have interpretation as their sole aim. They usually treat the themes and topics in more detail, often catering to target audiences such as schools, leisure groups etc. Given their longer shelve-life, they are usually of better quality, well illustrated and often in colour.

, ,

13

Type and variety of Publications will vary according to site and resources available'. Some areas will demand a series of publications given the amount of differing themes they contain, in another place a single booklet may be sufficient. The text and illustrations should reflect the area's, subjects and the chosen themes should be organised accordingly.

The use qf themes in publications allow for individual choice of literature, for instance, some visitors may be interested in the theme tlIndigenous population" but may not be willing to buy a book containing many other topics which may not be of interest to them. Themes have yet another function. The major theme(s) act as a linking thread, weaving the various stories into a comprehensive whole.

According to the volume of information they contain, publications can be roughly divided into fliers, brochures and pamphlets, booklets and books.

Sometimes, Publications are done as complements to another medium. In self-guided trails that use leaflet and markers, for instance, the pamphlet relates the message highlighted by the marker on the trail.

Although some publications such as postcards have usually only a souvenir value, they can acquire some interpretive qualities if the text and illustrations manage to portray a scene, a structure or an object that is pertinent to the story of the area. In a similar fashion, posters, charts, can be successfully used in interpretation, if some care is taken in the selection of the contents and choice of layout.

• !

I I I I I I I I I I

1I I I I

I I I I

Self-Guided Activities

Usually a walking activity, (though self-guided boat tours are an option in Botany Bay), it permits the individual or groups to come in direct contact with the (cultural) resources being interpreted (physically or/and visually). Interpretation can be handled in various ways. The most popular options, are:

Self-Guided Trails

• printed material and markers • signs-in-place • audio devices

Although a Guided Walk is considered in interpretation service to be the preferable option, often shortage of staff will restrict the number of visitors that can be effectively reached by this means. Self-Guided Trails offer a sound al ternati ve. 22

A most positive feature of this alternative is the control" the visitor has over the schedule. The visitor dictates the 'pace and in that way it is particularly suited to the physically disabled, the frail, children and, no doubt, for the individuals who want to be with their own thoughts and walk at a leisurely rate. The most important point to remember is it should be designed for people who are walking and keeping in mind that people are purposefully engaging themselves in an activity that demands certain conditions if it is to be successful

14

Unfortunately, no amount of text, nor conciseness of language and expert advice can explain everything. The characteristic one-way only communication means that complex points have to be excluded and doubts that the visitors may have will remain unexplained to their frustration. In attempting to reach as many people as possible, the "standardized" text will appear too elementary for some and too complex for others.

The limited space also precludes the use of different languages and thus placing the service out of the reach of those in the visiting population that are not familiar with the language used.

Unfortunately, signs are very prone to be vandalized. Weathering, specially under the Australian sun, is a major drawback. A damaged or removed sign will leave an area without any interpretation so constant surveillance is necessary to keep the trail in its integrity and that can be costly in the long. run. Its impact on the environment is


greater than any other methods and because it leads to visitor concentration in a specific area, it may result in erosion, soil compaction etc.

Self-Guided Trails make use of three main methods: Leaflet & Marker, Sign-Marked, and Audio based.

15

In the Leaflet & Marker trail, the areas to be inter.preted are marked with numbers or letters, usually on wooden or metal stumps. The leaflet that the visitors carry with them contain the same markings (letters or numbers) with accompanying explanatory text and illustrations.

Sign-Marked Trail consists of fixed signs located at predetermined points of the trail and those signs carry the texts and illustrations of the story being told.

Audio based trails - Given the continuous and astonishing advancement in electronics and telecommunications, Audio Trails will always offer excellent opportunities, remaining as some of the best options in interpretation.

until quite recently, there was only two options - the fixed station (eg push-button type) and a mobile alternative, usually a tape, to be played at specified points in the trail.

Today, transmission can be via antennae and dish, via satellite if it need be ••• Cumbersome portable cassetteplayers have been substituted "by light weight, user-friendly, personal sounq systems. They do not intrude on the local environment and allow people to enjoy the activity at their own pace. with the fixed devices, long lasting batteries or solar cells make them suitable for many different conditions

A most positive point is the ability of the devices to reproduce the variety of human speech and other sounds with great fidelity.

However, like any gadgetry-based system, Audio Trails can be expensive in terms of installation and maintenance and they can, given constant advances in technology, to become outdated very quickly._23

Exhibits

An Exhibit can be described as a device that publicly displays illustrations (eg photos, drawings etc), texts and, in some cases, Objects. A list in terms of objects that could be displayed would be almost endless and it becomes apparent that a judicious selection is imperative if cluttering at all levels is to be avoided - both within and between eXhibits. 24

....-------------------------~-~--- ~

I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

16

~t becomes apparent that we rely on Exhibits to achieve objectives that even a larger collection of items would have trouble in reaching. They can easily become too technical or too abstract

Brevity is also to be pursued because visitors are usually standing whilst viewing an exhibit. Fatigue will eventually interfere and the exhibits message will be lost.

The effectiveness of an Exhibit will reside in its capacity to catch and hold the visitors' attention. This is so because a non-captive audience will move on unless the Exhibit sells its message quickly. Further, an Exhibit has a greater chance to be successful if various stimuli are present. An audio-visual presentation, for instance, is more appealing than a display consisting only of texts and illustrations.

Three factors play a major role in the success of an Exhibit: there is a need to identify and focus on chosen "target groups(s)", to define the objectives and choose an appropriate theme.

In a broad categorisation, Exhibits can come in two or threedimensions. The former, usually flat panels, utilise text and, in most of the cases, illustrations. The latter, consist mostly of Models. Some can be viewed all round whereas others 'may have a view point, to emphasise depth through use of optical illusion (dioramas). popularisation of holographs may eventually revolutionise these types of Exhibit.

Exhibits allow people to proceed through at their own pace. Visitors may linger the necessary time to grasp what is being told, or move on and view those that are of greatest interest to them. Because the planner can play around with the scale of objects, structures even of a whole area, outside themes can be brought into buildings, for instance. Small items can be expanded or 'blown up' and perspectives, such as perceived from aerial views, can be made accessible to the viewer.

Once in place, Exhibits continue to tell the story independently of the presence of an interpreter. They are cheap to maintain and their 'availability' make them a cheap interpretation media in the long run. If properly designed they are able to hold appeal and be comprehensible to a large age spectrum.

However, Exhibits have some limitations. Abstract concepts, policies, complex technical details or any topic that demand a lengthier text are seldom well-dealt with by Exhibits.

Most Exhibits are static; consequently, their appeal is restricted and unlike publications, they have no souvenir appeal - the visitor cannot physically take the message home. Like signs in self-guided trails they can be easily


17

yandalised and, once they are removed or become obsolete, the visitor is left with no alternatives.

Audio and Audio-Visual Devices

These rely on sounds and images, usually pre-recorded, and may be represented by audio and visual tapes, transparencies etc. The message/medium can be chosen to reach one person or a group and can rely on human voice, music, natural sounds, colour, frozen images or moving pictures. The fast moving technologies of today are bringing something new almost everyday and this is an option interpretation that will always offer a lot in terms of variety and resourcefulness. 19

I I I I I I I I I -I 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 I I

3.1

B~t~~y B~y N~ti~~~l P~~k (North)

Description

18

Botany Bay National Park is located some 16 Km south of the business district of Sydney. The park is divided into two areas: Botany Bay south - the area at Kurnell peninsula also known as "captain Cook's Landing Place", and Botany Bay north - area located at La Perouse. It is the latter area which, this essay is concerned with. f I ~ 1, 2.

The area was incorporated into Botany Bay National Park in 1967 with the creation of the NPWS. The area has known many different uses but most of it has remained under government control since the 1830's. 25 The park consists of two more or less distinct geographical areas. The more well-known area is encircled by a "lo.op" of the Anzac Parade and together with the near-by Bare Island form what is known as the La ~erouse Headland. This headland is a continuation of a much altered sandstone ridge which juts southwards from the Anzac Parade region. The area has steep sides towards the east and south but a gentler incline northwards (Frenchmen/Bay). It is within the ''''loop'' by Anzac Parade that one finds most of the famous structures usually associated with the site, namely the Watch-Tower, the Monument to Laperouse, the grave of Father Receveur and the Cable Station building. Bare Island is located just south of this area.

The second area is formed by the longer eastern extension of the park. It contains two major land protrusions, Henry Head and Cape Banks which are separated from each other by Cruwee Cove. Between the "loop" area and Henry Head peninsula lies Congwong Beach. Beyond Congwong Beach, the sandstone cliffs gain height and sandy areas are replaced by rock platforms. At the moment, a narrow area facing the open ocean north of Cape Banks, is on the process of being transferred to BBNP. It contains the historic Little Bay Cemetery.



19

~.2 Botany Bay - A History )

3.2.1 The Aboriginal Botany Bay

Prior to European contact

The knowledge we have of Aboriginal societies prior to European contact is based on early historical accounts, oral tradition and archaeology. Botany Bay Aborigines were, probably, the very first groups who interacted with Europeans, first in 1770, when Captain Cook visited Botany Bay and then in 1788, with the arrival of the First Fleet and the Laperouse expedition.

Botany Bay Aborigines paid a high price for this dubious honour, for introduced diseases, land occupation and issuing conflict robbed them of the stability they had enjoyed for countless generations. 26

Early accounts such as those produced by Cook's companions and officers of the First Fleet give us some important clues about the groups that lived in the area. The northern area of Botany Bay seemed to have been occupied by the Bidjigal F~'~ 3 people who belonged to the Eora language speaking group. Their main territory was the bay itself and the surrounding countryside though the western boundary probably did not extend too far inland. The bountiful food supply probably allowed them to establish a semi-sedentary existence and they certainly shared many cultural traits with other coastal groups, including groups from the Sydney region.

Archaeological excavations on the southern area of the bay (Kurnell peninsula) yielded a carbon 14 date of around 7,000 BP. Although no similar deposits have been found on the La Perouse side one can extrapolate that the Aborigines were also residing in the area at least for that amount of time and almost certainly longer. 27

The Aboriginal Botany Bay of post-contact

After the arrival of the Europeans, Aborigine society start to change drastically to survive. It can be argued that they developed parallely to European Australia and most groups were never assimilated in the way white Australians dreamed of. It is very difficult to establish an outline of the developments that took place since European arrival because one can only rely on European accounts and, beside their cultural bias, they peter out soon after the initial

I I I I I I

I I I I I I I

<J

20

puriosity about the Aborigines waned during the 1820's or so, and was replaced by contempt and prosecution. 28

The traditional oral accounts of today do not go beyond the 1870's, and in the absence of written records, it is only fortuitous comments by travellers and indirect evidence that give us some idea about what was happening to the Aboriginal groups located at Botany Bay north.

The "popular version" is that after the initial hostilities of 1788, an epidemic of Small-pox wiped out the coastal peoples, including the Bidjigal communities on the northern shore of Botany Bay. The 1789 epidemic was, indeed, devastating for the coastal and other communities. However, one suspects that the "wiping out theory" is very similar to the Tasmanian Aborigines fate legend. Said to be an "extinct race" until quite recently, their descendants re-surfaced in "flesh & blood ff after being "dead" for almost a century to the chagrin of many ••• 29

"Officially", Aboriginal "re-settlement" of Botany Bay north took place in the 1880's wqen peoples from the south coast were "herded" to a government reserve at La Perouse. However, early accounts, may contradict. There are reports, for " instance, "about traditional groups fishing in the nearby Cook's river as late as the 1840's. Another possible evidence comes from a painting done in 1857, by Du Perry. On it a group of Aborigines is depicted camping out by the La perouse monument and Father Receveur's grave. 3D

On a broader view one may envisage an initial phase of quite intensive interaction followed by reaction, aggression, conflict and loss leading to a long period of avoidance of, and withdrawal from European society. In the 1880's, the "Aboriginal Protection Board" brought back paternalism and control but, by then, many communities had "gone their own way", even" if on the surface they looked accultured and assimilated. One may speak of "CuLtural. Separat;ivism" as one examines these parallel developments because Aboriginal and European Australia have remained isolated from each other throughout their cultural development. 31

3.2.2 The European Botany Bay

'Underlying Processes ,- I

< \Y~Central to this interpretative approach is the process cr~ colonization, a process which is broadly characterized

of by

~~ ~arrival' followed by a period of accommodation and

I ~. experimentation which is then followed by periodical 4Y expansions and contractions.

~r1l)

I I


21

),

The freeing of labour and capital at the onset of the Modern Age brought a completely different system of. Capitalism. The European colonization of Australia, as opposed to the Americas, for instance, took place well within the modern capitalism system and it was and is overwhelmingly molded by it.

Further, as the world communication network advanced as new technologies became available, Australia became less isolated but, at the same time, more exposed to the whims of the world markets. Thus expansion and buoyancy is followed by contraction and depression and these variations are all imprinted on all Botany's Bay histories. 32

As one examines the evolution of the European Australia, a change of ethos can be observed. The European mind-set of late 18th century that shaped the early history of Botany Bay gives away to an "indigenized" view which becomes more apparent towards the 2nd quarter of the 19th century. This "indigenization" process continues and speeds up towards the end of the 19th century as more efficient and faster means of communication facilitate the transit of people and transfer of ideas, further enhancing the concept of a commonwealth. 33

There was also a noticeable change in economic and political power. Initially, the government hold control, but by the 1820's the landed gentry that were squatting on the land gained prominence both economically and politically. It was not until the wealth from other sources, such as copper and gold reached the market, after the 1850's, that the urban middle classes managed to wrest some economical and political control from the previous ruling classes. 29

Thus, there is a gradual change in the way the Australianborn and bred start to see themselves, their country and other communities that differ from them, here and overseas. There is also a trend towards plurality in many spheres of society, if not in all - social, economical and political.

Early colonists were foreigners, and they never really tried to hide the awkwardness they felt in their new home. The land and its indigenous people were to remain an anathema to them. contact with the "hostile" land was averted by living in towns and cities closer to the coast. This urbanisation process is also to play a major role in shaping Botany Bay cultural landscape. In separating themselves from the land, the newcomers also separate themselves from its indigenous people and, thus they were to live their lives mostly apart.

I I I I I I ~


)

22

~ Short History

In April 1770, captain Cook and his crew laid down anchors in Botany Bay staying for 8 days ~ in January 1788, the first British settlers arrived in tfie First Fleet. It was the most momentous happening this continent had witnessed since the original inhabitants first arrived millenia ago. To the annoyance of the fleet commander, ~ustralia's first European administrator, Captain Arthur Phillip, the bay turned out to be too shallow, the soil too sandy for agriculture and the freshwater supply too scanty. After some searches it was found out that further north there was a very fine harbour with deeper soils and more plentiful water supply. He called it Sydney Cove and decided to settle ~here instead.

The fleet was in the process of leaving, when on the 24th of January they noticed two French ships trying to negotiate the entrance of the bay against gusty southwesterly winds. On the 26th that the Laperouse expedition lay down anchors in the bay. Their encounter was, indeed, a remarkable coincidence, when one takes into account the distances involved and the absence of European ports in the region (It was not a complete coincidence as many would wish so. Some months before, on his arrival at a siberian port, a letter from the French King commanded Laperouse to come to Botany Bay to check what the English was up to!)

Laperouse stayed camped in the vicinity of today's Cable station building for 6 weeks. The local Aborigines were very unhappy and attacked the camp-site several times and the French fired on them. 34 During the stay one of the chaplains died (Father Receveur) and was buried by the seashore. The expedition left on the 17th of March never to be seen again. Many years later, the wrecks of his ships were discovered on the reefs of one of the Solomon Islands.

After the turmoil of arrival in 1788, Botany Bay was left alone for a while as the infant colony's energies were being channelled towards survival. There were sporadic clashes with the local Aborigines over the use of resources as the early colonists hunted and fished locally as to supplement their meagre European food supplies they had brought with them. In 1789, a smallpox epidemic decimated the coastal Aboriginal communities, greatly disrupting their traditional lifestyle. 35

By the 1820's, the colony was becoming wealthier and more sophisticated in their business dealings and soon the movement of goods and people increased considerably. As an entry point, quite removed from the sight of government, Botany Bay offered ideal conditions for smuggling operations. Luxury items such as rum, tea and sugar fetched high prices in the early colony and tax avoidance greatly increased those profits. The reforms engendered by Macquarie saw the


23

~nstallation of a customs office in Botany Bay as early as 1817, though the stone tower was not built until 1822(?). For the next thirty years or so the Watch-tower acted as a Customs station and as an incipient warning station in case an enemy approached Sydney from the south. 36

After this initial settling period there was a lull during which the colonists were sorting out new alternatives. Eventually experimentation and speculation paid off, with untold wealth originating from wool production, gold extraction and trade. During that period,. Botany Bay headland was to remain in the background, and that is reflected in the absence of building activity, even neglect, and continued isolation from Sydney_

That changed during the 1860's when the newly released wealth / Fit[) \:j started to move out into the various spheres of society, 7 including public works. Increased wealth also brought more trade to Botany Bay and that meant a busier and larger customs Station. Self-government also brought with it much civic pride and entrepreneurial spirit.

Defense was to become a major function of the .area from the 1850's onwards, as Sydney's water supply was now located near F~~ r . the north shore of the bay. Fear of invasion was another motivation. During the 1870's it was decided that the area should be fortified and Bare Island and associate defensive works were built. The 1870's also brought new technology in telecommunication. Built in 1882 on a grand manorial style, the Cable station would house the equipment and personnel necessary for the reception and transmission of telegraphic messages between Australia and New Zealand. Botany Bay had become directly linked to the furthest regions of the world and it could now receive, transmit, listen, and intercept Ftq 8 messages. 37

To the late 19th century Australians, the land still inspired awe but the initial fear was gone. On the contrary, now the urbanites longed for the bush and Botany Bay was "wilderness" at an easy reach. For the affluent classes that could afford the private transport necessary for access, it was a leisure ground of remarkable beauty.

Meanwhile the cultural divide between European and Aboriginal Australia was as wide as it ever was. with their consciousness pricked by guilt over the degradation so many Aboriginal communities had been thrown into by the loss of their land and disruption of their community ties, European Australians started the long and arduous process of reconciliation, even :Lf on the "wrong footU , according to the Aborigine communities. 38

since the early 1800's Botany Bay had offered refuge for Aboriginal groups that had been expelled from their ancestral


I I I I

24

lands. In the late 1880's, urban groups of Aborigines became the latest refugees. They came mostly from the Circular Quay area where they were on ,the way of development and urban "beautification" programmes. Created in 1888, Botany Bay Reserve became the largest urban Aboriginal community in Flg' 9 Australia.

The depression of the 1890's slowed down change in the area but the opening of a tramline in 1902 brought a great change and renewed activity. For many years Botany Bay had been an exclusive leisure playground of the privilege classes. It was then, a favourite spot for genteel outings and picnics. NOw, easy access brought a definite change as a varied public flocked to Botany Bay. The beautiful scenery and entertainment such as the "Snake-Man" performances attracted large crowds. Hotels, gambling and prostitution added further variety and much rowdiness. 39 a 10

World War I brought a sombre mood to the country and in Botany Bay it was no exception. Hotels closed early and most able bodied young men were in the army. Botany Bay defensive works were again recruited and the army kept a permanent presence throughout the conflict.,

The upheaval caused by the war and the mass employment that followed was felt dramatically in Botany Bay. The unemployed started to arrive in the late 1920's and soon after there was a village above Congwong beach - "Happy Valley" was to become the largest unemployment camp in Australia. Its population was ethnically'varied and many residents were Slavs, (Ukrainians, Russians, Polish) who had fled their homeland.

r. 9-1 ~/I

Amidst the shortage of work, there was no shortage of entertainment. During the 1930's, specially, there was a boom in Botany Bay. Beside the usual "Snake-Pit" and the "Boomerang-Makers", Ventriloquists and performing animals Fi.'3 11-were added to the list. Photographic material of the period depicts a very "busy" Botany Bay with many tents set up and some were there permanently.

Australian involvement in World War 11 meant that Botany Bay was again part of the defense network, with a permanent army detachment stationed there and new artillery pieces were added to the armoury.

The end of the war brought a quiet suburban lull and Botany Bay'retrieved into the background again. The Watch-tower caught fire and after that it remained derelict for a few years. The postwar years were difficult for many and in Botany Bay overcrowding was becoming apparent due to a shortage of housing. The "Top House", a residence related to the Cable Station, had its verandas closed-in to accommodate more families, and similar arrangements existed on other FiO l2 lodgings of the area (Personal communication). 40 ~

I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I

I

25

\

In the early 1960's things started to change. The slow trams were replaced with buses and the road was extended into a loop around the headland. Most houses within government land were pulled down and the kiosk that serviced the tram terminal was demolished. The only exceptions were the lodgings on Bare Island and the Cable station. Throughout the period there, was a preoccupation with "tidying up" the area. The Watch-tower was "restored" in the best romantic approach of the 1960's, resulting in a unhappy attempt to recover its f 1'/)13 original "Gothic Revival" looks and feeling of solitudeness. -:J

The manicuring of the area was but an extension of renewed middle class aspirations favoured by a period of economical growth. Botany Bay was to look as pretty as a middle class suburban garden. Together with this preoccupation with neatness came a new self-consciousness mood and Botany Bay was to gain a new status - "the birthplace of a nation". It was a catch-cry that was to be heard more and more often, until it reached the frantic flag-waving peak of 1988. By then, the "original sin" of the nation - that of a convict beginning - was forgotten. Botany Bay had been bestowed the mantle of the pioneer - nWho dares wins", could be the 0<

appropriate motto. Renewed French visits and the opening of a museum in memory of Laperouse in the Cable station building, further enhanced the patriotic image of the site.

Thus the 1960'S and 1980's were the last major periods of change in the area.

3.3 Visitors - A Profile

In 1987, a public survey carried out at La Perouse offered some interesting results. When prompted, the majority of visitors stated that the purpose of their visit was for an outing or for general sightseeing. Some 20% were interested in historic sightseeing 41

Although surveys should always be appreciated with great care, they do offer some interesting insights. For instance, it was stated that the majority visited the area because of its natural features attraction but when asked about their place of interest, 72% mentioned Bare Island as a primary place of interest and 42% were interested in historic sites in general. No statistics were put forward but the Conservation Plan mentions that there was considerable interest in the Aborigines, their history (especially pre-1788 and the impact of European settlement), their way of life and crafts. TI

I I I I I I I I I

·1 I I I I I I I I I I I

It seems that when asked_specifically, visitors would point out historic sites as their main place of interest, but if asked in general, they will mention natural features as the purpose of their visit. What becomes clear is that historic sites seem to act as focal points of their outing.

26

The survey suggested that up to 200,000 people visited the La Perouse headland. Of those, 46% were frequent visitors and 8% were overseas visitors. Whereas younger people (20 to 30 years old) were more interested in activities, adults over 30 years old (especially those over 50), or young parents with children, favoured "historical presentations". The young, however, were interested in historical presentation, if they were perceived as entertaining. 37

This premise, "that of to be entertaining" has often been subject of great abuse by those who use interpretive services as a smoke-screen for their profit-oriented enterprises. Nevertheless, to be successful, interpretation has to include an entertaining approach. This is so because leisure time provides a basic requirement - time as such; furthermore, we learn best when we are at. play and, the younger the person,. the intenser the emphasis should be on play as a technique.

The important point to remember is that it is just a technique, a means to an end (objectives -> goals -> .individual realisation), not an objective in itself. 42

It seems that the great variation observed in the age spectrum results from the proximity of the park to a major popUlation centre. Unfortunately, the survey did not explore other facets of their background such as education, ethnicity, gender etc.

Nevertheless, there are common threads within this variety. The visitors arrive in social groups and most of them were enjoying their leisure time. Notable exceptions are school groups, for though their experiences may turn out to be leisurable, the initial motivation for their trip is essentially "work". 43

Those premises, leisure, work and social bonds, give us some clues as to which media would be appropriate to interpret to those groups.

I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

27

CUltural Resources - A Profile

The cultural resources of the area cover a wide spectrum. It involves the landscape, above-ground structures, archaeological features and single items. They are multicultural, military and civilian. To those I would add a non-material perspective, thus local traditions suc;:h as ceremonies and live-demonstrations could be considered cultural resources. The above ground structures are the most obvious items. They are all of European origin and reflect the functions and roles the area played since 1788.

Archaeological items are of both origins, Aboriginal (eg shell middens, engravings) and European (eg demolished houses, camp-sites etc). Artefacts of a portable nature are almost non-existent as they have been removed for one reason or another, during "renovations", through theft or transfer. 44

The cultural landscape is, again, dominated by the European presence given the technology used to act on it. However, in interpretation ~ "absence", does not necessarily preclude interpretation for, in this situation, it highlights not ,only the overwhelming presence of Europeans but it also reflect the Aboriginal way of life of the past with a less intrusive technological know-how.

3.5 The Provider

Botany Bay National Park was one of the first parks created with the establishment of the National Parks in 1967 and together with Sydney Harbour National Park form the Sydney District. Although interpretation was identified as "important" it was never integrated into an overall plan and remained an "if I have the time" ••• type of activity, or it was given to willing volunteers and supportive groups. From 1963 to 1967, the Randwick Historical Society offered some very basic interpretive activities in the area. It was not until the 1988, that full-time and experienced interpretive staff were employed, and until 1990 they were hired on a temporary basis.

Presently, there are two full-time interpretive officers who cater for the whole park area (including Kurnell and Towra Point Nature Reserve) and they are responsible for the interpretation of both, the natural and the cultural resources of the area. The interpretation programmes are in a process of change but much delay is experienced in implementation due to a shortage of ancillary staff, lack of

I I I I I

funds and absence of a more efficient working/management structure.

Presently, the La Perouse Aboriginal Art and Culture Museum provides some interpretation services but the need to be self-supportive has had a profound negative effect on them, as the organisation cannot afford to employ trained staff.

~ ~There should be a greater support for their efforts, both .~ rl> ';'0' 'financially and in service administration, perhaps a Sharing

I \ ..,.:].J"(.:- ()'r resources and communal strategies in the provision of ~~y ~~. interpretation services.

• V

I I I I I I I. I I I I I I I

28

.-------------- -----


Ir.tt~:r_p:r:-eta..t.iC>n.s


29

\

4. I~t~~p~~t~ti~~~ (An Appraisal of Today's Programmes)


Introduction

For clarity, media choices will be presented in the same format as presented in the section Methodology. Media choices can be categorized as Attended Services (Personal) or Unattended services (Non-Personal).


~ecapping, the four ma~or Personal Services are -

• Information Duty • Conducted Activities • Talks to groups • Living Interpretation/CulturalDemonstration

In Botany Bay National Park at La Perouse, Personal Services are represented only by some types of Conducted activities and non-mobile Information Duty points at the Laperouse Museum and adjacent ,La Perouse Aboriginal Arts and cultural Museum.

Information Duty

At the moment, only the officer on duty at the front-desk in the Laperouse Museum is formally providing information about the park and interpreting the area to visitors. The Laperouse Aboriginal Arts and Culture Museum, which occupies the eastern wing of the same building, also provides front-desk information and some interpretation but not on a full-time basis. Prior to that, until 1967, officers on duty at the Randwick & District Historical Society headquarters on Bare Island used to provide the only interpretation service in the La Perouse peninsula.

In the absence of a formal entrance to the park at La Perouse (presently, access is possible through various entrances -


30

?ome permitted and others illegal), no attempt has been made to provide an "Information" service in any of those possible F;Q 1 entry points. -)


Guided Tours and Walks are by far the most popular interpretive activities with individuals and groups interested in the cultural history of the area. They are also the most formal of the interpretive services offered by F~~ 1~ Botany Bay National Park.

Presently, only the National Park offers Conducted Activities, though in the past other groups sporadically conducted such activities (eg Randwick and District Historical society).

Tours -t""ia Ij In terms of.geographical areas, Tours can be grouped into J ~ three main sections. - The Laperouse Museum (inside the "Cable station" building); - The Monuments (ie the Laperouse Monument, Father Receveur's Grave and the Macquarie watch-tower within the immediate precinct) ; - Bare Island Fort (Tours have not been conducted for almost two years due to unsafe conditions).

Walks Presently, only the Cape Banks/Henry Head Scenic Walk is being conducted. It departs from the top of the "loop", down into Congwong beach, up to the low cliff at the eastern end of the beach and then it follows the cliff top all the way to Hq iq the entrance of the bay (cape Banks).

Talks Due to the absence of an auditorium, amphitheatre, or proper classroom facilities, Talks aiming specifically at interpretation of the area, take place only sporadically. 45 Occasionally, Park officers are asked by groups from the community at large (usually community-based) to deliver offsite Talks, usually about the Park itself. Some of those Talks could be considered Lectures but a proportion of them do involve interpretation as such.

The La Perouse Aboriginal Arts and Culture Museum, at the "Cable station" east wing, has video facilities and volunteers t~t will talk to small groups if booked in advance. The "theme" is Aboriginal culture and the Aborigine community of Botany Bay.

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Again, both the "Snake-Man" and the "Boomerang-Makers" do deliver Talks during their activities, specially in the snake-pit where the subject "Reptiles" is discussed in detail. However, whether they are Talks or Cultural Demonstrations or both, is a subject open for discussion.

. Li'Ving Interpretations . Some Living Interpretations have taken place on Bare Island Fort as late as 1990 when Artillery Soldiers performed for the visiting public some of the Fort's personnel daily and defence duties. These activities have stopped since the closure of the Island in 1990 to the general public due to safety reasons

Cultural Demonstrations

.31

They are still being performed at La Perouse by two cultural groups that are closely associated with the area - the original inhabitants, the Aborigines, and a long-standing visitor to the area, the French.

On Sundays and Public holidays, the "Snake~Man" and the "Boomerang-Makers" set up their show and business which have become a local and family tradition going back to the 1870's and, on special occasions, Aboriginal dance groups perform tradi tional dances. 46

The French are another ethnic group who regularly perform what could be considered Cultural Demonstrations at La Perouse. Ever since the French navigator and explorer Laperouse arrived in Botany Bay in 1788, French ships have laid down anchors in Botany Bay.

Visiting French ship Officers, in the company of French residents, their friends, Australian and French governments officials, pay homage to Laperouse and other French navigators, usually by laying a flower wreath on, and placing of a commemorative plaque at the Laperouse Monument. These ceremonies have been enacted since the monument was erected in 1828 and they usually take place twice a year, on Laperouse Day (23rd of February) and on Bastille Day (14th of July). 47

I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I

~.1.3 Unattended Services

As discussed elsewhere, Unattended or non-Qersonal services are characterized by the absence of an interpreter. In this category, interpretation is achieved through the use of various types of devices.

These services can be placed in categories such as:

• written Materials • Self-Guided Activities • Exhibits • Audio and Audio-Visual devices

written Material

Usually the cheapest to produce, the written material approach to interpretation remains very popular with both, the general public and the service providers.

32

Labels/Signs. - Presently, most,of those are.located within the "loop" - area situated between Congwong beach, Bare Island and Frenchmen's beach - and most of those are Fi919 concentrated within the Laperouse Museum and the La Perouse Aboriginal Art & Museum.

Bare Island site has also signs and labels in place though they have lost much of their function with the closure of the island to the general public. 48

)

Publications - Given the extensive bibliography that exists on Botany Bay, the discussions in this essay will be restricted to non-book publications. Further, only those publications that are easily available to the general public and in print will be examined.

Fliers - National Parks has issued four fliers on topics . associated with Botany Bay. The themes are : The La Perouse fi<1"l21. 20) Monuments, The Laperouse Museum, Bare Island Fort and Henry 1 25 Head « Cape Banks Scenic Walk. Fliers are also produced 2 I

throughout the year covering specific and yearly activities 38 such as Holiday Programmes, Seasonal Ranger Programme, Bastille Day Celebrations etc.

Brochures - Presently, the La Perouse area of Botany Bay National Park is served by a single brochure, the Laperouse Museum brochure, re-printed November 1992. The name is, in a r,'Q ;2b way, a misnomer because the brochure covers other items of 7 interest such as The Macquarie Watch-tower, Pere Receveur's Grave and the Monument to Laperouse. At times, when the Laperouse Museum brochure is not available, an older brochure is distributed to the public as an alternative, and

I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I

33

information is complemented by fliers The La Perouse area of fi~ 26) . Botany Bay is also covered by a larger multicoloured brochure titled Botany Bay National Park and it includes the southern extension of the park in the Kurnell peninsula.

The La Perouse Aboriginal Arts and Culture Museum also prints ~9 a brochure which outlines the services provided by the museum ) and types of goods on sale.

Booklets - The park makes use of three publications. The Laperouse Museum Guide is published by the National Parks and 30) it interprets the museum room by room.

The Road to Botany Bay is published by the Randwick & District Historical Society. It is a collection of historic 31) documents written by the British between January and March 1788, and it portrays the Laperouse expedition stay at Botany Bay in 1788.

La Perouse: the Place the People and the Sea is published by ~~ the Aboriginal Studies Press (1988) and it is History "bottom . up". It co~sists of short ~rticles written by members of the Aboriginal community. In it they recall their lives and struggles as an Aboriginal community since late last century.


Self-Guided Trails - Although Botany Bay National Park at La Perouse has some trails open to the public, none of them were designed for self-guidance. 49 Both museums can be viewed self-guided and the Laperouse Museum has interpretive signs in each room and a guiding booklet.

Exhibits

In Botany Bay National Park Exhibits are restricted to the indoors, and are concentrated on both museums. In both places, they consist of either objects (eg didjeridoos, navigation instruments etc) or flat panels (eg Laperouse expedition original drawings, Bark Paintings etc).

Audio & Audio-Visual

The use of audio-visual material by Botany Bay National Park is restricted to special occasions due to the absence of proper rooms (eg projection room) and machinery. The Service has a c91lection of slides and videos that could be viewed on request.


34

Xhe La Perouse Aboriginal Arts an~ Culture Museum possesses a room with video facilities and they are used quite intensively, specially during school excursions.

4.2 Programmes - The Calendar Year

Presently, there are various "outside calendars" that, to a varied extent, influence the design and the setting up of interpretation programmes and activities in Botany Bay National Park at La Perouse.' Thus, for instance, Randwick city council programmed festivities for the summer season (eg Thriathlons, the Yalunga Festival etc) affect to a large extent our interpretation programme for that period at all levels from planning to delivery and content.

Geographically, the ring of influence starts locally, with programmes planned by the Park Management for Botany Bay National Park. The next level of influence goes through the Municipalities (eg Randwick Leisure Week, Festival of Sydney)

. followed by state and national levels (eg NPWS calendar, Heritage Week, Australia Day) ending at an international level (eg International Museums Week). However, ethnicity, age, nationality are just some of other factors that also influence interpretation programmes in one way or another. For instance, during school holidays periods programmes tend to cater for children and on the 14th of July the French aspect of Botany Bay is accentuated.

Presently, despite some worthwhile attempts, Interpretation Planning and programming is very passive, that is, the Service provide some interpretation service on demand but it does not actively seek out the population, to find out about their expectations and wishes. This passive approach is also reflected in the paucity of "outside the park" activities offered by the Service and in the absence of an "outreach programme" that would aim to "bring" the Park to the general community through the use of displays, activities etc.


I I I I I I

35

5.1 Introduction

,4 Goals, Objectives, Aims ~.

R. (:p ~ The long term objective or goals, should be that of

I ~ d transmitting of what we hold in common, what is usually ~ 'r~ loosely identified as culture. ulti~at~ly, integrity of a ~ ~- group dercends largely on the transmlsslon of those shared

I , .... 14 J trai ts • 0 . ~

. , In this paper, objectives are identified as ways and means of

I I I I

achieving those goals. Furthermore, the need to preserve and conserve those resources is central to our objectives. Thus, interpretation has as its objectives the self-realization of the individual and conservation of the resources that facilitate that process. .

The aim of this alternative approach to interpretation is to look for fundamental patterns and processes that would better explain the cultural reality encountered. 51 In that view,

Public Interpretation's aim is to reveal meanings and relationships that pervade the reality we live in.

Furthermore, meanings and relationships can only be truly demonstrated if the local past is integrated in its "totality", within a wider cultural context of time and space.

To many Australians, specially those older and of an Ang~oCeltic background, the historical significance of Botany Bay is associated usually with European arrival and colonization, associated as the bai is with the landing of captain Cook in 1770 and the arrival the "First Fleet" in 1788. The landi:ng of a French expedition under the leadership of the Count of Laperouse just six days after the British fleet, further reinforces this European emphasis. To some, the area is also associated with defense and warfare due to the ominous presence of the Bare Island fort.

Thus, those grand singular events, individual deeds and a heroic past tend to monopolize interpretations of the area. It is beyond the scope of this paper to discuss the mechanisms of culture-dominance by groups in society, and how "mythologies" are created to justify the past and validat.e the present. " ••. myth makes possible the formation of larger

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

36

social collectives among species possessing culture ••. for it neutralizes the problem of affective arousals amon~ individuals belonging to differing social groups" In this way, Australia does not differ from other countries, for the presence of mythological constructs seems to be characteristic of emerging nations.

Here, it is suffice is to. say that, though acknowJedging that interpretations are culture-dependent, present-day values and community expectations demand perspectives and approaches that encompass as much, as possible of the cultural spectrum. As custodians of areas of cultural significance in the Botany Bay area, the National Parks and wildlife Service has the obligation to present Interpretations that reflect the expectations of those communities it serves.

In reality, as one examines Botany Bay's past, one is confronted with many other histories, roles and functions than is usually acknowledged. Some may be considered "less important" and others are certainly less glamorous. For example, most are unaware that it was a refuge for underprivileged groups - a dumping place for "undesirables" such as the poor unemployed of the Great Depression", evicted communities of urban Aborigines, and battered women and children who took refuge in the Salvation Army shelter at the Cable Station building between 1944 and 1987. Nevertheless, they are an intrinsic part of Botany Bay's history and their story should be told along the great deeds of Cook, Laperouse and others. 53

5.2 Methodology

Introduction

Thus just from those examples and factors, one can see how varied are the "histories" Botany Bay has to tell and, consequently, as it will be discussed below, only an equally varied approach would be effective in portraying the area •

. ~This pluralist approach can be achieved through various ~~ ways. It can be interdisciplinary, bringing in contributions

.1 from archaeology, anthropology, geography, just to name a ~ \1.7- few. It also requires the acceptance of other "histories" -~ J'IY beside the "official history" - as genuine contributors to

~ the interpretive process: non Anglo-Celtic histories,

I }> - r "bottom-up" histories, oral accounts, public media archives ~~ Jr etc. It is then, and only then, that a fuller picture would r ~ emerge composed of characters, structures and landscapes with I ~~~; a human dimension and quality.

I I J


Parameters

Paramount to this approach is the proposition that human behaviour is patterned and that those past patterns are reflected in the material culture, on the landscapes, and "histories" that groups leave behind. Furthermore, they are "readable", that is, structures, sites, can tell us much about the behaviour, attitudes and beliefs of the people who lived there, and the society that chose the site and engendered their construction - or destruction for that matter.

37

They were purposefully placed and ordered in the environment to produce meaning for those who organized them, in the first place, and to those come in their presence, whether or not they aware of their meaning. Thus, beside function, those items have roles which indicate to the local and t~e outsider, factors such as the wealth, ppwer and sophistication of the !'owner" and it can affect both the local and the outsider in a conscious or unconscious manner. 54

Further, it does not matter how ordinary an item is - an object, a structure, a landscape feature - they all have a story to tell for they hold clues to culture. In that view, then, the remains of a "Happy Valley" shack from the Depression years is as important as the grand Cable station. This equal opportunity in approach reflects the preposition

v that culture is a Whole, a Unity, capable of displaying great variety. 55

For instance, the fence that surrounded the Aboriginal Reserve until the 1960's had and has a significance that goes

v beyond its primary function - that of delineating the area. It reflected the attitude of the dominant group, who ordered its construction, towards them, the Aborigines. The opulent and manorial style of the Cable station building tells us more about the status of a recently introduced technology and of its inhabitants and the wealth of the state that ordered its construction at that period in time than it does about the original purpose of the building - a telegraphic cable station.

Thus the functions and roles of those cultural remains can be examined at different levels. structures, even whole sites can be seen as an artefact, as they are a product of human interference. For instance, the watch-tower is an artefact, as is the surrounding landscape. The tower, the surrounding landscape and the remaining cultural items of Botany Bay headland can be considered an artefact of Sydney which in turn is an artefact of Australia. Therefore, as one examines

I I I I I I I I I ~

~J'

I q:

I. ,'/ "X'

I w 'JO '\

o ~'" I~~~

I \\

I I I I I I I I

~heir roles and functions one unravels relationships that exist between the item and an ever wider contextual web: structure ==> site ==> region ==> continent ==> globe.

A similar progression also exists between item and user and between the users themselves - that is, their relationships. Interpretation studies have demonstrated such a progression. It was observed that visitors' attention tends to move from inanimate things they see to people who "used" them. They then move from the people to their relationships. 56

Approaches

38

However, as historical archaeology reminds us constantly, the material culture of past groups, is rarely transmitted intact, nor do we have the capacity to decipher all the messages, cultural items hold. Botany Bay landscape, for instance, is fragmented and chaotic, after 200 years of "wear and tear".to the point it can only tell part of the story.

It is history - or should we say histories - "official" history, oral history, "Bottom-up history", printed media, photographs, audio/video recordings" just to name a few sources, that will provide a framework and "colours" that will complement and enhance interpretation. Indeed, if one examines the early phase of European contact in Botany Bay, one quickly realises that archaeology would tell us very little about that momentous phase (However, this is not to say that archaeological investigation may not alter some of those details in the future).

)If one ignores personal histories documents, the female presence in will not be accounted for, nor we children's Botany Bay.

and "non-official" Botany Bay, for instance, will learn about the

On another level, one quickly realises that there was and there is more to Botany Bay than just work & leisure related behaviour for Botany Bay was also Home for a great variety of people residing there, on both official and domestic duties. It becomes clear that the great variety encountered can only be tackled by an approach which embraces that plurality.

Finally, if anthropological parameters guide our search and material culture studies bring forth tangible evidence, history holds together.

As one looks back to the past under the guidance of parameters, patterns start to emerge. The European arrival, the various functions and roles Botany Bay has performed over the past two hundred years, have not happened in a cultural vacuum or were unique and isolated phenomena. Quite the


~

~o

pontrary, its history is intrinsically and continuously linked to outlying areas as far as Europe, and observed patterns emanate from those various people and communities that acted upon it', indigenous and foreign. 28

A question of context

There are several important factors that should be observed in an Interpretation attempt, independently of the fact that the organizational principles described above are adopted or not.

39

It must be made clear to the visitor that what is observed in Botany Bay today is not a product of one but various occupancies over a 200 year period. These occupancies have to be identified in time and space before one can start to interpret these items in terms of their time - how they reflect the inhabitants values, tastes, aspirations even fears.

/

' However, the "reading" is not an easy task and, usually, the "remains" seem messy and anarchical to anyone not accustomed with the task, for unlike books, they were not meant to be "read". Items may seem inefficient, even silly, out of their original context. However, for the people who made them they were not so. Bare Island fort may look quaint today, but for

_ /the people who built it, it mirrored the ~ierceness of their ~ conviction in defending themselves and the latest in '

technological know-how. Further, they have also to be examined within the physical environment they were created in. Thus to be understood, those items and the people who built them, must be viewed in their cultural context, not ours. 57

On the other hand, the visitor must also be reminded that a certain homogeneousness is also present. This is so because identification of periods and phases is very much dependent on the time scale one uses. At a quick glance, for instance, one realises that most of the "visible" cultural landmarks of Botany Bay are from the 19th century and aesthetically, at least, can be said to belong to the Romantic period of Europe.

This contextual requirement must also be present when examining the impact of new technologies in the local environment. For instance, the introduction of electricity in the Sydney qrea, had an enormous impact on Botany Bay and on its inhabitants. The "prolonged" day allowed a longer afterwork leisure time which in turn had an enormous impact on local tourism. Similarly, the arrival of an electrified vi tramline changed the local landscape, Botany Bay's tourist aspect, and the locals' life-styles quite drastically.

I I I I I I I

\

, Concluding, one has to be aware of the economic forces that supported those developmental "pushes", and how local responses generated developments of their/own.

flAnother tendenc~/is the heavy reliance qFi' ex~sting b';1i1~ings and structures/"to 1;e11 the whole storyI'. Th1S descr1pt1 ve and often chroho1og1ca1 approach tends~to exclude much information that could be obtained if ~ conceptual or anthropological perspective had been included.

. cl . . Interpretat10n the European way 1S, of course, heav1ly

40

j ~dependant on specific cultural traits such as literacy and a b~ scientific approach. In that way, many groups in Australia ~ G,that for one reason or another have close ties with the area J? ~,but communicate through different means ~nd view reality in I ~ ~ different ways, are excluded.

~~~ ~In the absence of political cpanne1s,~opportunities that' ~

II..Y ~ ..J' would empower them to pres~t a dif:terent view, the " torie~ '\ J:I Q,~ go on being half-told by !"European~ to the chagrin and -j7t1 Y! \f' fr~stration of non-EuroIYean groups. 58

~ ~vI' I \\)\<j ~ cf ), b Themes

I ~4\l'r ~...:t'!if: Emerging Themes 59

I ~ Some themes that 'emerge from the roles and functions it ~ played are common to all communities involved. For instance,

I I I I

, I I ~

I lif I I

it has been a Place of contact and Home for both Europeans and Aborigines. However, Botany Bay as a defensive site, a function devised by the Europeans in the 19th century, is a concept that would be quite foreign to Aborigines. Further, both communities may interpret the same happening with opposing views (eg the Landing of the First Fleet in 1788).

Site Characteristics Dictating Functions

The physical characteristics of Botany Bay dictate to a large extent the functions and roles it was to play throughout the colonization period and down to this day.

As a geographical entity, a bay facilitates the transition between two differing environments - the sea (liquid => dynamic) and the land (solid => static). In another words, it facilitates the stepping ashore. It is, then, an entry point, a Place of Arrival and, consequently, a Place of Contact, at least potentially, between the arriving party and the local inhabitants.


41

pnce arrival has been accomplished, the entry point becomes a point to be defended because other groups may attempt similar feat. It becomes then, a PLace of Defense and CUstoms ControL, involving'interception, of goods, people, and messages/news.

It is also the confluence of these two differing environments - +and and sea - and the resulting multi varied habitats they create that give Botany Bay an aspect that we find attractive and enticing. It is aesthetically pleasing and it contains an enormous scope for exploration and discovery, due to a great variety of recreation opportunities within an accessible radius - a PLace of Tourism.

Botany Bay's geographical location in relation to dominant settlements, Sydney in this case, also influenced functions and roles it would play. This urbanisation process was, and still is, a dynamic one though it was more noticeable in the past because as the physical distance between them diminishes so does the cultural contrast.

Its relative isolation from Sydney influenced much the way it evolved. The customs station and Defense facilities are just

'some of the obvious outcomes. This seclusion also led the government to choose it as the site where submarine telegraphic cables linking New Zealand to AustraLia would emerge. The security of the bay and a reduced sea traffic, when compared to Sydney, made it an ideal place.

Botany Bay's distance from the urban centre also enabled many disadvantaged groups and individuals to re-organize their lives and, for some, to form viable communities away from the controls of mainstream Australia, so one can see Botany Bay as a PLace of Refuge. Remoteness was also an aesthetical asset for tourism throughout the periods. Even today, despite of a certain urban encroachment, Botany Bay is still considered an idyllic place, probably because of the physical distance (16km) and a rugged coastline (and wild tempestuous weather at times! .•• ).

Although remoteness gave Botany Bay its idyllic qualities it also meant that only groups with access to private transport could enjoy those pleasures. However, improved means of transport after the 1870's and an increased leisure time enabled other sub-dominant groups to join in as consumers of those resources. This demand, urban encroachment and the presence of heavy industries, have downgraded the original natural resources as pollution and overcrowding take their toll.

Thus there is an observable evolution from an environme~ ~ with wilderness qualities and enjoyed by a few, to a~~ameqp, urban setting, accessible to most. Characteristic o~this/

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

/:~mesticatio~cess is a reduction opportunitie~ as the area becomes more

cultural Attributes

in recreation homogeneous.

Botany Bay physically marks where Europeans landed in this continent and made contact with the indigenous people. That in itself is very significant. But, of course, its significance goes far beyond this physical association. All the communities directly involved with the process of colonization, be they settlers, indigenous peoples or "passers-by", did and still do, attach a significance that differ amongst themselves and change with the passing of generations. To the Anglo-Celtic, French and Aborigines communities of 1788, Botany Bay had a meaning which is probably beyond our comprehension. There is though a point common - they all regard Botany Bay as a Shrine - it has a lot to do with ancestry, re~embrance, reverence and hope.

42

in

Given its out" of the ordinary roles and functions, it is almost forgotten that Botany Bay was and still is Home for" a great variety of people. If the local Aborigines are accepted as direct descendants of groups that lived in the area prior to European arrival, then Botany Bay has been continuously Home for the past 7,000 years! ••• Excepting for the Aboriginal community, Home in early Botany Bay was quite regimented and sex segregated for it was not until the late 1860's that we heard about the presence of females amongst the local European Australia community. 60

~~perhaps only the Ab~iginal CO~~ity on the Reserve and the

I 0- ~ population of the ;(Happy Valle~i' conducted a more "normal"

4 I home life. Even s6, the Aborigines had much restrictions on ~ ~ their physical movements and how they conducted their lives

'\~ and Home life on the unemployment camp as expressed by two

I / sisters who grew up for some eight years on a "Happy Valley" shack, was traumatic, though they recounted with much feeling the great sense of solidarity that pervaded their community.

I I I I I I

We know very little how those various communities interacted. Official accounts are rare and when I enquired about it, some of the long-term residents were reluctant about expressing their views. Perhaps their life-styles differed so much as to preclude much interaction. 61


43

Interpretive Media

5.3.1 Introduction

As discussed previously, Media in this context refer to the resources, methods, devices used in the interpretive process. The selection of an appropriate medium is crucial to the success of any interpretive programme, and the selection process must take into account the interplay between the two major components - the individual and the available resources. It is the Provider's responsibility to mediate between them.

The chosen ·medium will have to provide the individual with effective ways of understanding the subject in question. Thus it·has to take into account individual apd group characteristics. Age, disability, literacy in the medium used, ethnicity, education and cultural backgrounds are important factors in determining the medium choice. concluding, a medium is appropriate if it is suitable. for the purpose and circumstances befitting the place, the individual and the occasion.

The interpretive media. has been traditionally divided into two categories: Attended Services (Personal) and unattended Services (non-personal).

5.3.2 Attended services (Personal)

Information Duty

At the moment, non-mobile information service is barely enough to serve the present visiting public. There is also a great need to extend those services to the visiting population that does not come to those permanent information centres. In the absence of an information service, the novice visitor to the park may feel quite lost for the signage is very restricted and it does not point out where to go for information.

Although it is not feasible to have a permanent information service at the top of the "loop" (close to bus shelter), during periods of high visitation such as weekends and public fl93b holidays, a mobile Information Duty would be very advisable. It becomes clear that the provision of an information service at the top of the loop would create an immediate feeling of welcoming and would provide the visitors, as they arrive, with the information they need to enjoy their visit and, at


44

~he same time, park management would be able to convey to the visitors park regulations etc. 62

It could incorporate the aspects described for Entrance Point and Point Duty and, given their mobility, they could be summoned when needed. An option would be to strike an agreement with the Road Transport Authority for the use of the bus shelter as an outlet for that type of servic,e.

The most mobile type of Information Duty - namely when the officer on duty actively seeks the visitor to provide interpretation - could also make a great impact, specially on crowded points along the "loop" and close-by beaches and during weekends and holidays. Indeed, there should be an attempt to depart from the passive mode of interpretation (eg front desk etc)to a more active role. 63


Guided Tours and Walks They provide th~ bulk of personal interpretive service at

. BBNP, La Perouse. However,.because it is offered mostly during the week, a large proportion of visitors (eg full-time workers) are not being served. Thus, weekends and public . holidays should be included in the interpretation schedule. Furthermore, though some attempts have been made to design some of the programmes especially for children and young people, it is felt that there is the need to create a specific approach that would ihvolve activities such as games and "hands-on" experience.

Presently, due to the fact that these activities are restricted to park areas, important themes are only "partially" dealt with. For instance, the original Aboriginal 9 settlements of the 1880's lies beyond the park perimeter yet F"9 within walking distance; naturally, the activity would require acceptance and permission from the present day community who inhabits another area not far away. Similarly, Little Bay cemetery is not included in the Walks as it is located just outside the present day park boundary, nevertheless, it is a site of a certain importance locally and to Sydney as a settlement. Therefore, through good neighbourly relations and agreements, these interpretation activities could be greatly extended.

There is an urgent need to interpret the Aboriginal Botany Bay in its entirety, that is, pre-European, contact and postcontact periods. Perhaps even more important is to facilitate and support interpretation attempts by those who are Aborigines and having a different and valid perspective to present.


I I I I I I

45

Talks These activities are done very sporadically both on and off si te. on-site Talks are some.times erroneously considered redundant as Guided Walks/Tours seem to be more relevant. However, some topics (eg concepts) can be better dealt with in such Talks and complemented afterwards with other activities. Pre-European Botany Bay, for instance, is a topic area that can be successfully explored in Talks with the help of visuals and'audio-visuals. 64 There seems to be a preference for Talks amongst teachers who are planning school excursions. Experience has shown them that Talks enable them to better plan their trip and if students are also present, they believe that the Talk can increase their motivation and thus enhancing the chance the excursion will be a "success". However, Talks are best suited to adult audiences, especially if participation is not possible. Children and young adults find "straight" Talks quite offensive! The use of illustrative material (eg videos, slides, objects etc) and a varied pace and diverse activities may create a more receptive environment.

However, there is also a certain fear that people will satisfy themselves with the initial encounter and not visit the "real thing". The truth is that some never will due to one reason or another (eg physical frail ty etc-). Nevertheless, they still have the right to "enjoy" the best way they can what we hold in common.

Furthermore, when well designed, they can be very motivating if they are done with the intent to sensitize people to the idea of visiting the area sometime in the near future (thus the idea is to entice people to visit and not to "give away" all the place has to offer .•• ). 65

Demonstrations and Living Interpretations As discussed previously, the French associated ceremonies, the performances by the "Snake-Man" and the "BoomerangMakers" could be categorised as Living Interpretations and Demonstrations given their long tradition though the performers themselves may not necessarily see them as such.

Given the commercial nature of the latter, government involvement is difficult to be justified, whereas the glamorous and non-profit performances at the monuments receive a greater logistic support. Although they should not be interfered with unless some support is requested, it is quite possible that the offer of an alternatiVe venue they could use during inclement weather, would be very welcome, because when it rains or on windy days, they cannot operate.

Local Aboriginal women also make personal ornaments and decorative items using shells they collect at nearby beaches. They could be approached to see if an arrangement could be


46

~ade (eg workshops etc) so the public could appreciate the steps taken in their production etc. Similar demonstration of skills could be given by the "Boomerang-Makers" as they occasionally produce items on the spot whilst they wait for clients. '

Bare Island Fort has been the stage for live performances 1rl~ 1r when the daily routine of the soldiers who manned the fort was re-enacted. The convincing uniforms, the familiarity of the performers with the activities to be performed (soldiers in real life), and intact surroundings do contribute to powerful Living Interpretations. More difficult would be to re-live the solitary lives of the early Customs Officers who were garrisoned in the Watch-tower but it would be worth trying, as the theme offers exciting dramatic opportunities that could be artfully used for an interpretation end.

To my knowledge, Customs officials and the Maritime Police are very keen to set up "education workshops" aiming tQ bring to the attention of the general population the dangers of importing prohibited goods etc. Thus entertainment can be incorporated with "serious business" and ?till remain relevant and coherent £rom an interpretative point of view.

Although the majority of adults enjoy these types of interpretations, children find them very enticing, perhaps only "hands-on" activities would beat them in attendance. Thus, children's needs and expectations should be always in mind when designing these activities.

It is very tempting to try to use Demonstrations and Living Interpretations as a panacea to attract visitors but great restraint should be exercised if one is to avoid gimmickry.

5.3.3 Unattended Services (Non-Personal)

The written Material

Signs FI'C3 3t, The park's signage is minimal and restricted to specific items such as a sign at the Cable Station, a plaque on the Watch-tower and a recent free standing gedakop sign placed close to the grave of Father Receveur. There is a great need for signs that would interpret the main features within the main area of visitation and the landscape in general.

For instance, one of my Informants has an original panoramic photo of the area (1920's). It was taken from the high ground close to today's bus shed and Mr Blaxland would be delighted if it is used for an interpretive sign that could be placed roughly in the same spot (Council's permission would be

1


pecessary). The sign would illustrate the changes that have taken place. original plans and historical written accounts would further support the illustrated material.

47

similarly, the Watch-tower could be given some interpretive signs. The structure has undergone many changes (the latest in 1967), and a series of illustrations (some detailed plans of the D.uilding exist in the Public Works Dept) could explain well its different functions and additions that were built over the years.

Bare Island is another complex that urgently needs some interpretive signage because since the loss of access to the island, visitors can see it, they are made curious, but to their frustration they cannot enter it and learn about it. A sign explaining the reason for its temporary closure is of a paramount importance and to that I would add a brief history of the island and its fortifications.

A sign at the Monument to Laperouse could be optional. The monument is already "busy" with inscriptions and plaques, so another item would further enhance this "busy" effect. Nevertheless, because they do not tell the whole story, if chosen, a sign could describe how it evolved with the help of early drawings and descriptions. The same sign· could also explain the link that exists between it and the grave of Father Receveur close-by.

Signs could also be used to interpret the area where "Happy h·~1.0\ 3b Valley" once stood and the fortifications at Henry Head and Cape Banks. It would be better, from an interpretive point of view, to have the sign for the ttHappy Valley" settlement placed closer to today's bus shelter because it is from that location, on the other side of a dividing gully, that one gets the best view of the area in question. Again, photographic material from the period would provide excellent illustrations.

A dominating factor would be a certain homogeneousness of design. As the already existing sign at Father Receveur's grave is a gedakop sign (black on grey), the others should be similar. Another important factor would be the height. Presently, the fairly flat areas and treeless landscape demand signs that are quite low, perhaps not higher than 30 cm, even though tall people standing up may find them uncomfortable to read. Any higher and the sign would "protrude" through the landscape, depreciating the aesthetical qualities of the latter. There should be an insistence on the use of illustrations because people that cannot read could still gain some insight through them.


48

piven enough funds, it is very easy to overdo it as Publications offer so many tempting opportunities. In our situation there is a need to be parsimonious not only in quantity but in the order of overlapping. Presently the area is broadly covered by two brochures but there is the need for specialist publications and good interpretive maps. Specialist publications would vary from a flier for short texts to a, booklet for longer subjects and complex themes.

Again, there should be some coverage in depth of the Aboriginal Botany Bay, perhaps using different approaches -eg an anthropological and another more historical etc.

A most important factor is the production of material that are relevant to children and teenagers. Presently most materials are adult-oriented and, consequently, many find the area "boring" and irrelevant. With that an interpretive chance is lost and the possibility of depreciatory behaviour increases due to lack of understanding (affective ties).

It must be kept in mind that younger people's interpretation is not a dilution of the adult's approache.s but differentiation in emphasis and presentation. Greater use of colour and amount of illustrations and sense of fun are very important. Children also find it easier to understand functions/actions, so abstract ideas and concepts should be left for adults. It is hoped that as soon as funds are available, an artist will be hired to illustrate a "comic" format booklet containing various stories of Botany Bay. Contents will vary, for instance, from an Aboriginal point of view (eg "When the Europeans Arrived" - a possible future coproject with the neighbouring La Perouse Aboriginal Arts and Culture Museum) which would include ·an anthropological view and personal accounts to stories about the life at sea, based on true accounts by early explorers.

Sometimes, local business can offer some very good opportunities. Just recently, a deal was struck between a local restaurant, myself, and NPWS. I made some drawings (portrait of Laperouse and three views of Botany Bay) which I then donated temporally to NPWSi in turn, NPWS asked the restaurant to place an interpretive text about the area at the back of the menu.


Trails and Tours Presently there are no self-guiding activities that have been structured by the Service. There could be several options on land and on water. Bare Island, Cape Banks & Henry Head, and the monuments/structures within the "loop" could all be served by Self-Guided trails, mostly achieved through signs. Trails and Tours tend to emphasise the European aspect of


49

aotany Bay and that is understandable given the easiness with which structures lend themselves to traditional interpretive methods. It is possible, however, to use an ecological approach, for instance, when interpreting Aboriginal lifestyles of the past through the examination of the local geography, habitats, flora etc.

A major feature of the area is, of course~ the bay itself. It is also a major thoroughfare and to those using it, La Perouse is seen in a completely different perspective. Publications including good maps and illustrations, could be provided to those users creating a Self-Guided boat tour. It is expected that the ferry service between Kurnell and La Perouse is going to be re-established. Once in operation, interpretation material should be made available to users of the service.

Exhibits

At the moment, Exhibits are restricted to the indoors and restr~cted in number and themes. They should be revised, the themes expanded and a proper exhibition space made available. It is important, however, to keep them '''transportable'' so they can also be exhibited outside the park. The use of themes would ensure cohesion and a certain continuity so the "collection" is composed of independent units but, a the same time, it forms a coherent whole.

There should be an attempt to provide the visitor with a three dimensional view of the area. Visitors of all ages and backgrounds are better motivated if they have the chance to position themselves within the territory they are about to, or already have explored. A good option would be topographic models depicting Botany Bay's changing cultural landscapes.

Outdoor Exhibits are better options than signs, if not many items are needed to tell the story. The'suggested signs to be placed at the top of the "loop" (bus shelter area) for instance, could be sUbstituted by Outdoor Exhibits. They would be larger but they would also allow greater depth of interpretation. Another Exhibit could be placed on the northeastern corner of the "loop", closer to the commercial venues. Just recently, I approached one of the local business in that corner, with the intent of doing an exchange, similar to the one already achieved between the local restaurant and the NPWS. It looks promising 66 fitj 30

Audio Audio-Visual Devices

These could be used as alternatives for Interpretation Officers both on the field (eg recorder messages on-site, hired audio-tapes etc) and on permanent information centres (eg Visitor Centre). In the latter, audio-visual gadgetry (eg


50

(eg Visitor centre). In the latter, audio-visual gadgetry (eg sound & slides, videos etc) could be successfully used to reach different audiences (eg children) and ease their familiarisation with the park resources. Many of the questions that are continuously asked by visitors could be answered by those devices 'saving the officers' precious time for queries that demand more complex answers.

5.4 Programmes: New Approaches

Present day programmes are quite adequate as far as the "Calendar Year" is concerned, that is, the major dates are celebrated and programmes are duly organized for the holid&y periods. A major flaw in this approach is its p~ive_~~~e. service is provided on demand but it is rarel~'offerej7.

A more participatory approach is envisaged in the locality and in the outside. The local community, business and residents alike, can contribute greatly to the success of a programme. Their participation.in the planning stage of major happenings would avoid much criticisms and lack of . 5

~ cooperation. The local business, ·especially, is very keen 8~ 3 ~~~ because they know the $ ~fue and a~e conscious of how the j. " Service can provide the,. substance-I;' (interpretation) so

~~ necessary for the contiftuous success of those activities. \')<> Interpretation itself should move from a tlwai t for them to

I \f' turn up" approach, to an active seeking of opportunities to interpret. For that to happen, Officers on duty will have to literally come out of buildings where they find themselves

I and interact face to face with the visiting public (eg see discussion on Information Duty).

I I I I I I I I

(

This active seeking should be extended to the community at large through the use of Talks, Demonstrations etc. An idea which was (and still is)_~ry successful during my years of work in Welfare, is the~obile Information Service]( A vehicle (a Kombi-Van is quite ideal) which is adapted to carry displays units that can be attached to the vehicle ipself onc~ it is parked. The vehicle itself can be

~-decoratedt as to attract ••. The displays units can carry Exhibits and/or information material. The officer(s) park the vehicle in advantageous position (eg in a major roadside parking area, in the. street in the inner-city areas etc) and set up the displays. The most positive point is the presence of an Interpretation Officer(s) that can answer queries on the spot. '

~ve also SUg~ed that we shoul~articipate in the local ) Sunday' and ~1'Iolidaystl markets, yKe the Ambulance and

!Emergency senvices do from time to time. If available, the t


~ound & slides, videos etc) could be successfully used to reach different audiences (eg children) and ease their" familiarisation with the park resources. Many of the questions that are continuously asked by visitors could be answered by those devices saving the officers' precious time for queries that demand more complex answers. 5.4 Programmes: New Approaches

50

Present day programmes are quite adequate as far as the "Calendar Yearll is concerned, that is, the major dates are celebrated and programmes are duly organized for the holiday periods. A major flaw in this approach is its passive nature. service is provided on demand but it is rarely lIoffered".

A more participatory approach is envisaged in the locality and in the outside. The local community, business and residents alike, can contribute greatly to the success of a programme. Their participation in the planning stage of major happenings would avoid much criticisms and lack of cooperation. The local business, especially, is very keen because they know the $ value and are conscious of how the Service can provide .the "substance" (interpretation) so necessary for the continuous success of those activities. Interpretation itself should move from a IIwait for them to turn up" approach, to an active seeking of opportunities to interpret. For that to happen, Officers on duty will have to literally come out of buildings where they find themselves and interact face to face with the visiting public (eg see discussion on Information Duty). "

This active seeking should be extended to the community at large through the use of Talks, Demonstrations etc. An idea which was (and still is) very successful during my years of work in Welfare, is the IIMobile Information Servicell • A vehicle (a Kombi-Van is quite ideal) which is adapted to carry displays units that can be attached to the vehicle itself once it is parked. The vehicle itself can be "decorated" as to attract ... The displays units can carry Exhibits and/or information material. The officer(s) park the vehicle in advantageous position (eg in a major roadside parking area, in the street in the inner-city areas etc) and set up the displays. The most positive point is the presence of an Interpretation Officer(s) that can answer queries on the spot.

I have also suggested that we should participate in the local IISunday' and "Holidays" markets, like the Ambulance and Emergency Services do from time to time. If available, the IIMobile Information Service" vehicle could be used or the usual marquee/tables arrangement will suffice.

It is also vital that information and interpretation services are extended to those groups in the community that, for one


reason or another, cannot come to the park itself, for that moment or definitively (eg the infirm, frail persons etc).

51

1 For instance, twice a year I visit the Little Bay Community

./ Centre -IIKooloora" for a Talk. The Talk is well structured IV but very informal. I have been using slides, photographic

panels and posters as illustrations materials, accompanied by short talks (usually 2 X 25 minutes). Most of the audience (the older ones) will never visit the park, nevertheless they find those encounters very enjoyable'and they support the view that we have a role to play peside our functions.

Schools also need to be serviced more actively. In this Plan it is envisaged that a School Visit would entitle different approaches as we would have at least two different kinds of audiences - the teachers and the students of various grades. Talks can be very instructive to teachers but for the pupils activities and demonstrations are much more efficient means of communication. Presently, it can be done only sparingly, due to the shortage of interpretive staff and resources.

Nevertheless, with the encouragement of Judy Birmingham, I c9ntacted Ms Prince-Jones, acting Principal at the Randwick Technology Girls High School, and she promptly organised an informal meeting with various teachers on the 4th of September. We are planning now to return next year and to continue where we left off (by then the new high school syllabus will be applicable). Since last year, the Museum Studies Department of the University of Sydney (Shar Jones), has been sending their students for a' Tour/Talk. I tailor the discussions to their specific needs (eg conservation issues, Interpretation etc).

Similarly, the French Department of the University of New South Wales send their students for a discussion on the French Presence in the Pacific (eg early navigation, cultural contact etc).

The Service is providing a course at the WEA. The course consists of an Introductory Talk and a series of visits to NPWS historic sites (see 37, page 6).

I have started a pilot project, involving certain schools, in order to experiment a new approach to day-excursions. In this approach, after they have been visited and briefed, they will come to the site and various themes will be examined. The emphasis will be on self-discovery and peer-cooperation in learninq, though teachers and interpretive staff will assist. 67

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ce>:n.c::.1u.sic;>:n.s

I I I I


\

7_ CC:>:rl.c::l-...:tsic:>:rl.s

Few would question the need for public interpretations at Botany Bay. Time is directional and the historic happenings that took place there in 1788 have inexorably affected a great number of people, through generations, even though the emotional content of the feelings that have been felt, have varied from culture to culture, from a period to the next.

52

Interpretations should endeavour to reveal meanings and relationships that pervade our world and those will only be revealed if Botany Bay is placed within its context in time and space. These relationships must also be identified at local level and that is when various approaches are necessary, if a holist view of the place is to be gained. Official histories only tell part of the story, contributions from Social History ("bottom-Up" approach) can reveal crucial aspects about the local past and, therefore, should not be ignored. Further, this pluralist aspect can be further pursued by an interdisciplinary approach bripging in contributions from Anthropology, History, Archaeology and Geography, just to name a few.

In the past, local interpretation emphasis was on the ~ grand aspects of history and on the glamorous. Those aspects must, certainly, be present on any appraisal for Botany Bay has 'a touch of the Heroic and its enduring charm is, indeed, captivating but there is more to Botany Bay than just that. Reflected in its functions and roles are aspects of our society - themes, if you like - that we, as a group, will have to re-examine over and over again if we are serious

/

about our common-wealth, and common-wealth in its widest definition. Botany Bay is also a place that was, and is, lived-in, ,a fact easy to ~orge~ and, within that domesticity one may flnd many other dlmenslons to be explored such as

'life-styles, gender relations etc.

It is against this varied background that one may comprehend Botany Bay's ever changing face, from an entry point to an defence outpost, from tribal grounds to reserve, from a settlement in the fringes to a fully fledged suburb; a change of emphasis from a military-like life-style to residential grounds, to a public space.

Interpretation is a process resulting from the interplay between'the Visitor, the Resources and the Provider. The choice of a medium will result from this encounter and it should befit the client, the provider and the place. On the individual's level, interpretation requires the fulfilment of certain principles if it is to be successful. Thus an experience that somehow cannot be related to one's

...------------------------------


53

personality or past experiences will be sterile unless the interpretation attempt also includes resolution mechanisms as to solve the incongruities encountered. An interpretation attempt that is perceived as a smoke-screen for other objectives will be rejected by participants I even if the motivation was a well-intentioned one (eg conservation reasons etc).

The visitors should be at the centre of our attention, and their varied make-up should always be taken in consideration; factors such as age, cultural background and motivation (is it school work, or are they enjoying their leisure time?) are some of those variables that should influence our choice of media.

For one reason or another, interpretations in Botany Bay National Park have been restricted to a more passive mode, that is, waiting for the visitors to come qr only offering a supportive role during local happenings. A more active role should be pursued as to reach a wider audience. The physical seclusion demanded by the managing of the La Perouse Museum impedes a more continuous contact with the visiting public. that do not venture into the building •. More specifically, there should be an attempt to implement different media, yet not tested in the area. Again, a more dynamic approach should be taken. The presence of an Information Duty service at the main entrance of the park during peak visitation periods and the expansion of interpretive services into a "casual" mode (Mobile Interpretation Services) would bring greater interaction between provider and visitor.

~ ~,~;\.S' ~"b ~'J... ~ 4 ~ 6l'-c-[ ~~tt .f(C lJ'1\~'1 ~ ,

(j) ,tu ~~ls:t~ f~~-A ks. $(/;\,.i tl'.J..1 ~tr

~r \'~~l~eJ £\ ~f~'~~t, flw~.J- s-~ ~'V\6 1\~ ~~4~~ r\ ~~~ Lt.l\r ik~~ s _ Jtt..~C'" ~\JJ-lA .. ~IIA.V-

,kV' ~ 9~" ~" (t. t~ e ~ \f\f\a..:J f e'",,- t:t r-c ....

fe~ ~~ltt1

0". f fv't ~() ~ \.~ ~'$- - ~~ ~ 0 t:M to r rM..-U tl~~ ~~ (~-~ h Vtr-f 4

.f--I dr(>N::t~ I'k Ir '1o..x- I <,-sir cuJ. ,'CJ.A I .... ~.J&J I-e bf-@.~ tL ·vft\ -h't;.e\ '-"' t.k. ~ ~04' ~ u~ "-{ 1 " f" '~,' rfh S

~.~~.- lr !.1.~ (,wG-- ~e;ti;"~ v· 9h,ra.l9 kr-~ {.~rJ ~



54

Notes and References

1 - Sharpe, G.W. 1982 Interpreting the Environment, John Wiley & Sons - USA, page 3.

Aldridge, D. 1989 "How the Ship of Interpretation was blown off Course in the Tempest: Some Philosophical Thoughts", 1st Vol:64-77 in Uzell, D. (ed) 1989 Heritage Interpretation (2 Vols) , Belhaven Press, London.

2 - Tilden, F. 1977 Interpreting Our Heritage, The university of North Carolina Press, USA. Page 8.

3 - Tilden, F. 1977:9 op.cit.

4 - Ham, S.H. 1983 "Cognitive Psychology and Interpretation: synthesis and Application" in Journal of Interpretation, Vol 8, No 1:1~-39.

Follows, D. 1988 "Resource Interpretation: The New Weapon for an Old Battleground" in' Heritage"Communicator 2:3:11-14.

Hammit, W.E. 1981 "A Theoretical Foundation for Tilden's Interpretive Principles" in Association of Interpretive Naturalists Journal of Interpretation, Vol VI, No 1:9-11.

5 - The user-principle introduces a variable that jeopardises the Interpretation process for it restricts access (equal opportunity principle) and places a price tag (it becomes "measurable") in what we, as humanity, have passed on free of charge for generations. There have been many attempts to reduce the community to a market place within which, our common-wealth (includina our heritaae. both .. - - -. -- -


54

1educe the community to a market place within which, our common-wealth (including our heritage, both hatural and cultural), can be purchased by those who can afford it. In the frantic pursue to please those who will provide, Interpretation principles are pushed aside, easily and often. In the process the past is elitised and the community is robbed.

6 - Carson, B.G. & Carson, C. 1983 "Things Unspoken: Learning Social History from Artifacts", in Gardner, J.B. & Adams, G.R. (eds) ordinary People and Everyday Life. Nashville, Tennessee. Page 9.

7 - Carson, B.G. & Carson C. 1983:186-189 op.cit.

8 - Sharpe, G.W. 1982:102-111 op. cit.

Woodward, W. 1985 "Assessing the Interpretive Effectiveness of Historic sites" in Journal of Interpretation, Vol 10, No 2:19-35.

Peart, B. 1986 "Interpretation in Informal Learningn in Journal of Interpretation, Vol H, No 1:33-40.

9 - " " " If n

10 - Vize R. & Byrne, N. 1990 "Park Awareness Among Ethnic Communities", Occasional Paper Series, NPW No 3 .Department of Conservation and Environment, Victoria

Machlis, G. and McDonough, M. 1978 "Children IS Interpretation: A Discovery Book for Interpreters". National Parks Service, University of Washington, USA.

11 - n If: 112" If

" ": 115. Jubenville, A. 1978 Outdoor Recreation Management. W.B. Saunders Co Philadelphia, USA.

12 - Sharpe, G.W. & R.W. Hodgson 1982 "Information Duty" in Sharpe, G.W. op. cit.

As one may expect, often these interactions contain no interpretation content, the questions asked being purely of an information nature (eg location of facilities etc). The officer on duty can, however, direct visitors to places where the interpretation wanted can be obtained (eg Visitors Centres etc).

13 - Usually, it is at these points that visitors are informed about the dols and dont's. They can be told about them, of course, by handing out the by-laws, regulations etc. - but given our human nature, they may "control" behaviour at an specific time but they do not "induce" effective change. In this way, "policing" has to be constant if that desired behaviour is to be forthcoming. Interpretation can also be highly successful in promoting targeted behaviour because once it is achieved there is no need for continuous behaviour monitoring.

The provision of interpretation at these points, vastly increases the visitors' chance of having "meaningful experiences" because interpretation gives them, as they come in, the means to know and embrace the area in question. In the "mobile mode", Information Duty can reach a very large number of visitors, an important factor to keep in mind when doing management plans of areas subject to intense visitation.

14 - Australian Ranger Bulletin 1982 Feature: Visitor Centre Vol 1, No 4, Autumn. ACT.

Field, G. 1989 "Milyering Visitor Centre: A Case Study in Interpretive Design" in Australian Ranger Bulletin Vol 5, No3:16-19.

..... -------------------------------------------------I I I I 1 I I I 1 I· I 1 I I I 1 I I ·1 I I

55

Malbon,' S. 1982 "Buildings, structures, and other Facilities" in Sharpe 1988:416-447 op. cit ..

15 -- Risk, P.ll. 1982 "Conducted Activities" in Sharpe (ed): 175-193 op. cit.

16 -- The success of Conducted Activities depends largely on the strategy chosen and planning. One must know the area/site well as familiarity will bring confidence allowing interpretation to flow more freely and evenly. There is a constant need to keep the activities fresh and one can use factors such as the time of the day and §easons to introduce variety and uniqueness. A windswept cape Banks or a full-moon night offer a unique ambience.

17 -- Risk, P.ll. 1982 "Conducted Activities" in Sharpe (ed): 195:213 op. cit.

Gebler, C.J. 1982 "Off-Season, Off-site Interpretation" in Sharpe (ed): 367-391 op. cit.

Garrinson, I.L. 1982 "Living Interpretation" in sharpe (ed):215-235 op. cit.

Folk festivals and the similar, offer unique situations for interpretation given their affective appeal, appealing displays and participatory nature. The long held traditions, the arts and skills involved in the performances, can combine to form a very powerful interpretation strategy. Ethnicity, political and religious affiliation, can all be potential rich sources for interpretation.

18 -- Blunden, J. '(no date, 1989?) "A Check for Writing Labels" Quarterly News, Museum Association of Australia(?); article sent by NPWS Central Region Office).

Gold, K. 1992 "If all else fails, read the Instructions" in New Scientist, Vol 134, No 1825:38-41

19 -- The variables governing the success or failure of an interpretive text are many. Although a formula cannot embrace the infinite demands that visitors pose, the equation "least effort but maximum gain" will dictate the number of visitors that will read on. There are two ways to maximise one's chances The effort required to continue to read may be decreased or the expectation of reward by reading on is boosted. The reader must identify with what is being said, physically and/or psychologically. Parallels to the reader's role in society will also facilitate acceptance of the message.

20 -- Carter, B. 1983 "Problem Solving with Signs" in Australian Ranger Bulletin, Vol 2, No 2:52-52.

O'Brien, C. 1983 "To Sign - or not to Sign?" in Australian Ranger Bulletin, Vol 2, No 2:44-47.

21 -- McIntosh, 1.L. 1982 "Signs and Labels" in Sharpe (ed):263-281 op. cit.

Headlines are titles and their aim is to catch the viewers' attention and convince them to read on. They should be brief (6,8 words maximum) and bring forth the theme. Verbs denoting action and movement are very effective in arousing interest and words used should be "familiar", unless their "exotic" characteristic have an appeal of their own.

The opening paragraph will almost invariably insure that the visitor will continue to read. Its main function is to lead into the more detailed inner paragraphs. It should be short and arouse interest. There are various ways to catch and hold a persons' interest. Incongruities waiting to be resolved, intriguing questions or a powerful story line can be used to successfully draw the visitors' empathy


56

~o the story to come, and that story is to be told in detail by the inner paragraph(s). In the inner paragraphs, incongruities are resolved, questions answered and the story told in its entirety. The aim of those paragraphs is to develop an understanding of the subject and create an empathetic response. They are also· used to end the story though, at times, another paragraph is needed for the closing. Closing paragraphs usually carry a message encouraging a specific response or action. Their use however must be carefully balanced. A badly worded ending can undo all the "good work" achieved in previous paragraphs.

22 - Sharpe, G.W. 1982 "Self-Guided Trails in Sharpe 1982 (ed): 299-325.

Often adults find conducted walks too complex for their children and they welcome the opportunity to read and interpret for them in a familiar way.

Self-guided trails are capable of functioning throughout the year independently of shortage of staff and are an inexpensive and quick way to familiarise the visitors with the heritage values of an area. In areas that are out of the way or the presence of an interpreter impractical, self-guided trails offer the best alternative.

They can absorb a large number of people because groups flow through in small units, whereas in Guided Walks groups are larger and, consequently, the effect on the local environment can be quite detrimental. These trails can be very effective in admitting people to, and channelling people through sensitive areas with minimal disruption of the local environment.

It is also an efficient way to begin an interpretation plan as they are cheap to install and maintenance costs are" low, more importantly, it is easily accessible to most people.

Self-Guided Trails are usually located close to areas where visitor concentration is high as to facilitate access to it. Visitor Centres, Entry Points, camping Grounds, are all good points to start a trail from. The trail should have features/structures that are somehow related to the cultural history of the area.

A Point to remember is that not all sites are adequate for a trail. Isolation, "poverty" of themes, rough topography are just some of the impeding factors. SOme may offer too much danger and in others, recreation activities such as, horse riding may result in serious conflict between users. The 'Trail can be subject specific or generic. A general subject Trail interprets most of the features encountered whereas in specific trails highlighted points are related to a common topic.

Trails are usually no longer than 1 km long and any trail longer than 2 km would become a logistic nightmare. stations or stops are chosen due to their representative or unique value.

Items/structures being interpreted should be permanent I that is, it is expected that they will stay the way they are for some time to come. It is also important to space out the stops because crowding can easily occur and once that happens I many visitors will jump stops and interpretation will be jeopardized. The opposite is also true, place stops too far apart and the thread of the story is lost and visitors end up loosing interest.

23 - Smith-White I J.S. 1982 "The Use of Audio Devices" in Sharpe (ed):239-325 op. cit.

24 - Sharpe, G.W. 1982 "Exhibits" in Sharpe (ed): 343-363 op. cit.


~ore traditional items such as architectural, topographic or mechanical models remain as suitable alternatives for most situations. They are particularly effective with children given their inate preference for three dimensional objects.

57

Exhibits are versatile being able to be displayed indoors or outside. Indoors Exhibits demand a proper setting in terms of space of their own, illumination etc.In Canada and USA outdoors Exhibits are sometimes described as Wayside Exhibits. They do their best when displayed near a point of interest or in areas where concentrations of visitors are likely to occur. They may describe a subject close-by or be used in generic interpretation of an area or trail. As they usually stan~ on their own, interpretation may be more detailed in the expectation that the visitor will have more time to linger on.

A most positive quality of an exhibit is the possibility of displaying 'real objects'. Even a facsimile that is technically well-done has a great appeal. Usually mounted in a public space, an Exhibit allows the viewing of valuable artefacts that otherwise would be kept in storage, out of sight. Needless to say that the protection of the item displayed has to be assured.

25 - Kass, T. 1989 "The Bare Island Fort and La Perouse Monuments Historic sites, La Perouse: an Historical Investigation ft

• Report to NPWS of NSW - Sydney.

Gojak, D. 1992 "La Perouse Headland Conservation Plan". Report to NPWS of NSW - Sydney.

Ander$on{ D.J. (ed) 1973 "The Botany Bay Project: A Handbook of the Botany Bay Region". O'Grady & Sons Pty Ltd, Sydney.

26 - Hughes, R. 1987 "The Fatal Shore: a History of the Transportation of Convicts to Australia, 1787-1868". William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd - Great Britain. Pages 53-55.

Collins, D. 1975 "An Accoount of the English Colony in New South Wales", A.H. & A.H. Reed, Sydney.

Tench, W. 1961 "Sydney's First Four Years", Angus & Robertson, Sydney.

White, J. 1962 "Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales, Angus a& Robertson, Sydney.

Nisbet, Anne-Marie 1985 "French Navigators and the Discovery of Australia - Les Navigateurs fran~ais et la decouverte de l'Australie". The University of New South Wales, Sydney.

Blackman, M. (ed) 1990 "Australian Aborigines and the French", The University of New South Wales, Sydney.

Reynolds, H. 1982 1 The Other Side of the Frontier: Aboriginal Resistance to the European Invasion of Australia". Penguin Books, Australia.

Turbert, P. 1989 "The Aborigines of the Sydney District before 1788", Kangaroo Press, sydney.

27 - Dickson, F.P. 1973 "Aboriginal Prehistory of Botany Bay" in Anderson l D.J. (ed) The Botany Bay Project: a Handbook of the Botany Bay Region. O'Grady & Sons pty Ltd, sydney.

28 - One can see this change of heart as one examines the artistic rendition of Aborigines by Europeans. Early 1800's works were still characterized by a feeling of dignity, however, by the 1830/s, perceptions had changed. For example, drawings done by Sainson, member of the Dumont D'Urville expedition ( ) portrayed Aborigines groups of Victoria and New South Wales as brutish and frenzied


58

~obs, gone is the delicacy of lines and features of earlier artists, instead one has a caricature-like approach.

29 -- Jeans, D.N. 1973 "Nineteenth Century Botany Bay" in Anderson, D.J. Op. cit.

30 - A copy of Du Perry's painting can be seen at the Laperouse Museum, Room 2.

Turpet, P. 1989:12 op. cit.

31 -- Howson, J.E. 1990 "Social Relations and Material CUlture: a Critique of the Archaeology of Plantation Slavery in Historical Archaeology 12, 4:82.

32 -- Jeans, D.N. 1988 "World Systems Theory: A Theoretical Context for Australian Historical Archaeology" in Birmingham, J., Bairstow, D. and Wilson, A •• (ed) Archaeology and Colonisation: Australia in the World Context, ASHA, Sydney.

33 -- Schreuder, D. 1988 The Cape Connection: Aspects of African Colonisation and Theory" in Birmingham et al.(ed).

Clark, M. 1987 "A Short History of Australia" , Mentor Books, USA.

34 -- Randwick and District Historical society 1992 (reprint) "The Road to Botany Bay: An Exploration of the Journals of Laperouse and the First Fleet Writers". Sydney.

35 -- Turbet, P. 1989:10-12 op. cit.

36 -- Kass, T. 1989 op. cit.

37 -- n " " " " 38 -- "Lets ease their passing, lets "reform" the malleable, were the catch cries. For instance, between 1888, the year of the creation of the "Aboriginal Protection Board", and 1967, when Aboriginal gained civil rights, over 10,000 children were forcefully removed from their families to be "rehabilitated" and, hopefully, assimilated into European Australia. Countless communities were herded into Reserves or Missions so they could be "looked after properly".

39 -- Kass, T. 1989 op. cit.

40 -- I am 'very thankful to Mrs Fox and Mrs Etherton for their unique information about life in the area during the 1950's and 1960's.

Kass, T. 1989 op. cit

Gojak, D. 1992 op. cit.

41 -- Public Works Department 1987 "The Cable Station, La Perouse: Conservation Plan. Prepared by the P.W.D. for the NPWS of NSW, Sydney. Pages 42-44.

42 - Uzzel, D.L. 1989 "Introduction: The Visitor Experience", 2nd Vol:1-15 in Uzzel, D.L. (ed) 1989 Heritage Interpretation (2 Vols).

Iso-Ahola, S. 1980 "The Social Psychology of Leisure and Recreation". W.M.C. Brown Co. USA

43 -- Mercer, D. 1977 (ed) "Leisure and Recreation in Australia". Sorrett Publishing, Melbourne.

.I


Parker/ S. 1976 "The Sociology of Leisure". George AlIen & Unwin. London.

Heywood/ J. 1989 nExpect the Unexpected: Managing Parks for People" in Australian Parks & Recreation/ Vol 25/ No 1:21-28.

59

Pigram/ J. 1983 "OUtdoor Recreation and Resource Management". Croom Helm Ltd. Great Britain.

44 - Gojak/ D. 1992 op. cit.

Haglund/'L. 1989 " Assessment of the Prehistoric Heritage of Bare Island and the La Perouse Headland". Report prepared to the P.W.D. and the NPWS of NSW. sydney.

Higginbotham/ E. 1989 "La Perouse and Bare Island Historic sites/ La Perouse". Conservation Plan prepared for the P.W.D. and the NPWS of NSW. Sydney.

45 - Since 1988/ the "Instrument Room" in the Cable station has been hired for conferences. Given the specific nature of the talks (eg French mapping in the Pacific)/ some would consider such activities as "too serious"/ nevertheless/ it is a type of interpretation that suits some groups and that alone is sufficient to justify their existence.

Off-Site Talks have been delivered/ on a occasional pasis/ by Interpretation Officers at a local Community Centre, at Little Bay.

46 - The local Aborigines that make the boomerangs are continuing a family trade that goes back to the 1870/s. Some of them descend from Timbery (or Timbere) an Aborigine well-known in the area, late last century. On Sundays and public holidays, they set up their portable displays containing their artefacts/ mostly boomerangs and spears They also work on their artefacts throughout the day and/ in doing so/ they clearly demonstrate to the on-lookers the various stages of artefact production and they do not miss the opportunity to explain to the visitors the artefacts original functions.

The "Snake-Man" handles live Australian reptiles inside the "snake pit" and talks to the surrounding crowd about them. There is no charge but at the end of each performance, the "Snake-Man" passes the hat around collecting donations. The snake-pit is located just outside the "loop/, not far from the bus shelter.

The "Snake-Man" probably appeared in the 1890/s, when a tram-line linking La perouse to the City was opened making it easier for tourists to arrive in larger numbers and support the business. The show seems to have changed emphasis with the times. Initially, they were circus-type appearances, with an emphasis on danger and Freudian overtones. Today Hr caan presents a quite different picture. His knowledge of Australian reptiles and his demonstrations are excellent examples of Natural History interpretation.

Naturally, both go on with their show/business, quietly proud of their custodianship over these two local traditions but quite unconcerned about the fact that they are - or they are not - doing "interpretation work" •••

Some Aboriginal artists performed traditional dances in 1988 for the opening of the Laperouse Museum and, since then, at the "Yalunga Festival" (23rd of February). Artists and dances are genuine and the aesthetical qualities are in no doubt/ however/ given the pure entertainment nature of the performances, it could be argued that they lack interpretative value (They were not placed within their cultural context).

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I.

60

(I: 7 - When their visit coincide with Bastille or Laperouse Day, there is much "pomp & circumstance". Naval bands, the flying of the national flags and the enthusiastic support of their compatriots, all contribute to make these ceremonies a tourist attraction, no doubt, but they also recall very vividly, the close "and continuous links that have existed between Australia (specially the European Australia) and France since 1788. La Perouse remains as a gathering-ground for the French community and few would doubt its effective value.

48 - Indoors - The Laperouse Museum contains most of those ~nd they are distributed amongst the 10 rooms holding exhibits. Items are labelled, usually individually, and each room contains a sign interpreting the "theme" of that room.

In La Perouse Aboriginal Arts and CUlture Museum, labels are used to name items on display, on both the business and museum areas. Signs in the museum interpret the life and times of Aboriginal communities that have settled in La Perouse over the past 100 years or so.

outdoors - Most of the signs are informative in nature, that is, they give directions and name the structures found throughout the area. There are some exceptions such as the original inscriptions at the Monument to Laperouse, a plaque attached to one of the walls of the Macquarie Watch~tower, an introductory sign to the Laperouse Museum in front of the "Cable station" building, and a recently placed interpretive aluminium sign at Pere Receveur's Grave site (gedakop type).

49" - The booklet, "Road to Botany Bay", published by the Randwick & District Historical Society contains a loose sheet depicting the original trail that linked the newly settled Sydney Cove to Botany Bay, superimposed on a modern street map. It is very" interesting and informative, but in the absence of an interpretive text it cannot be used as a medium for a Self-Guided Trail.

Lowenthal, D. 1988 "Heritage and its Interpreters" in Heritage Communicator 2:1:4-9.

50 - On the religious programme, "Compass" - The Evolving Soul: the Chaos Theory (!BC TV 22/11/92) philosophers and religious participants emphatically discussed the role of interpretation when they argued for the need to introduce people, especially the young, to their environment, both natural and cultural.

51 - Schuyler, R.L. 1978 "Historical and Historic sites Archaeology as Anthropology: Basic Definitions and Relationships" in Schuyler, R.L. 1978 (ed) Historical Archaeology: A guide to Substantive and Theoretical Contributions. Baywood Publishing Co. Inc.New York.

52 - Cheek, N.H. Jr and Burch, W.R. 1976 "The Social Organization of Leisure in Human Society". Harper & ROW, USA.

Cochrane, P. and Goodman D. 1985 "The Great Australian Journey: CUltural Logic and Nationalism in the Postmodern era"j

Murphy, J. 1986 "Conscripting the Past: The Bicentenary and Everyday Life"i in Janson, S. and McIntyre S. (ed) Making the Bicentenary, Historical Studies, october

1988.

53 - Uzzel, D.L. 1989 "The Hot Interpretation of War and Conflict" in Uzzel, D.L. 1989 (ed) Heritage Interpretation Vol 1:33-47. Belhaven Press, London.

54 - Deetz, J. 1977 "In Small Things Forgotten: the Archaeology of Early American Life". Anchor Books, New York.

Carson & Carson 1983 op. cit.


p5 - Lewis, P.F 1979 "Axioms for Reading the Landscape" in Heinig, D.W. (ed) 1979 The Interpretation of Ordinary Landscapes: Geographical Essays. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Heinig, D.W. 1979 "The Beholding Eye: Ten Versions of the Same Scene" in Meinig, D.W. (ed) 1979 op. cit. .

61

Frawley, K. 1989 "CUltural Landscapes and National Parks: Philosophical and Planning Issues" in Australian Parks & Recreation Vol 25, No 3:16-23.

56 - Carson & Carson 1983 op. cit

Meinig, D.W 1979 op. cit ••

57 - If

Lowenthal, D. 1990 op. cit.

58 - As discussed elsewhere in this essay, since its establishment in 1967, structured interpretation of Botany Bay National Park at La Perouse has been spasmodic and ad hoc in character. Following the cultural push of the bicentennial celebrations in 1988, a permanent interpretive service has been established in the Park and located at the Laperouse Museum. The La Perouse Aboriginal Art and CUlture Museum ,also offer sporadic interpretation services (booked in advance), but lack of government support and inability to ~ecure proper funding for the service are constant threats which result, understandably, on an erratic course. '

Until 1967, the Randwick and District Historical society did most of the interpretation of the area and the Bare Island fort occupied the centre stage but, due to safety reasons, it was closed and the centre of interpretation activities has now shifted to the cable station building.

59 -A Place of Arrival, a Meeting Place

The first known European arrivals on the eastern coast ,of Australia and the first encounters with the Aborigines took place in Botany Bay in 1770 and in 1788.

CUstoms Control and Defense

The colonial settlement knew that if they had come in through Botany Bay, others could as well, friends and foes, honest traders and smugglers. Initially it was the control of goods that matter but soon defense became prominent as well. Protection of Sydney freshwater supply (1850's to 1880's) and a genuine fear of invasion prompted the fortification works. Although no gun was ever "fired in anger", they were re-commissioned during both world wars.

Botany Bay as a Place of Refuge

The remoteness of Botany Bay gave it also a refuge quality. with the loss of their ancestral home, southern coast Aborigines looked for shelter on the bay. Later, urban Aboriginal groups that had been forcefully removed from Sydney's business district also took refuge in the area. By the 1880's, "La Perouse Blacks' Camp" was the largest urban settlement of Aborigines in Australia and today their descendants still live in the area.


/

62

~he area became also home for thousands of poor unemployed people, who had no where to go to during the Great Depression. situated above Congwong beach, the "Happy Valley" settlement quickly became the largest unemployment camp of Australia. It lasted until the late 1950/s.

Anpther disadvantaged group was to find protection in Botany Bay, at the Cable station. In 1944, the Salvation Army opened a refuge for women and their children who had been victims of domestic violence. The demand for shelter remained high until 1987 when the refuge was closed.

A Tourist Place

since early 19th century, Botany Bay north has been known as a tourist area due to its natural beauty and picturesque setting. Initially, the isolation meant that generally only government officials and the affluent classes could afford a private day-tourist trip. The introduction of public transport in 1902 ended that privilege.

In the 1870/s, Aboriginal communities that had been displaced by European encroachment on their land came to live in Botany Bay. Their craft and skills added another dimension to the tourist opportunities of the area.

By the turn of the century, easier public access brought a larger influx of tourists, and the area became associated with live entertainment, specially on holidays and weekends. Society1s change in taste and an employment boom in the 1950's drained the area of their artists and performers. Today only the "Sn~e-Man" and the "Boomerang-Makers" continue their trade and they still manage a "brisk" business. The former performing with live reptiles and the latter displaying and selling their'craft.

Botany Bay as Home

Botany Bay north is usually considered to be a place of arrival, a defensive place and Customs control, a shrine, a tourist destination but few realize that it was, and still is, Home for many! If the Aboriginal presence in the area has been continuous, then, Botany Bay north has been their home for at least 7,000 years.

A Male Bastion To early European settlers, Home in Botany Bay has been a male-only place, quite regimented and often within military barracks, forts or tents! The Laperouse's expedition, Customs, Military and the Telegraphic Company officers being the main groups. In reality, it was not until the late 1950's that the last residents of Bare Island fort left (Ex-Servicemen). Female exclusion continued until the late 1860's, when a Customs Officer arrives with his family and we hear about the opening of the local school, at the tower, and the arrival of the first teacher. ~ ~

This male-orientation is also evident as one examines the list o~f~mou~n~~es associated with the area. The very monuments that dot the landscape were built for, pnd by men. The exclusion of females from early European Botany Bay is a most striking fact to today's visitors and it is one that tells much about life in Botany Bay of the past and the attitudes and values of the period.

60 - Kass, T. 1989 op. cit

This regimentation stemmed from the closeness that existed between Home and the Work Place and the military-like organization of some of the groups. This regimentation can also be found within the Returned Soldiers home on Bare Island and on the Salvation Army refuge for women and children.


Personal letters written from the refuge though expressing relief are poignant documents expressing their grief for the loss of personal freedom in exchange for safety.

63

61 - MIs Collins and MIs Crammer were very kind in talking to me about their childhood in a shack at the Happy Valley" unemployment camp, and Aboriginal reserve resident and La Perouse Aboriginal Lands Council elder, MIs Claire Mason, was always willing to talk about her memories of the area. She died October, 1992 ••

62 - A major drawback for interpretation at Botany Bay National Park at La Perouse is the absence of a recognisable entry point. Prior to the 1960's, a kiosk used to stand on the eastern side of today's snake-pit and it was a welcome point for visitors arriving by tram. After its demolition that roughly coincided with the removal of the tramline, and the creation of the loop, the sense of arrival was almost completely obliterated. Only visitors arriving by bus get a slight sensation they have arrived, due to the change of pace (from bus to walking) and the mute welcoming of a bus shelter.

63 - Rangers on duty do, whilst on their inspection of the area, provide some interpretation on request, but to be more effective they would have to devote more time to it and that would not be feasible.

Often management are reluctant to allow some of the personnel to "roam" the area looking for a chance to interpret - "it sounds like an easy way out of a job", some would say. In reality it is a very demanding alternative requiring great skills. It remains as the best interpretation medium when attempting to reach that part of the visi~ing population that does not approach - for any given reasons - the other more "traditional" interpretation services that are on offer.

64 - other reasons for the paucity of Talks are that the community, at large, is not aware that Talks can usually be arranged and, given the cost incurred by the Service in providing those (ie wages, fuel for transport etc) the price that would have to be charged to cover costs would be beyond the reach of most community-based groups.

65 - On my visit to Kooloora Community centre at Little BaYI some of the people present were pensioners who were physically immobile and the chance they would come for a visit was very remote. After the presentation, during tea, they expressed their contentment and appreciation for the visit).

Although Talks are not suitable for every type of audience - and, even then, they should be tailored accordingly - Talks are very suitable when the objective is to entice visitation through a sincere description of options or if the topic in question is abstract or conceptual.

66 - Likewise, I would provide illustrations and texts (on behalf of NPWS) and they would provide the space for laying out a permanent Exhibit on a theme(s) to be discussed and agreed on by both parties. Since the first approach, the business site is being renovated and I was assured that a space for the Exhibit has been included in the plans.

67 - The WEA course is convened by Rosemary Williams, interpretation Officer at the Quarantine station. Both of us organised the opening Talk and I delivered the Talk-Guided Tour & Walk at La Perouse.

I I , I

I I

BOrANY e>AY

;

1.

Figure 1 (fRoM p.w.D. rLlltw)

I I I I I I I I I I

FR(NCHHAN'S BAY

I I I I I I I BURUBERONGAL ,,/

/ / BIDJIGAL?

DHARUG I

I

I I I I I

I GAND-

I

I

I

J

I

I

I I

I

I EO RA

- -,:

ANGARA,' DHARAWAL

I~ __ L,'~~~-=~====

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

F\9 3 (fROM p.Tuf.Bpr, rqe9)

I

i,CS [Ji)iiiliil'< ! ; Q ---------------------


\\ I I

, .. .. "1" r ',I '. I ~ " ,

----------.---------LAPEROUSE MONUM NT, DATED 1825.

-,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------1

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Frenchmans Bay

LA PEROUS

Little •. Congwo"g";:

Congwong 8ch. ~~

Mvseum & Fort Bay

Bare sland Historic Site

Endeavou

Httlata _ __ ... ' LllTLE BAY Club 7TOUse

St. Michaels GolF

N .. S . w. Golf Course

Henry Head Cruwee

Cove

-

Cape ks

---------------------

III t Os ips wae used III diving practice [Jll the United States Air Force planes stationed at 'RidHJ1ond dLninl:J tl1e SC((lf1d

World War

The Loop La Pcr01ASC showing Professor Fox's 11'111. Tile llil me. Tile LOOt) was qit'CI1 to describe Ihe circular trllC/i tl'llJ1illliS for trams rrllll~ir1Li the

SI/11I1I'[I-La PCroliSI' jowllC[

-

----------------_._--

- IIIIIItdll-.rdYIIIiIIII fle_On __________ _

The Chinese market gardeners in the area lived in constant fear of snakes. When times were hard at the onset of the Depression, it is said that Cann would put one of the snakes from his pit into a bag and show it to workers at a nearby market garden. The bag was always promptly filled with vegetables.

\ 1 f I .. ~ • Jt .' \ " • . I

. . ... . ;:'t .. ~ '';.; ! .• • ~ \,. •• 1.' f , • t ....,. ' .. ', .I . , . '#:,,')" !..l ::. .J

,1 v~ _\t r}~ , • . sr· ~ ....

.' .

.. -f.~j ." ..

-,

SHOW GROUN "'" u) Luok for the K,

TA~. BRADL

Touring reptile shows advertising de acts flUVC a/ways been a popular al resort amt COWl try centres around p The [Jravado of the snake handlers provide the main element of attracti despite the recent change in emphas showl'Yu.msflip to public education at lohY1 Cann, who today works the pi, Pernu\{' (J';:: r;,;:: fr1tC'lf'Y / itl Cwfnvo C,i

:1t Botany in about ] 9 ] 0

n George Cann in a[7oL~t

1938

]29 - - - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - -

I ',"'1#: '


I I~

• .' ..

" ,

~,

J~-.--JI*-~ ~~r

i""~', ~-<

"

I I I I I I I I I.

I

I I I I

i I I I I I I I I

BOTANY BAY NATIONAL PARK

Guided Tours & Walks at

La Perouse

School Holiday Programme

September 28th-October 11th 1992

Botany Bay National Park has organised exciting guided tours and walks for the coming Spring Holiday. The rich historical background of the area, its natural beauty, and professional guidance from park stafTwill ensure a memorable experience to all visitors and their friends.

Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 28 29 30 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

Tour 1 - 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - - - -pm pm pm pm

Tour 2 - 10 - 10 10 - - - 10 - 10 10 - -am am am am am am

Tour 3 10 - 10 2 - - - 10 - 10 2 - - -am am pm am am pm

Tour 4 - - - - - - 10 - - - - - - 10 am am

Guided Tours/Walks cost adults; $2 for concession holders; $8 family. Bookinl:s are essential. For further information and bookings call Afonso or Diana on 3113379 or 3112765.

TOUR 1 - Aborieines at Botany Bay. An opportunity to learn about the complex and fascinating culture of Botany Bay's original inhabitants from the European perspective.

TOUR 2 - Discover Our History~ Botany Bay is the birthplace of European Australia. You can visit a colonial watchtower, trace the steps of early explorers or view the first marked European grave in Australia.

TOUR 3 - Children's Discovery Tour. Learn about the very first inhabitants of the bay, re-live the adventures of early explorers who visited these shores and view early monuments by the seashore.

TOUR 4 - Monuments & Cape Banks Walk. Visit monuments and early defence network along the foreshore. Explore the coastal heathland while enjoying breathtaking views of the bay and beyond.

A GREAT ATIRACTlOH of )'(l)Hff

I I

BOTANY BAY NATIONAL PARK __ I NSW I NATIONAL

Historic La Perouse

PARKS AND WILDLIFE I SERVICE

The suburb of La Perouse is named after' the French navigator and explorer, Jean-Francois de Galaup, Count of Laperouse. His expedition arrived in Botany Bay on the 26th of January 1788, just six days after the British "First Fleet". After a six week stay the Laperouse expedition sailed out of Botany Bay never to be seen again ...

In October, National Parks & Wildlife Service will be commemorating 25 years of service to the community. Botany Bay National Park has organised various cultural activities for the occasion including an "OPEN DAY" on the 3rd, Concerts on Saturday 10th and 24th and Guided Walks and Tours throughout the month. See below the contact number for bookings and further information.

Built in 1882, the historic "Cable Station" now houses the Laperouse Museum and an Aboriginal art gallery. At the museum, visitors can relive the fascinating story of the illfated Laperouse expedition. On display is a fine collection of maps, early navigational instruments and archaeological finds from the expedition's shipwreck site.

Next to the museum, the La Perouse Aboriginal Art and Culture Museum, has on display a large and varied collection of local artefacts and traditional art. Included in the museum is a photographic exhibition documenting the cultural changes of the local Aboriginal communities since late last century.

Various monuments dot the shoreline in the vicinity of the museum. There is the monument built in homage to Laperouse (1828), a smuggler's watch-tower built around 1822 and the grave site of Father Receveur, chaplain in the Laperouse expedition, who died in Botany Bay in February 1788.

Enjoy pleasant walks along cliff-top trails that lead to Henry Head fortifications and Cape Banks. The breathtaking views and the coastal vegetation add much interest to the walks.

Our staff will enable you to experience a memorable visit as they interpret the natural and historic landscape of La Perouse.

PLEASE NOTE: Please contact Diana or Afonso on 311 3379 or 311 2765 for bookings and further information.

, ... \\ '.H .. ·".,II'.Jf"~.!-.. \\ ,IJilt. .... ~nl,'

1'11'·7·1'-142

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

,

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11

1 1 1

1 I

I!

• • 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

(7- I

--------------------~

- - _ ... _ - i _ ____ .... _________ _

CLAUDE-FRANCOIS-JO·S'.EPH RECEVEUR Born April 25th, 1757 Noel-Carneux, France

• -~ ·'-·I ....... ____ .~~ ... ~. ....... - ___ •.• _._._

. .. . '. ~- .

Died February 17th, 1788 Botany Bay, Australia

-"""---..--::--......~-...-- .... . ......... ".~',... . .--The Latin inscription".reads:

:' •• ~ • I

'IJ-Iere lies L. Receveur French Priest of the Franciscan Minor .orda-, ,Scientist in the Voyage Around the World lfnder the leadership of de Laperouse;,t died1!,ebruary 17th, 1788."

'. ,

Pere .R~ceveur was a chaplain in the Laperouse expedition ~that arrived in

".:' Botany Bay lust a 'fe\\;:· .. ··days after the . "First. Fleet" in January, "1:788. He was

.', also a cap~ble scientis('witf:1 a good" knowledge, of g'e.ology. y He was described as, a "tirefess scientist" and

" · .. :')I"'~·.a .. man· .of ·Ietters and ,geniusH (2nd Lt. ,:,:.. King~:::.1788):.:;:The JlL.~I·. in:' the- inscription

;' .... ~:'. '. above.,'" indicates Laurent~ "::':;"his adopted' .<:. '.' religio'us "name~ (. ':";,:' :.:.~":: d·'

, .' • , • : .. : : :'. '.,' < .': :; , • : • : •• :.; /''/'' -

• "I'" ., • .. ,'h

The circumstances' 'of his'·: death are . '. , , ·unclear., He received :an . eye wound in

' . Samoa but in a letter to 'his 'brother from

. ·Botany Bay ~e 'commented that his .. ,Ylound had healed. Ten days later he :. '.died at the age of.31.

- - -~-~-----

y, •

. . ,

I ",... • •• ~ ••

The.':. tombstone dates from 1829, but the g~ave ..... ·site has been repaired numerol,1s times'. An~iron railing encircled the grave in 1:876' and" another was added in 1909. ·tn 1-930/ a bronze cross replaced the original I

iror;,:cross:' r',: •. :,', ':: ..... . . . . jt

Pe';~ . 'R~c~veur's grave is of great culturaff '

"significa'nce associated'- as it is with the :beg·innings. of European Australia. '~'It is the " . '. ..~. . ~

'ear'iest::known marked grave of" European origin' on ,the east coast. Pere Recev~ur was 'certainly, the first priest, the first French 'nationaf, and the first scientist' to be buried , here ... '.':

. , . "0··· ,

- - - - - -_. -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - -tn 1824, a saHor from a v~siting French' expedition engraved a simple epitaph directly on a nearby tree. The trunk is

-now-preserved:- -in-the.-. Laper;ouse----. Museum ..

It has become a tradition for the crew of visiting French ships to lay a wreath on his grave, and the anniversary of his death is still

. .--;---,~cornmemorated .. _.... _ ..

Learn more about Pere Receveur and the UIfated laperouse expedition by visiting the Laperouse Museum.

f


• j

. }

'" ,,'

'. '.. . ~

'. " .. ~ · .. ~ . .'.~ .... ',

..... '.:., . ; I

. ~'.:' .. " • .' .~. 1. ,'};., .;" · . , .

-:- -"-"'-- -_ .. _--.. _-- ... -._------_ •• >--... ---_. ----'. ~.'

\ ..... "I. _______ ._

I I I I I I I I I I ~---'''''

I I I I I


Bare Island Historic Site

Bar~ Island is an Historic Site managed by the National Parks and Wildlife Service. It is part of Botany Bay National Park.

The island lies off La I'erouse on the nortlH'rn side of Botany Bay. It is only about the size oftwn-and-a-half football fields (2.4 hectares), yet since tile nrst days of European settlement in Australia it has hee>n

, important in navigation and defen('(' schemes.

The Island's History

Captain James Cook noted this small outcrop of land as he sailed into Botany Bay in 1770.

"Keep the south shore on hoard" Cook \\Totl', "until within a small bare> island which lips clost' to tlw north shore."

In 1788, Captain Art.hur "hillip had a sign ('l'('cu'd there directing ships to th(' IIt'W ('olol1\ at Port Jackson. .

Almost a century later, in 18(i2, tlH' British Government decided that colonies should be responsible for their own s('{'urity and in 1870 the last Imperial Troops left Sydney- Tll(' New South Wales Artillery was formp(\ in the !()l1owing year.

Two English defent(' acl\'isors, Major (jefH'ral Sir William Jervois and Liputenant (,olonell'('!('r Scratchley, were sent to Australla ill nilllo ht'lp prepare a new defence plan.

They believed that Sydney was \11lnerahl(' to attack from Botany Bay, the city's "hack door-. La Pel'Ouse, they noted, was sparsely populat.ed, but connected to the city by a good road. It wa.<; also handy to Sydney's water supply.

Tiny Bare Island, almost at the mouth of Botany Bay ~as identified as the stronghold that would guard th'e CIty'S southern coastline.

Information

The defence package included recommendations for a lin(' of torpedo mines across the mouth of the bay and fortifications at nearby Henry Head.

Li('utenant Colonel Scratchley's design for Bare Island feal ur('(1 (iV(' gUll emplacement..<; arranged in an arc and linked hy bomb-proof passages. Financial diflicllhies delayed work lIntil1881. Most of the fort was built on' I' the next four years.

Bare Island

A (Tew from the New South Wales Artillery installed the fort's armour plate and weaponry; a tcn inch rifled muzzle loading 18 ton gun, two nine inch RML twelve ton guns and I wo eighty pound RML converted guns.

Scarcely had concrete dried and equipment been installed wlwn alterations and repairs started. H<'col1lmendal ions for the modernisation of guns t rickl('d in from 1885 and in 1894 a six inch BL gun on pIH'umatic mounting replaced the !wel\'(' ton HML gun. COllstruction costs soared, despite the cheap methods uSt'd.

I n I HHO, a Hoyal Commission into defence in New SOUl h Wa/('s discovered that the fort con'tained numerous construction faults and that tlw whole building wa.s weakened hy the use of low-grade ('on(T('t('.

The Colonial Architect, who had apparelltly failed to SllfH'I'\'IS(, r II(' job prop('rly, wa .. <; blamed (or these mist;!k.'s It IS tortunate that this project was never forced to stalld lip under lire, In 1902,JlIst 12 years atte/' ('ompl('[ion, tlw fort was omitted from the »('11('111<' of coast al defence.

il was used as a home for war veterans from 1912 until J!)(jJ. During World Wars I and II it was occupied by t 11(' Garrison Forces. The Randwick Historical Society gained caretaker occuparrcy in 1963 and set up a museum in the barracks. In 1967 Bare Island was decial-cd an Historic Site. It is maintained by the National Parks and Wildlife Service.


I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Location and Access A bridge (originally built early this century) joins Bare Island to the mainland east of the Laperouse Museum. The island is 15 kilometres south of Sydney City at the southern ,extremity of Bunnerong Road, or take bus numberS '39, or 394 to La Perouse.

#".' t '*#4<

Key to Bare Island Map

I. & :2. NE and SW barbettes mounting five ton smooth bore guns firing eighty pound shells.

3. Seaward barbette mounting an Armstrong breech loading six inch five ton gun on an hydro-pneumatic cylinder which allowed it to be raised, fired and then lowered from enemy sight.

4. Seaward barbette mounting nine inch muzzle loading rifled gun,

5. Armoured casemate mounting 10 inch 18 ton gun with open observation post above and below.

6. Concrete platform ensuring an unobstructed fire path.

Facilities Bare Island Fort is open from 9.00 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. everyday.

There are parking and picnic areas on the mainland at La Perouse Monuments in Botany Bay National Park. The historic Laperouse Museum is on the mainland just several hundred metr~ from the island.

A National Parks and Wildlife Service Ranger attends . the island on Sundays and public holidays. Tours can

be arranged at other times (depending on staff availability) by phoning 661 2765.

7. & 8. Barrack's with kitchen and canteen below. Building constructed of blast-proof bric'k imported from England.

9. Battery Commander's post connected to all barbettes by pipes used as speaking tubes.

10. Gual·droom. 11. Cells for defaulters. I~. Laboratories where shells were filled and issued. 13. Protected pulley for ammunition and supplies, 14. Water tanks with steel cover plates. 15. Toilets.


The Story of Laperouse

Exploration of the Pacific began in the 1 (jlll centuQ and lasted for over three hundred years. It began as it search to open up new trade routes to the lands of spice and trea.sure in the Far East. Between 17(iH and 1842, over twenty national ('xpeditions sailt'd IIlto tll(' Pacific Oc('al1 for r(,<lsons of COrnnH'ITC, colonisat 1011

and scientific dls('O\·er~'.

1nl 7Hfi, Louis XVI commissioned ,kan -Fran('ols de Galaup, Comt(' dt.' Laperouse to set out on a scientific voyage of discovery. The expedition was equipped fOI a four year voyage on two vessels: L'Astrolatw and La Boussole.

Two and a half years later, Laperouse appeared 111

Botany Bay on 2(i( h .J an uary, 1788, wit hlll a \\l'('k ot (he arrival of Capt ain Ph illip and tilt.' First FII'et Laper-ouse and Phillip estahlished a cordial flwndslllp to quote Lapt'j'()llSl' "All Ellropt'ans are C()lI11t rYI1 1('11 al such a distance from home".

The French f('mailWd in Botany Bay for a period of weeks and Wit Jlcssed tlH' ('st ablishnwnt of t 11(' new colony. In March, Inning entrllsted to Captarn Phillq) letters and reports to h is king, Lapel'ollsc set sat! n(,ver to Iw heard of again.

Wlt/nn a veal' tilt' French nation was prnbroil('d III t 11,' H('\'oluti()n - dpsplt(, t.llt' turmoil Lllwrous(' was !lot forgotten. It IS scud t hat LoUIS X\'I, on his wa\' to t 11" gutlloti!1t'rn I '/~J:l. ('nqllired HAt I.'ast, is 111('/'(:;111\ IH'\\'

of MOnSH'llr (k Lapl'rous.,.lH

lI()\\,(,\pr, t 11('11' \\ hereabouts were to remain a m\,su'l\ to the world and a challenge to subs('quent expl;,rer,,' until 182H. The two wrecks wer(, dis('ovC'r('d on Ut(' re(,fs of \'anikol'O off the Sololllon Islands by the IrIsh trader and adn'nt urer, Peter Uillon, who \I'as able to claim the handsome reward still offered bv the Frel1( h (;()\'t'rnnwnt. '

Information

The Laperouse Museum

The ~Iuseum was opened on 23rd February, 1988, a.s a result of a three year project managed the National Parks and Wildlife Service in association with the New SOUl h Wales Bicentennial Council and the A.~,>O('iauon. Administered bv the 1\ational Parks and \\ddlUe Senlce, the muspun; IS housl'd in the Cable St al IOn at La l'eroLlse, Botany Bay.

Each room In the museum focuses on a particular aspect of the voyage of Laperouse. From the planning ()r tilt.' ex peciition and the instructions from King Louis X\l, to tll(' search for, and 1'\'I.'ntual of, the \\ leeks at \·anikoro.

'I'll>' IllU'>CI1I11 bnngs together histOrIcal. and ."(,l<'l1t ICIC mformatlOll gatliert.'d 1'1 om thl()llgl1 to tite IHth centuries. There are some rare and ia.s(,l!1atlng navigational maps from the 15th to 1 Htll (,I'nt un, man\' of wluch are hand-coloured engl<lllng". )uu ca'n sce :1n('!el1t SCientific instruments amung tltem a sextant, an 18th century microscope and an armdlar,) sphere winch shows the world, the !\l()on and tlie planets around It. Tlte museum also sl,,)\\s sketches or plants and anImals drawn by artists O!1 till' l'xp('dltlon, and n.'lies sal\'aged from the wrecks of L':\st rolal)(, and La Boussole. Tllere is a famous and drama! J(' pal!1tmg by \'0('1 after ~1onslall, "LOUIS X\'! gl\ll1g Cll1all!1structio!1s to Le ('omte <it' la Per-ouse". A r('lw or .~p('('lal "Ig!llficanct' IS tile altar onc from tlH' $)<\~ig(' (\j )$r()tl~)\' Th!> \\,1> U:'''d'd 1'('1 ti Iwld al Enlall.\ Bay. 'I'll<' Plt'et'" \\ITt' rt'\,o$'red from tll(' \\ it'tk at \·anlko!'o at dlff('n'nt times and have 1)('('1\ It'assl'!llbll'd for tli .. nrst timl' l!l 1\\0 hundred years l!l tIlt' museum.

, Lap'T(Jlhf' ,\ltI~('tIrn j-. OI"'Il d,lih

1 n.O() <1.111. tt) j :)1) p.l1l.

,\,Il{\,\( r ITI:

\< :

( )Ii:d: f :, ,$ ,! { , ill! Ill, "'J ("

The Cahle Station

nw East('rn ExtensIOn Australasia and China Telq~ral>h Company was contracted to lay a submarine cable between La !'erouse and Wakapuaka In :\ew Zealand, which was completed in 187t;. It wa." I1l)t possihle to dIrectly connect submarirH' cable to land Imp as th(' cables had different properties. As a r,':>ult. t!i(' submarine cable at La l'erollsP had to 1)('

Illll 1('<1 at ;, 'id,],' ~r Id jr ';1 illid I,· 1 rIUl"'11Iilh,d (" ,

1 ,11,] ',ill r,); I,,' :-;\<1111'\ T"!I'!~I Iqdl (11i'i,·('. 'I'll(' ('aLI, '-.: ,; ) I ,I ( \\ < t '-, \ 11 ''--, I ~~l: t 'll ,:: 1 (! ! 1: l!! 1 1)(,; \\ l 'i '11 I S,',.)( 1 ; It 1 \! .",

'j;1 lltl{f,d Ctd(J!!!dJ \)( ;(11\'('(. ,I.llnt',". H;trlli'! lr ell d ;i{ ('(lill/II(!;!;!::I'!1 (,11;; ~ ';1;[( ( ;u\d 1\ 1(,;...:[

';!\"" 1\)] 111! Idfh'('!> \,' lll~' !l';\':...:r;qdl ('~II!l \(~: ,

I il" !"hl \1;(. ... tl'l (;('I\I'LII.

It' (':tilk SUtll>t1 h,'(anlt' H'dUlIdallt in 1~1l7, 1)(,(';(1\:>,'

(lj ,,'cllll(ll(}gJ(al ,\(1\<111<'1',", III ll'kgraplly. It Illa,\ hal., Ill'l 11 11~,'d <1:> all I>I'I'/{'(' ((}r IIIP Lands SI1['\I'\'

[1('i'dl'111"11t [Il 1!!1!1. :llId il1 1!1:';(II[ 1H'('all1~' a .'\111[-',',

ii,'l1ll' (Ill 1'1'111" 11<-111 ll(j~pltillllll[!I]H:Ll. I[ Ila[-'

',I'lllllit!1\ I"IL",,<I I" I :-;;lh,!l1!111 .\I·JI1I iiS 11 I, ' II '.,<lIl!!'11 illlll, 1,lld!I'11 1!"111 i:lj·l 11I1t! I I Ill', h\lll",,~ II1

\11 ' ,il:

The La Pprousp :\lollulllPnts

Tiw H'>\"II\ 1;;1\ 1(J1,",I'''ll 1\llI'll' Lal'<'l'lltlSt' Lill.kd 11<1\\ Il :-'liIlllri, "1",~dl1('\ llill(li 1)(,11l·.S ill" llaIlW :\11

1 ,iH'ii,k 11 Ih \'1'(', ["d 1"'1 ,. i,\ (';q)[I\111 1\.11. tll'

l;"ilLCiilll\i1i., II1 j,,->:':.', ill Cll11111H'lIlllrall' ih!' \·i"'Ji ul LIQJ1'1 Oll",' to !\II"t I alia. TI](' 1l\lllltlI111'1I1 Ilas illlill 1>.\ till' ('oloIllaI :\rcilit<'( I, 'Ill' (;<'llrgl' Cookrll'Y, OIl tIll' I1 I'd 1'1':> () f [ It <' t i H' 11 (; Il 1(' r Il 0 I' (d :\ I' 1\ S,, ut Il \\ III ('s, :-; 1I

T!:II11IdS BII"!'>III\(' Till' gl,ilw "llri1lllllnllllg tll(' 1'1,]1111111

I, I \ Ill\' I a I III a p () I (h I' \ I , I I'i d 1!1 I III t III j('.

(1(1"" ill il"" tll" 1,,11,,1\ gld\l' "I I','lt' L. ('. Ht,,'('\"lll. ,\

( ill!pi:lIll al1d 11111 UI ,ill.~l \llt It till' LqH'rollse ,'",pedlt lI)n H"ll'\('lll 1111" t Iil' dlil'l(lllS hOll()UI ollll'I11g

tll<' fIrst kllO\lll Fn'Ii,ltlllill1 to hl' IJtlrIl'd on tilt' . \u ... nallllnl·()11111It'llt lilld ""J'illlllh tl)(' fllst to h' l'IIII,'d III tlit' 11\'11 .. ()i"lI~ t>l :-1'11 ~tllltll \\'"1(,,,

kO!\"II!\,

\ P!K()\"l HhIOHIC.'->III" I()( \110".\1.\1'

Hart' Island

:\ lort was btlllt 011 Bare Island III Ihhl, Blltall1's decision to give self gmprrl colonies t r,'sponslblllty for theIr own defl'l1ce. Its Ulllst.ru('uon and rnallltpnanc(' \\'('1'(' heset h~' prnhl('l11s and it \\"L'"

()utside tlH' gefll'ral SclH'flW of coastal defence :l]:':, 27 ~ l'ars aft,'!' (,(llllplt'lI(111

TIlt' hland fortrl'ss \\[LS then Ilsl'd [LS a war veterans IllJl1I(' and museUlll. It was dl'clan'd a 11lstoflC site ll1 ]:";' and is n()\1 pan ()fBotall,\ Bill :\atl()nall'ark .

The :\iaequarit' Wateht'()\H'r

11 " \LU'<jllll1W \\'at tlltOI$T \\a:> hllllt sDnn'tlme 1",\1"1'111:-::':(1 and Hi:'::': and I." t)I\' "I(\t>st ('xist I, ,,!dlllLC \lll ! !l<' "hllr('" ,)1' I\()t:lll~ Tilt' :,',1 I" !If rh" (,)\\('1' \\as!o >l('\"!!!

, I: "1111"; B'ltarl~ !lay TlI" YI',lrs saw it used "' (U~l()lli~ l(lIIIT, and IWll.sed t i'll's! school in the

r1<\~ I ~ .

sl:q.tL ~) I) l

\

')

__ ...1- I

r 'l ) III ) \ \' ( i i r l) \.' t i $ j 1 Cl IT~)\ VS

I I I I I I I I

I

BARE ISLAND FORT Botany Bay National Park

h:j22

BARE ISLAND FORT Botany Bay National Park

T he transfer of govemment from the

British crown to the colonial

govemment of New South Wales in I R6R

meant that the colony became responsible

for its own defense.

During the late I R60's the ever

increasing presence of European navies in

the South Pacific prompted the New

South Wales govemmentto upgrade the

det'ense of the Sydney region.

The decision to build fortifications on

Bare Island and near-by headlands came

in response to concem that invaders

would find it easy to reach Sydney from

the south via Botany Bay,

It was abo !lece~aJf to' protect ..

1890's. Fortunately the fort was never

involved in a skirmish as it may not have

survived enemy attack. By 1902 its

importance had declined. It was omitted

from the coastal defense scheme and

eventually closed.

In 1912 Bare Island fort was

transformed into a hostel for Returned

Soldiers who had fought in the Crimea

and Boer wars. They were soon joined by

veterans of World War I. It remained as a

home for ex-servicemen until 1963.

During both World Wars the Fort was

re-commissioned and occupied by regular

., troops.

[n 1963. tlt~Ra '; ';.0c,lnsioricalsd '."

", 'occtJtmricy';in set up a local museum at

~krracks. They left in 1967 when.J3'.fre :

islct1\Wwas declared a His\Mc~' ~tf~.

Sydp,ey'sf'resh'Water supply which. frl?P'l

the 1850·s.0riginated from a.darn neir~, current intemati~lairpoll sit~.~fwas clear that jftltl;.\~r source was tQ;~ taken by an inv~f~~Jbe wM'~ settlement could be held to ;~~~gW": !

(:,L'" , ",- i4 ,t '0t'~Ji&' 'Y~J

,';!;~_?porated in! I.k~;~ .~~,' 'NatiofU)I,e,k {~e.

Construction started in eamest in I RH 1

with new additions made in I RHS. In

189tl, bowever. even before the projee.{.

wll.'! fUlistted. the first Royal CommillSlon

in New South: Wales wasestabtishcd t\).: :\,

examine eharges of negligence lllJ4 malpractice in ,the co"stnrctiotl!~:~fort.

On inspecti6n,~ 6>~~at the com;rete structure was of a ~~~Aor quality. This was Catk<;eQ. by ~ athll~ orlhe wron.meag~te!{i~"+ lnsufficienr.~ent in ihe rnix~ .

. ' ;~s fhat tne cotltraC1Ot'JohnM.cL~liId bad not foJloWedlft1t~~!~fieati~;~:

The archil~in'Ch~ge,Sa~B~.: ~~; was held.respdMible l\I1dJound':lUjity·bfi~!.·· indifference ao<l neg1~ ohnegravc.<;;\, . character". He resi~d in diSgr:tL"(;. (be1'ore the C OI1tft!I:issioo wlil~ established)

after a successful lifetime ~cer Colonial A'tchitect

Despite inherent StrlJettlrtU the fort was cOlrnolt~OO!la1,:w(};mre·

~ ~s general public <L "" ~~,,' +?/ <", '''~''';

"':l1titit~I.. ction of the barracks

~iIr'~h;~psed. A structural

"'e~~e1:ilg assessment revealed other

·u'nstable areas. To ensure public safety

access to Bare Island had to be restricted.

The engineers recommended that a major

stabilisation programme should be

established.

This i~.a major undertaking involving

the ~tabitisati(m offunctional intemal

Bare Island and the surrounding

coastal parkland are part of the Botany

Bay National Park. This includes the

Aboriginal Museum and Laperouse

Museum in the Cable Station. Laperouse

Monument. Father Receveur's Grave

and the Macquarie Watchtower.

I

I I I I I I I I

-1- '~

I I I I

-I


- ~--

L'explQ~ation du Pacifigye

Les voyages d'exploration et de decouvertes entrepris par les Europeens dans l'ocean pacifique ont commence au 16ieme siecle. lIs devaient Se succeder pendant 300 ans. -

Au cours d'un voyage epique, -entre 1519 et 1522, Magellan, un Portugais au service de l'Espagne, a reconnu les cotes qrientales de la Patagonie, franchi le detroit qui porte son nom, et traverse d'est en ouest l'ocean Pacifique jusqu'aux Philippines.

On doit au celebre navigateur Hollandais, Abel Tasman, les decouvertes de la NouvelleHollande Cl'Australie actuelle),de la Tasmanie et d'une partie de la Nouvelle Zelande.

Ces premieres reconnaissances furent completees-dans la seconde moitie du 18ieme siecle par celles des grandes navigateurs franyais et anglais du Pacifique dont Louis Antoine de Bougainville et surtout le grand James Cook.

Entre 1768 et 1842 plus de vingt expeditions de toutes nationalites ont sillonne l'ocean Pacifique. Elles avaient toutes les memes buts, la reconnaissance de nouvelles terres, les decouvertes scientifiques et l'apport des bienfaits de la civilisation. Le commerce et la colonisation devaient venir plus tard.

En 1785, Louis XVI, impressionne par les qualites de marin et d'officier qu'il avait montrees pendant la guerre d'independance des Etats-Unis, choisit Jean-FranQois Galaup, Comte de Laperouse pour equiper et commander un grand voyage scientifique et d'exploration dans le Pacifigue.

D'une duree prevue de 4 ans, ce voyage-devait permettre a la France de rivaliser en renommee avec les trois expeditions de Cook. Sa preparation fit appel a tous les grands savants franQais et incarna en quelque sorte "le siecle des Lumieres".

Par une remarquable coincidence les deux navires de Laperouse, l'Astrolabe et la Boussole, arriverent a Botany Bay le 26 janvier 1788, une semaine apres le Capitaine Arthur Phillip et ses 12 batiments, la fameuse "First Fleet", composee principalement de forgats.

Au cours des six semaines qui suivirent, Laperouse et ses hommes devaient assister a la naissance de l'Australie d'aujourd'hui, sur cette terre ou Cook avait deja hisse le drapeau britannique 18 ans plus tot.

Malgre la paix recente et peu durable qui existait entre la France et l'Angleterre a cette epoque, les officiers et les equipages frangais et anglais etablirent d'excellentes relations et Laperouse nota que " ... Des europeens sont tous compatriotes a cette distance de leurs pays ... ".

cette entente devait permettre au Roi de recevoir les lettres, rapports et documents si precieux que Laperouse confia a Phillip, et qui furent les toutes dernieres nouvelles regues de lui.

Ce n'est qU'en 1828, 40 ans plus tard, que les epaves de l'Astrolabe et de la Boussole furent retrouvees. ·Pris dans un cyclone d'une force exceptionnelle les deux navires avaient sombre sur les recifs de Vanikoro (lIes Salomon). On ne saura jamais ce qu'il advint de Laperouse et de ses hommes~

L'histoire raconte que, sur l'echafaud, Louis XVI demanda: "A-t-on au moins des nouvelles de Monsieur de Laperouse?"

Le Musee Laperouse

Inaugure le 23 fevrier 1988, ce musee, qui est la principale participation de la France au bicentenaire de l'Australie, commemore les liens etablis entre les deux pays depuis deux siecles.

Il a ete congu et realise par des Frangais d'Australie et leurs amis australiens Cl' Association Laperouse pour le Bicentenaire de l'Australie), avec l'aide, le support et

W' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


. "

l'assistance du gouvernement frangais, du N.S.W. aicentennial Council et surtout du National Parks & wildlife Service, le proprietaire et gestionnaire du musee.

Le musee occupe un tiers du batiment historique de "CCl-ble station", situe au lieudit La perouse, a l'endroit meme ou le navigateur frangais debarqua en 1788 et ou il etablit ses quartiers.

Chaque salle porte le nom d'un chapitre de l'histoire de l'expedition que l'on retrouve dans la decoration murale.

Le musee est une riche source d'information: il explore les connaissances historiques, geographiques et scientifiques du 16ieme au 19ieme siecle.

On y trouvera, entre autres, d'anciennes cartes de navigation, des instruments scientifques d'epoque : sextants, microscopes, spheres armillaires du debut du 18ieme siecle,' compas, cadrans solaires ... , ainsi que des gravures de Lesueur ou provenant de l'atlas de Laperouse, de nombreux tableaux, dont une copie exacte de la celebre toile de Monsiau "Louis XVI donnant ses instructions a Laperouse a Versailles" - juillet 1785, et plusieurs objets repris des epaves a Vanikoro.

Deux reliques d'un interet tout a fait particulier et symbolique y sont exposees:

* le tronc d'abre sur lequel le capitaine Duperrey, commandant la Coquille, fit graver l'inscription suivante: "PRES DE CET ARBRE REPOSENT LES RESTES DU PERE L. RECEVEUR, VISITE 1824". Ce tronc offert a la France en 1850 par l'Australie lui a ete rendu en cadeau pour son 200ieme anniversaire.

* la pierre d'autel du Pe re Receveur d~nt les morceaux, retrouves a Vanikoro, puis eparpilles a travers le monde, ont ete, pour la premiere fois, reunis ici.

Les monuments exterieurs

En 1825, toujours a la recherche de Laperouse et sur les traces d'Entrecasteaux et Dumont d'Urville, Hyacinthe de Bougainville erigea le monument commemoratif que l'on peut voir devant le musee. Ce monument fut congu par le bureau de l'architecte colonial, George

cookney, sur l'ordre du gouverneur la Nouvelle Galles'du Sud, Sir Thomas Brisbane

(qui a donne son nom a la capitale du Queensland). La sphere qui surmonte l'obelisque est un astrolabe.

Les batiments de la Marine Nationale de passage a Sydney viennent regulierement y deposer une plaque pour rendre hommage au grand marin qU'etait Laperouse.

Tou pres de la est situee le tombe solitaire du Pere Receveur, chapelain de l'Ordre des Franciscains et botaniste de l'expedition. cette'tombe est, sinon le premier, du moins l'un des tout premiers sepulcres d'un Europeen en Australie. C'est en tout cas la premiere tombe frangais connue dans ce pays.

Cable station

Congu et construit par l'architecte colonial James Barnet en 1880-1881, ce batiment devait heberger les bureaus, le personnel, l'equipement telegraphique et les ateliers necessaires a la reception et transmission de messages telegraphiques par cable sous-marin reliant ainsi pour la premiere fois la Nouvelle Zelande a l'Australie et, de la, au reste du monde.

L'architecture de la grande salle centrale temoigne encore de cette activite bien particuliere. Les lettres'sur le fronton'du batiment E E A & C T C L sont une abreviation de Eastern Extension Australisia & China Telegraph Company Ltd.

Depuis 1917 ce batiment a ete utilise a des fins tres diverses mais ce musee lui fait retrouver un role plus conforms au site historique de La Perouse, Nouvelle Galles du SUd.

Le Musee est ouvert tous les jours de 10 h. a 16 h. 30. Le prix d'emtree est de $2 ( $1 pour les enfants). . Des vi sites guidees peuvent etre organisees so it individuellement soit pour des groupes. Reservations et arrangements par telephone

( 311 3379)

" I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

"

I I I '1

THE IMPACT OF LAPEROUSE ON

FRENCH.MAP 'MAKING IN

AUSTRALIAN - PACIFIC WATERS

The disappearance of Comte Jean Francois de Laperouse following his visit to the

east coast of Australia in early 1788 provided a major stimulus to a long standing and

ongoing interest by the French, in exploration and discovery in the Southern

Hemisphere. This interest began early in the 16th century when Gonneville recorded

the discovery of a paradise in the southern oceans. The subsequent s~arch for

Gonneville's 1I10st paradisell in the southern Indian Ocean by the likes of Bouvet

. (1739) and Kerguelen (1771) did much to retract the hypothetical ''Terra Australisll

''= ."",'-.." .19~thjn )l:he Antarctic circle. This led to the claiming of isolated southerIi-islalli..!;i,

I-:-~· ,- a~d;;en, in 1772, annexation by the French to that part of wesiern Australi,a not

claimed by Cook. Spurred on by the publication in 1756 of Charles de Brosses'


"Histoire de Navigations aux Terres Australes ll, Louis Antoine de Bougainville in

1768 searched for a southern continent, and probably sighted the east coast of

Australia before Cook. The lack of recognition given to French discoveries to the

north and east of Australia by explorers such as de BougainvilIe and de SurvilIe led

Fleurieu in 1790 to publish an account of these voyages, protesting the importance of

French discovery.

The significance of Laperouse's dramatic disappearance, must therefore be viewed

in the context of a continuing French interest in the southern oceans, the French

philosophy regarding exploration'and colonisation, and contemporary international

tensions particularly as they existed between the French and the English.

Thus in 1792 the French National Assembly dispatched a search and rescue

expedition under the command of Joseph-Antoine Raymond Bruny d'Entrecasteaux.

Later in 1800 Nicholas Baudin 'was commissioned to carry out further exploration

and scientific observations in the southern Pacific. Although both expeditions

significanJly contributed to the charting of the Australian coastline, it is the maps by

Freycinet from the Baudin expedition which made the greatest impact on the

mapping of Australia including the first detailed coastal map of Australia.

-----

Subsequent to Baudin's voyage the rapid colonization of much of theperimeter of

Australia by the English, French interest shifted to New Zealand and the Pacific

Islands. Voyages by Freycinet, Duper!);, and G~-Bcugainville consolidated French

presence in the Pacific, but it was the three expeditlOns by Dumont j'Urville between

1820 and 1840 that were to have the most impact on the charting of coasts of New

Zealand, the Antarctic and related Pacific Islands.

This momentum of interest in Australia and the Pacific is best recorded in

contemporary French maps. First the increasing interest in southern exploration

through the 18th century was paralleled by an emergence of scientific mapping, in

which France was pre eminent, largely through Guillaume de l'Isle. J acques Bellin

, was appointed as the first Ingenieur Hydrographe de la Marine and was

commissioned to provide up to date charts of coastlines throughout the world.

Second, with the Revolution, came a new group of private cartographic businesses

s~ch as those .. of ~pie, ~~asseu~ an9 Brue. Third, was the atlases that accompanied

the" great journals produced by the French explorers in the Pacific, voyages which

strongly influenced the French chartmakers in both government and private

enterprise. An example of this influence is the almost universal adoption by the

French of d'Urville's ethnological divisions in the Pacific.

The maps on display have been chosen to reflect these three areas, in the conteXt of

the central theme of Laperouse's disappearance. These Fr~nch charts summarise

contemporary knowledge at the time of Laperouse, while others exemplify the

impact on charting the Australian-Pacific arena made 'Oy the d'Entrecasteaux and

Baudin expedltions. Finally, typicai 'regiona,l charts produced by the French reflect

the impact on both government and private map makers in the 19th century and the

expansion of colonisation throughout the southern oceans.


I •

I I I I


Information

Hc~r~ \-l,II, 1."I,.""g .... u~ to B.l..l'""e l\b,,...d., A,...,.d.. l':l. ""PcrChJ<c. ..•

location & Access: Botany Bay National Park is a coastal Park encompassing the foreshore land around the northern head of Botany Bay Before its gazenal as a Nil'lGnai Park i" 1984 the land was malf1ly used for r.1liitijr~· installations V,sltatlon to the area after World War 11 WclS lar"ely uncon,rolled Sii1ce 1984 the National Parks [, Wildlife Service has embarked on cl programme of rehabll,tal1on in an a[[empt to :<:'store th,s neglected corner of S'l'dney to ItS former nawral beauty

n,)!;:,n,. Say National Park IS located 15 kilor.;eHes south of SydneY <]:ld con be reached by UTA bus i11l111Ger5 ~93 Ifrom Edd', Ave Central) or 3'J4 (from Circular Qual' Of ;<"\useum Railway Stations) to La Pefouse .·,:terr,il!1\·ely. the ViSitor car. drive to the Pilr\:' by :of1owlf1i; ""lac Parade to la Perouse and "al~ing east 1'~"'T1 thE Grpark above Congwong Rav

The PClrk oifers the VISitor scenic beauty. a wealth of h,s!0l1c sites and monuments dating back to the be';:lrlf1lng of AustralIa s European hIstory. IO"elv beaches ir "Jlural surroundings rugi;ed coastline vlotas and ample ooporturllties for SWimming snorkell,r,g. line flshl:1{:! ,~"d plcnl(ktn~

Cape Bdnks Scenic Walk: The Cape Banks xenic Wall rd.es r:,<: Vls·tc'r throusr. a chOice cross·seCII('n of Botany ba\ N.)(:'~nal Perk The Wall '5 SIX kd0meues long 2nd (o<en ct a 1t~"ur(lv PdCl' '.v·oulrJ take 3·4 hour, (0

corr.p;ete i(s 5t<lrung pOint IS at the historIC Little Bay Ccn1el<:rv. approached Via Pistol Rdnge Road Isouth of Crose St Little BaYI

An "npunallt part L'i the Walk skirts around Pus,~ca( Dc'". a v<lluable mdrlne f,wna resedrch area ",est o. C:pe LanKS Ol5(urlllng the intertidal zone of thIS area. or tA';1G an,' marlf,e life. pdrtlculariy shellfIsh and OCtOpu'i from the Ga\' IS forbidden Your cooperation Will os5",! the rese"rch bell's undertJken in the area

T!'e Cape Banks SCenIC Walk ,s a self-guIded walking track GUIding POSts wnh orange arrows m<lrk the route At ii numb;"r oi places along the track s'gns have been erected Interprt'!:ng specifiC points of interest Care IT,USt be tak(·;] to a'/0Id the follOWIng areas. the Olstol range clearly marked by red /lags the tu~lnejs of the Cope Ba!1ks Fort P"Hts of which hdye collapsed ,~nd the c"lfs \){(wC't"n I'ussycat Bay and Henry Head Young children i!l pa!{'Lul<,r should be closely supervised in rhese areiiS

Walkers should also be wary when approaching the section between Cape Banks and Pussycat 8ay Occasionally a golf tee near the shipwreck will be in use The track crosses the line of pt.)v between tee "nd €;reen Common sense and coune!'.,. must prevail on this sectIon

The best route to return to vc-ur car after com;:ole:'nb rhe Walk IS via Anzac Parade o;ld Pistol Range Rd

History Introduction: Capt.31P lam2's C00~. an VISiting B'2'ta:-!~ S:.~· ir M.)y 1770 wrote.

",,'OOd hue I1 in «((al plrnlu. ~CI Ilu'( IS .w~ lillle ('arlcl"

(I,UC aft" I(W sorts vi shrll&s "r.d Sl'wr;{ ""I", If"' a~d "'''ngrav!'> ap(;\'( Ihe hrad of Iht Ho1rwur Tht (\'un(l~ I1

IV()()d~. 10'" and /lat as far in uS W'( could S<'C. and I b,ll,I,' :r.,.: Ihe SOlI is in ~1rn((al SoIndu In 11:,. .'(l('<! art" vafl(l~ '" ('(Ill

v.Qutiful birds. W(h as (",kalool. Ivrr~qUtlS parrOIS {!( . "od (f014'1 (xa(tly like Ihoy 11:,. haw Jr, England Wultr fou, is n,' "'ss I'ltnl" around Ill, h,ad (,{ Ihe Hurbuuf . ...nue Ihut is :''':'' flaIl cor sdnd and mud. on "'i'l(" IhfU yek lS,rir l()(Id 0" lht SoInd and mud banks art' ouSIUI. mUld~ (O{kltl tf(. ""l« j

beiit.'( arr Ine (hid >UPOOfl o{lhe l"hart/anll . • 'ho 90 InW

Ihoa-ld "'al" ill Ih'If 1I1IIt' (unHI and red, Ih(", oul "",n Ihi.' hundj, and 50",((1"'(1 fv.];1 and tal Ih,.", rn Ihm iani"~

ha('lng a{itn a fj(( ior Ihal purpc:.i

Alas. these expanses of sandy heath full er beautii'JI bl'C:S and tidal s~ores rtch with shellfish d,saopea:ed gradualh' Wlrt> the e~pansion of European $ettlerr.ent Today only remnants of the biolog,<:al rr"lrvels which so fascinated the men of Cook's expedition survIve. These ar~as are now protected ',.-ithm Botilny Bay National Park

The Aborigines of Bot.3ny B<ly: Botany eay was once P2~; of the territory of the 81dlgal AborrglOal clan, who spoi:e l"e Dharuk language Thelf subSIstence economy and POPUI2tl,)11 was closely tied to the abilIty of the lane: to produce' The:: diet reiled heavily on marine looqs such as shellfish ac,j fish

During the winter months, when these foods were le05 t:>lentiful. more plant foods and terrestriill animals were explo,ted to 5~pplement their diet _

Tt.,e men and women of"dle-cTan speCialised in c,ff::rent methods of fishing The "'omen fished mainly !;,)m can.;),.,

'.

with lines spun from vegetable fibre and hair. Hooks were ground from tarban shells that glittered underwater and enticed 'the IIsh to bite. No bait was needed. fish were att~ed to the surface with a burley 01 chewed up shellfish.

, The women. assisted by the children. also collected shellfish from the coastal rock platforms. . The Bidigal men fished mainly from Ihe shore using

I multi-pronged spears. usually from rocky ledges. The main . male duties however. related to maintaining special sites of . significance. tribal diSCipline. religion. and less fruitful forms

of hunting on the land. Regular daily food supplies. generally of marine and plant foods. could be relied upon from the gathering' activities of the women and children.

The Aboriginal canoes were constructed from a single sheet of bark. commonly from a paperbark tree. that was bent up and fastened at the ends by use of pegs and cord. The first Europeans to sight these apparently frail but effective craft were amazed. at their seaworthiness. and often reported seeing their twinkling lights at night upon the bays and inlets around Sydney. Fish were often cooked as soon as they were caught on a small fire set upon a clay hearth in the centre of the canoe. The fire. of course. also provided light for night fishing.

A smallpox epidemk'that infected the Bidigal people in 1789 had a catastrophic effect upon their lifestyle. By 1800 the Bidigal's traditional culture had been largely destroyed. The Bidigal'S occupation of the area is indicated by the presence of piles of discarded shells ('middens·). two of which exist at the back of Conpong Beach. and the rock engravings of fish. sharks and whales that appear on flat rock around the shore.

The Antval of the Europeans: Cook landed in Botany Bay in 1770 to replenish his ship's fresh water supply. While ashore. his botanists. Banks & Solander. collected specimens of the strange plants they encountered. Cook himself undertook a number of day long journeys to survey the country and attempt communication with the natives. Of this he was singularly unslJccessful. He wrote in his log on April 30 th. 1770;

"all (hty s«m'd to ",anI was Jor us 10 be gOrtt".

Although hiS stay lasted a mere seven days Cook and his party were enough impressed by the locality to recommend it as a site for settlement.

The First Fleet arrived in Botany Bay almost 18 years later. well after Cook had been killed in Hawaii. Largely as a response to the Bay's unpromising soils. Captain Phillip explored farther afield. After entering Port lackson to the north. a Harbour named but not surveyed by Cook. Phillip recognized this as a far superior site for settlement. and decided to move the Fleet to Sydney Harbour. He. too had only stayed a week.

As they were raising anchor the English were astounded to see two large sailing vessels approaching the Bay The ships were French vessels led by Rear Admlfal de La Perouse. The leaders exchanged greetings and Phillip was asked to accept a stack of documents and reports relating to the French voyager's travels. for safekeeping and forwarding to France. The French spent six weeks in Botany Bay. resting from their harrowing journey and refitting their vessels. They were never seen alive again.

The stay of the French in Botany Bay is well acknowledged today. The nearby suburb is named after their Commander. their mooring place is known as Frenchman'S Bay. and a local park in Daceyville is named after one of their ships. the Aslro/aM.

Botany Bay's Military Installations For decades after Phillip's departure Botany Bay was to remain undeveloped and sparsely settled. To counter the opportunities it offered smugglers and any invaders wishing to suprise Sydney from the south. Governor Macquarie decided to billet a small detachment of soldiers at La Perouse. Sometime around 1820 the Watchtower. part of which still stands today. was built to house these soldiers. and to provide them with an observation post.

Alter the last British soldier left the colony of NSW. in

1870 coastal defences were reviewed with anaim of making Sydney capable of self defence. An 1877 report by MaJor Jervois recommended that Bare Island be fortified. It was reasoned that Botany Bay provided a perfect haven and base for attackers The development of Sydney's water supply from the freshwater Lal=hlan Swamps. south of present day Mascot. greatly increased the strategic importance of the area.

The Bare Island Fort was begun in 1881 and took four years to complete. Barracks were built into the original Fort between 1889 and 1890. Rapid advances in armaments technology made the Fort largely redundant by the turn of the century In 1912 the Fort became a war veteran's home. although it was brought out of retirement and manned by garrison forces during both world wars

A second report on coastal defences around Sydney. written by Major General Schaw in 1887. proposed that guns should also be sited at Henry Head to the east. Work began on these emplacements in 1892. When thiS Fort was operational in 1895 it contained two 6 inch. breech loaded. 'disappearing' guns

By 1900 the Henry Head site contained searchlights. observation posts. and barracks During World War 11 the Henry Head fort was upgraded and the entire site superceded by a much larger installation a liule to the north of Cape Banks. This establishment was armed by two 9 2 inch guns, a battery of Bofor anti-aircraft guns. and contained barracks. a hospital its own electricity generating machinery. plotting rooms. and torpedo firing capabilities

Flora & Fauna: Botany Bay National Park contains more than 300 native plant species of which 12 are now rarely found in the Sydney area, Coastal banksia and tea-tree scrub occurs on the sand dunes behind Congwong Bay During early spring the Henry Head ridge displays a stunning array of native wildflowers The low heath communities on the exposed slopes above the cliffs show interesting adaptations to the prevailing salty winds. Many of the species first recorded by Banks & Solander over 200 years ago can still be found in the Park today.

The diversity of fauna. however. has been depleted. The larger native animals that once inhabited the area. such as. kangaroos. wallabies. wombats andechidnas. have vanished due to the encroachments of suburbia. But smaller. more elusive types of fauna. such as lizards. snakes and birds. still reside in the Park. The number of species of native birds that can be observed is Quite suprising. numbering over 80.


I I I I I

NATIONAL PARKS AND WILDLIFE CODE.

The preservation and protection of the Park depends on the cooperation of all who visit and enjoy it Here are a few simple rules that everyone is asked to observe:

• Wildlife and scavenging for fjre~ood' can destroy sensitive natural communities. Open fires are therefore prohibited.

• Sand dunes stabilised by vegetation cover much. of the Park. Olr· [rack walking in these areas causes erosion Please keep to the authorised trails.

• Trail bikes and horses are nor permitted in the park.

• Dogs. cats and other domestIC pets can disturb or kill native animals. particularly birds. and are often a nuisance to other visitors. They are not permitted in the Park.

• Spearguns are firearms and they are not, permitted within the Park.

• Enjoy the wildflowers but do not pick them .... it is illegal

• Camping and o,l(e,rnight use of the Park is prohibited .

• Please take your rubbish away with you and observe all signs- they are provided for your guidance and assistance

• .k..

-*-*.it /

..... _ • .Ie.x ... .... ic. x_

I ~'.;k._ /Hj,l;-orlc

I Little :!.&y I .Cemct: .. ry ~- I

.... I ..... "'" ..................

\: ---.---.... \ . r·---~

•. -. \' Pis tol I

I \ ~ R. .. ng:~~ I \'....----'

! ~~) I Coape B.;a:n ks " . l>.a.tter~ , I (Historic. .' . forl1ficati.one)

''-.'-'7 ~/ /'

/ ~i;/~~' /

Unfortunately human impact has 5evereiYdegraded much . of the Park and few 01 the Park's valuable plant communities have escaped unscathed. Weeds. in particular. pose a serious threat Lantana. pampas grass and castor 0,1 plant infestations cause serious damage to the Park's ecology But by far (he most aggressive plant invader in Botany Bay National Park is bitou bush. a species introduced from South Africa. It is easily recognised by its light green. fleshy toliage, waxy leaves, yellow daisy flowers, and its insatiable appetite for space

. , I 0·.' ,

jl,.' ' ... ' _....cc'"

\ .f' ,

". I ........ 1-:t. • .k..x.,.k..

To restore the natural values of the Park the National Parks & Wildlife Service's _ management for the area inciudes extensive rehabilitation works. These works involve the removal of rubbish from past large scale dumping. sand dune restoration and stalilization. and the comrol of noxious weeds. Please help this work by keeping to the established track. leaving nothing behind, and taking only photos.

~ 2.0.0 ............. f A.. a. Ga\-Cftlt':S '.7

SA -HsiS * Eft Bm pe FW8&iW ARi

The La Peroltse Historic Site On the mornlllg of December 11th 1787 the French expedition of Rear Admiral de La Perouse moored close to shore by the Pacific Island of Samoa. Having left France over twO years before the morale of those on board was very low and they were desperately short of firewood and fresh water. Despite the inherent danger La Perouse sent ashore a landing party of 61 men under the command of Captain De Langle, master'of L'Aslrolaf/(, to procure supplies.

An early Australian' historian, Henry Selkirk, described what happened following their landing:

':Ouil( un(rfJ('Cltdfy, ",ltilt tht /ong-Voals IIJtrt aground, tht nalivts suddrnlu aI/acrid wilh slOntS and clubs in OI'uv.ittlminQ n'umhtrs, Stiud and dtstroljtd Iht Ionl}-Voals, and f,rul""~ massacrrd 12 of Iht parly, of whom Capr. Dr unL/lt .. 'as' on(, whi/( 20 olhus \I.'trt Stw(tly ,nlurtd, amonl} Iht k.fltr htina Fa(lur Lt RtUvlur

Immediately aft'er the attack La Perouse wrote in his log,

"Ihis (vrnl drpril,td us for Iht Hmt of 32 men ", Iht slighltsl Ifur/h,,, loss would have (omptlled mt 10 burn Ont of my shivs in ordtr 10 man Iht olher."

ar.d "As \1.'( had nO /ctl9-fIoals and our aN'S wtr( in a Slall of arral ,'(asP(ralion, , rf'SOlvtd nol 10 anchor liII wt r(a(htd (>"'1"'111 Ball, ill Ntw Holland, whtre 1 propo;( 10 (onstrll(1 a new /<'~L/-bOal "'jIlt Iht pials 1 have on Voard"

Thc exhilu'sted, battered and demoralized French expedi{lon arrived in Botany Day six weeks later. It is a strdnge quirk of history that they arrived on the very same day t~<: First F!eet were raiSing anchor to sail north to Port lackson The burning of one of their vessels was avoided, but only at great cost to the health of the weary ;,:""'IV(:(S At tl">e recommendation of Captain Hunter. COIPma,1d<:r of the Sjri!l~, {h'?y moored at the sandy cove on t:'e north side of i3o~any Bay, now kllown as F:enchman's 8ay to res! and e!feet repairs

F;:;tb~r Le Recev~ur, on~ 01 the .niured, was a I'rdnC1SC)n !riiH, an energetic and .. {fable fellow and a [;'c-nd of m"ny 0('\ board HIS role on board L'Astrolabc W,'> uf t'ual OUipose, both as a Chaplain and as a r<:~,,<.'ct<:d nat(;ral:st rind sc'-entist. On February 17th 1785 ,>cle Re:<.'veur dIed at Fr<;l1chman's Bay, His tomb and ,,~()nu'('\~nt Isee map No 21 lie within the La Perouse HI~tC!.[i':,S.t~

The llrll!sh v.slted the French camp a number of tlme5 flndln~ :[ well c5tabltshed and its inhabitants hard at '''0r\.; bu,id.ng the lon~-t-0<1ts Around their camp the\' hild bu.;, a s;o(k"de to ward olf attacks from the ;\bor • .:",<'s. who were unceasmg In the.r efforts to CVlct the unv.'Cinted VISI('fS

Ld 8"<;0)1: and L ,\,((,1<.{<. sailed from Botany Bay on MJrch 11th 1788 M1d wcre never secn again It was not unIt! 18?6 that the m\'~tery surround.ng their clsapPc<Hilnce was Icsol .. ",d when a British navigator. Capt,1i'-' Dtllon of the vessel SI P"lfI(t, was GUided by 11,1: I\'es to the remains L,i L)\s!r"/uf>r and Ld Bu\S,'/c on a r·yf off the is!"nd 01 Va['l.koro, in the Santa Cruz group Of the Solom<.'n 1:;land~

A monument lSe~' milp No II WClS erected I~' the rnenKJ'Y 01 de La Perou~e and h.s complement 01 brave advcnrulers at the request of ano[he~ famous French ,;atlor B,1(c1n de !>oll~:ainvtlle who visited the settlement oi Svdpev If'l 1/'.2'; It wa:; completed one ycar later The smal: plaques around ItS base (ommcmorate otri(.al VIS.tS of French vessels [0 Sydney Harbt-'Uf the beaut\' ~'r whICh ne!th",r La Perouse nor COC'k saw

When Baron de BougClinville rode by horse from Sydnev to Botany Bay in 18?'; he was {;U ided to the preCISe location of Pere Receveur's gra\'e by the corporal of a detachment of troops from the ;-"1a(qu.;ricWatchwwer tsee map No 31 The Watcht()c<'Er was built .n 1821 to house a small number ,',I soldiers tc' watch o .... er 'l':ssc:s entering and le(l,m€: Botany Bav Bv i1l30 5mUs!;lt~g was thought to be more c'i a threiH ,0 [I.e colon\' than invasion, so In 1831 customs offict-~~ repla~ed .he soldiers as MaC',;J,Hle W<";tchto\',er residents From the early 1900s the ;1:1ail buddIng which once $urr':hJnded the tower hous<?d th", Botany Head School The Wa'cr.tv'..:er is the oldest surv.vlng budding on the shores 0f Botany Bay

The Cable Station tsce m,lp. No -ll wa,; bu.it If'l 1~i:\2

t:J reee've ar~d relay international messa~e:5 bv teicgraph The cat>le .tself linked La f'erouse "'Hh N<.'i"cn In Ne\\. Zeai"r;c and was ."Ht L'f a w<);idwIOC chaif\. <-'I submarine tel(;:~3ph lines It Wd,- iald by the sh.p Hil...,,,i, •• n 1~i'Q

Th" (cble Station was both ,) w,-'rkplitCe an,' r..::~.dei1(e fur Ih e:nplo\'ees nus trildltlOIl was maintatn£'d wt.",:>

tne 5t.:::.oll was used as a hospital durm\o! the SpanIsh 1:;iIlJen~il pandemic ot I<JIB- 1\120 The nearby Coast ~k~5P!l ... i Inow Pnnce Henryl a specialist mfect!ous J'5'''5eS ,nfirmary at the time. could n ... 't cope with the hU'll~reJ~ vi victims of [he '11u. Later the Station became a S.,I ... ,,(.on Army Home, a use It retains today, H .. ,wever. as part of the Bicentennial Programme plans are U:1l'ef\\il\' to r<:store this lovely old butld.nf; and establish a museum to comm('morate French e"pedl[iOnS of expiora(lon In the south seas. a most Itttini'! addition to the La Perouse Histonc Site

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

- - - - - -Tours & Opening Hours

Guided tours of the museum and monuments are available in English and French. Bookings essential.

Telephone: 311 3379, 311 2765.

Open 7 days a week lOam-4.30pm. (a small charge applies for tours and museum entries).

Join in the museum's activities through Friends of the Laperouse Museum P.O. Box 230 Paddington NSW 2021.

Visites Le Musee est ouvert tous les jours de 10h. a 16h 30. Des visites guidees payantes peuvent etre organisees sur rendez-vous, en anglais ou en fran"ais. Priere de telephoner au 311 3379 ou 311 2765.

Vous pouvez, si vous voulez, vous mettre en rapport avec "Les amis du Musee Laperouse" en ecrivant au P.O. Box 230 Paddington NSW 2021.

-- - - - - - -Proudly sponsored by Banque Nationale de Paris

Transport Pour arriver au Musee en voiture: suivez Anzac Parade ou Bunnerong Road jusqu'au lieu dit La Perouse. En autobus: de Circular Quay prenez le 394 ou le 398. Telephonez au 954 4422 pour tous reseignements d'horaires des auwbus.

NSW NATIONAL PARKS AND WlWLIFE SERVICE

Photos/drawings: Duqllc- Portugal

Access By car: Anzac Pde or Bunnerong Rd; by bus: routes 394 or 398 from Circular Quay. Telephone 954 4422 for timetables.

Published by NPWS, Sydney District, October 1992 Printed on Australian made 100% recycled paper

~~ The New South Wales Government ., Putting People first by managing better.

-

Botany Bay National Park

- - - - -The Cable Station

Built in 1882, The Cable Station originally hnused the personnel and equipment necessary it)r telegraphic communication, via submarine cables, between Australia and New Zealand. "The Emtem Extemion AUltraul.sia and China Telegraphic Cumpany Lu!" left in 1917 and after that date the building has served a number of different purposes, including a Nurse's Home 0919-1931) and a Salvation Army Women's Refuge (1944-1987). Since 1988 the Cable Station has housed the Laperouse Museum and the La Perouse Aboriginal Art and Culture Museum.

Centre T elegraphique "The Cable Station" fut contruit en 1882 pour hcberger le personnel et l'equipement necessaires a la communication telegraphique par cables sous-marins entre La NouvelleZelande et l'AlIstralie. Utilise ,] des fins diverses a partir de 1917, il abritc <llljourd'hlli le Musee Laperouse et le Musee d'Art Aborigene.

-

- - - - - - -Laperouse Museum

European exploration of the Pacific began in the 16th century and lasted for more than 300 years.

In 1785, the French king Louis XVI commissioned Jean-Fran.,:ois de Galaup, Count of Laperouse, for a scientific voyage of the Pacific region.

A remarkable coincidence was that Laperouse and his two ships, uL' Astrolable" and "La Boussole" , sailed into Botany Bay on the 26th January 1788, just 6 days after the arrival of the British settlers on the "First Fleet".

The Laperouse expedition left Botany Bay after a 6 weeks stay. It sailed towards New Caledonia and it was never seen or heard of again ... Many years later the wrecks of the ships were discovered on the reefs of Vanikoro, in the Solomon Islands.

The Laperouse Museum was conceived hy a group of Australian and French residents. It was officially opened in 1988, the bicentennial year of the arrival of the first British settlers in Australia.

The museum is located in the vicinity of the expedition campsite and it has on display a fine collection of antique maps, early navigation instruments, prints from the Laperouse expedition and relics salvaged from the wrecks.

- - - - -The Laperouse

Monument

-

In 1825, while searching for Laperouse, Hyacinthe de Bougainville, a visiting French explorer, was granted permission hy the colonial government to erect a monument commemorating the visit of Laperouse to Australia. The monument, a column crowned by an astrolabe, was completed in 1828.

Pere Receveur's Grave

Pere Receveur, a Franciscan monk, was both the chaplain and naturalist on the expedition. He died soon after arriving in Botany Bay and was buried under a tree by the seashore. In 1828, a tomb was erected upon his grave. This is the first known French burial site in Australia.

The Macquarie Watchtower

Built in the early 1820's, the tower is the oldest existing building on the shores of Botany Bay. The tower was originally built to prevent smugglers entering the hay. Since then it has been used for other purposes including a customs house (1830's onwards) and the local school (after 1868).

- - - - - - - --Le Musee Laperouse

La decouverte et l'exploration de l'ocean Pacifique devaient passionner l'Europe pendant 300 ans a partir du 16e siecle.

Vers la fin du 18e siecle, en 1785, le roi Louis XVI nomma Jean-Fran.,:ois de Galaup, Comte de Laperouse, pour diriger une expedition de decouverte scientifique dans le Pacifique. Une coincidence remarquable fit que Laperouse et ses deux navires, "L'Astrolabe" et "La Boussole" arriverent dans Botany Bay seulement 6 jours apres la flotte anglaise du Capitaine Phillip.

Apres un sejour de 6 semaines sur les rivages de Botany Bay a l'endroit appele aujourd'hui Frenchman's Bay, Laperouse et ses navires repartirent, le 10 mars 1788, en direction de la Nouvelle Caledonie et disparurent ... Ce ne fut qu'en 1827 qu'on decouvrit les epaves des navires sur le recif de Vanikoro, aux lIes Salomon.

A la suite d'une fructueuse collaboration ftanco-australienne, le Musee Laperouse fut inaugure en 1988, annee du bicentenaire de l'arrivee des Anglais en Australie.

Dans le Musee, qui se trouve pres du campement de Laperouse, on peut admirer des collections historiques, geographiques et scentifiques: cartes anciennes, oeuvres d'art, gravures, instruments scientifiques d'epoque et reliques recuperes des epaves.

- - - -Le Monument

Laperouse En 1825, Hyacinthe de Bougainville, toujours a la recherche de Laperouse, fut autorise par le Gouverneur de la Nouvelle Galles du Sud a faire eriger un monument a la memoire du navigateur disparu. Le monument, une colonne couronnee d'un astrolabe, fut acheve en 1828.

La Tombe du Pere Receveur

Egalement tout pres du Musee, se trouve la tombe du Pere Receveur, moine franciscain, aum6nier et naturaliste de l'expedition Laperouse. Mort peu apres l'arrivee de l'expedition dans Botany Bay, il fut enterre au pied d'un arbre. La pierre tombale fut erigee en 1828. C'est la premiere tombe fran.,:aise connue en Australie.

La Tour de Guet Macquarie

Erigee au debut de 1820, cette tour est le plus vieil edifice encore debout a Botany Bay. D'abord utilisee comme tour de guet, elle servit apres 1830 a la douane et apres 1868 a la premiere ecole locale.


The first European ships in Australia, the first European fleet bringing settlers, the last sight of a French expedition, smuggling, soldiers and an Island fort - It all happened in the La Perouse area.

LOCATION & ACCESS: La Perouse monuments are located on the

northern arm of Botany Bay. about 15 km south of Sydney. It can be reached by car along Bunnerong Road or Anzac Parade. The public transport service is by bus, route Nos. 393 and 394.

FACILITIES: There is a circular drive around the area and a car

park. Access to Bare Island Fort is from the southern side of the area. The ground is grassed and level, and it is only a short walk between the four monuments which are on the historic site.

LA PEROUSE MONUMENT & PERE RECEVEUR'S TOMB:

The la Perouse area was in at the beginning of European history in Australia.

The lIeet of ships bringing the first settlers (mainly convicts and soldiers) anchored near here. But Captain Phillip. the Governor of the colony. decided to move on to the more hospitable land around Port . Jackson.

In January, 1788, just as they were leaving, the • Englishrpen saw sails approaching the harbour. It took a while to identify the strange ships. They were French. L'Astrolabe and La Boussole, under the command of Jean Francois Galaup, Comte de la Perouse, were on a voyage around the world. This was an era of great sea voyages of discovery and scientific exploration, which were sometimes fOllowed by colonisation and commerce. No doubt the French wanted to see what the British were up to.

The French spent six weeks at Botany Bay. They built a stockade against attack by Australian Aborigines and within this set about building two long boats from kits :hey had on board. Twelve men had been killed, twenty injured and the longboats lost, when the French were attacked in Samoa.

They came to Botany Bay to resl and refit.

They were certainly kept busy. They built their longboats, were attacked by Aborigines, offered bribes by convicts trying to escape and were visited by British officers.

Information

La Perouse Monuments

They also planted a garden. For many years afterwards the area was known as Frenchman's Garden. But it is hard to imagine that much in the way of vegetables would have grown in six weeks.

French morale must have sunk when Pere Receveur died. He was a Franciscan monk attached to the expedition;both as chaplain and scientist. He was said to be a friendly man and tireless in pursuit of his science. His grave is now marked by a tomb.

The British, struggling to establish their new colony, offered what help they COUld. La Perouse asked only that a British ship take all his charts, letters and journals to France. This was done, and just as well. When the two ships sailed from Botany Bay, they were never seen again.

It was not until 1826 that an En~llishman, Captain Oillon, found evidence that the two French ships had been wrecked at Vanikoro in the Sa'1ta Cruz Islands.

The monument to La Perouse and his expedition was the idea of Baron de Bougainvi'le. He visited this site in 1825, while on a world expedtion. The plans were authorised by Sir Thomas Brisbane, the Governor of New South Wales. Bougainville left money for the monument which was completed in 1828. At \t1e same time a tomb was erected to the memory of Pe re Receveur.

Franciscan friars tended the tomb until it came under the control of the Captain Cook's Landing Place Trust. The French Government continues to make an annual contribution to the upkeep of the la Perouse Monument. It has become almost a tradition for French sailors to visit the monument to their countrymen. Many have placed memorial plaques there.

THE MACQUARIE WATCHTOWER: The Watchtower is Ihe oldest existing building on

the shores of Botany Bay. It was probably built some time between 1820 and 1822 at the end of Lachlan Macquarie's term as Governor of New South Wales. Hence, the name - the Macquarie Watchtower.

Who were the watchers in the tower, and what were they watching? The original purpose of the tower was probably 10 house a corporal and two or three privates. They were stationed there to report on ships entering and leaving Botany Bay. They were also supposed to prevent smuggling. The tower was manned this way for four or five years. Then for a time it was unoccupied, until two watchmen were installed to prevent the tower becoming too dilapidated.

The smugglers must have had a field day when the soldiers left. A small branch of the Customs department was based in the watchtower about 1831. to try and prevent the smuggling trade in spirits and tobacco. In the latter part of the nineteenth century the function of the building chariged again. It became the home for the Botany Head School.

THE OLD CABLE STATION The use 01 the telegraph brought a great

improvement in communications between Britain and the memberS'of her far·flung empire. AS,part of this communications network a telegraph cable was laid, in 1876. from L. Perouse to Nelson in New Zealand·

The commu~ications network consisted of a series of such stations. The cable from"La Perouss to Nelson was a link in a worldwide chain. - ,

The cable system involved many different countries and was run by a consortium of companies.

This cable stalion was built in 1882 and housed both cable operators and administrators.

The building was lat~r converted into a Salvation Army home.

The collection of monuments and buildings.here, highlight aspects 01 Australia's history from European discovery to the beginning of the twentieth century.

Enjoy your lime trip in this historic area.

NATIONAL PARKS AND WILDLIFE CODE 1 he preservation and protection of our natural

areas depends on the co-operation 01 all who visit and enjoy'our national parks and nature reserves. Here are a few simple rules that everyone is asked to observe.

• Wildfire can destroy lives and property, so be careful, especially during the bush fire danger periods. Use only safe fireplaces and do not light lires during total fire ban periods.

• Keep the areas you use tidy- place rubbish in the bins where provided or lake il away with you.

• Leave your pets at home - Ihey can disturb and kill native animals and are often a nuisance to the other visitors.

• Leave firearms at home.

• Do not disturb plants, animals and rocks. Rocks are important shelter for some animals and plants.

• Drive carefully and keep 10 roads and car parks provided.

• Please observe all signs. They are provided for your guidance and 10 assist you to enjoy the areas you visit.

~*.4"_' ••

~I~ilr(' Islillld ~llistl)ric Silt'

~

~ (fll)t.'iJl<'·(.c~k·, = 1 .• UHlill~tPI.H'·

~llt'INI) ~ ~ 1I1lll01 NAIIONAI PAl,,,:::::::

~E3.IISIOftICS.lll:: ~

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

------ -----~- -----------~---------------------,

Cable Station

ABORIGINAL ART GALLERY

IlDThe at La Perouse houses a

arts and crafts. the South Eastern

the

of Admire a

locally crafted delicate work to dramatic paintings from other

cr~lft \\'( lrken.

tr;ldlll()lb and 1I1f1!lVat)(l[)S

of thclr ,kdlful work,

nlUll' ~(l", il)j \ )cl,!,

LA PEROUSE SNAKE MEN

lDFor

where are now a suburb of

which bears his name. An obelisk was erected here S.H, de Sougainville in 1825 to commemor;lle the visit of to Australia.

BOOMERANG SELLERS

FOR MORE INFORMATION ON BOTANY BAY NATIONAL PARK Captain Cooks Landing Place Phone 6689111.6689923 - Fax 6689548 Laperouse Museum Phone 661 311 3379 6616787

I I

B

KEY Suburb Name _______________ _ Police Station _______________ _ ps.

Hospital + Scenic Lookout :K~ Highways & Route Number (!) Major Road __________________ • __ ...;.._

Minor Road and Bridge __________________ !!!III ... Walking Trail _______ _

Railway Line, Station _ Launching Ramp ________________ _ Public Wharves, Jetties ______________ _ ShipWrecks _________________ _

BOTANY BAY NATIONAL PARK __________ --1 Towra Point Nature Cliffs and Rocks _______________ -1

Mud or Sand Parks, Reserves. Recreational Areas Open Industrial, Institutional areas and Bushland Tracts Residential, Commercial and Medium to High Density

Industrial Arree:a-=================~~~~~ Mangroves _

~5MetraSDeeP-================~::~~ 5-10 Metres Deep. 1~20 Metres Deep _______________ -1 20-30 Metres Deep _______________ _

BUS SlOP ____ _ El 10ILETS W PARKING _____ _ ~ PICINCAREA ID SWIMMING ____ _ !! FISHING 11 KIOSK _____ _ C LIGHTHOUSE 0 DISABLED ACCESS __ _ ~ WALKING TRACK El FORTS _____ _ Ei WOOD FIRES !!!! INFORMATION ___ _ D PHOTOGRAPHY m

bJ FUNCTIONS/CONFERENCE B CENTRE HISlORIC SITES ___ _

DIVINGISNORKELLlNG __ • SHELTER SHED fi

\' SCALE

Ktfometres 0 ().s 1.5 I T

car. Point

I i i

,l i i i

'""(~J/'~ I I "'~ ......

ShetfF'lii;y 1- <-<

I .. ) i

~ I !

r'1/'::.

-

f' I

..J \ i \

I

Mud

" , {, Oysters

Oysters \\

G

- - - - - -Mud

crol'lJIIa

1 Solander Monument ? Anchorage Buoy ollhe

En(1eavour 3 Forby Sutherland s Grave 4 Slle 01 the First House

on Alpha Farm 5 Cook s Strearn 6 Bank s Memofldl 7 ferry Sheller Shed 8 ~erry Wharf Abutment 9 COOk s Obell')k

10 l dnolng HOCK 11 COOk 5 Weil

3 Anzac Rifle Range

4

12

Oysters

Flare CIlimneys

13 KURNEll

14 Extensiw Sarid Dunes

Beach

15

16

of about lOkms.

THE DISCOVERY CENTRE

CAPTAIN COOKS LANDING PLACE THE BANKS-SOLANDER TRACK I~I

hou,

III (ine hundred hectares of land m !(urnell wC], ,et asicle a Public Recrcrltlllll Resen'c in li'N9 as a monu' ment to ( Cook and his cre\\; the 'Elldc!)v; )ur' at the

I {I

wh" lIli1:d'ill'cl the are!\' ~ l!dv ,c,

!l ( ,; l; lk-; LI! jcl! I'Llle !, t ",Lv ,1111)I'C; l:lll'cl I<l!' It, hl'tlll'll :lIlll'

:mlllt, (lllt,Cllkll!l),: n', 1'(,!IlI(lll:ti

LI, illtll", It I' ,I !'(1I'tti:l1' \'!'lll!)),: 'I'"! j'n)\ lJ1I ,\ r;11I((' \)( l,JIl\ ,If;( )l);d

l''\;',TIl'!\\ l" t; Itn \\ [Ih ,j Ill'l\ ;11'

tU It t 1111 t; , ,1".

1--

I MURU AND YENA

I WALKING TRACKS

mm LJ'"uuu.<:. I These

I I near

THE MONUMENT TRACK

I ID lJisltan<:e:

I "'CIJIJ':·U ashore in shows where his

I dropped anchor. A tablet near Cook's well records the sn,aol:ml~ Ul fUJUII\'/"l!C"

by

I I I I I I I I I

of Farm' and other interest.

This track was constructed with the generous assistance of the N.S.W. Society for Crippled Children through the National Parks and Wildlife Foundation.

Start near the Centre.

CAPE BAILY WALKING TRACK

TOWRA POINT

FASCINATING WETLANDS

sensitive environment. apl)l1catlC)ns to enter Towra Point are available for approved

scientific research or educational activities. Contact Botany Bay National Park office on 668 9111. For the general public special full day walks to Towra are run during our School Holiday

to see the are at Boat

Harbour and Borma Point.

HENRY HEAD WALKING TRACK

BARE ISLAND

m!J In 1881, a forming part d~renc~amund~~~nc~

numerouscol~~ruction~a~l~

had been built with Out of date almost it was

completed, from 1912 the Island became a home for war veterans. The Randwick Historical became caretaker in 1961, setting small museum in the In Bare Island was declared an I-li,:tnl'·ir

and in 1988 became part National Park.

For information on Island phone 661 2765 or

Drive along Anzac Parade or Bunnerong Road or catch the bus route Nos. 393 and 394. A the Island to the mainland east Lii~JC!VU,'C Museum. No vehicle access onto the Island.

LAPEROUSE MUSEUM

ImJ In the historic Cable Station (1881-3), this world museum commemorates the ill-fated voyage of the French

and his six week

as well as some rare and maps and

Each room focuses on a aspect of the voyage, from the

of the All'. un."" to the

search for, and eventual

SEE!

Genuine Aboriginal artefacts and paintings hand crafted as they have been for thousands of years.

Step back in time to Australia's origins in the Museum Section.

Special arrangements made for tourist and school groups.

The La Perouse Aboriginal Art and Cultural Museum is a community based enterprise, managed by local Aboriginal people.

OPEN FOR VIEWING

WED-FRI 9AM TO 3PM SAT-SUN 10AM TO 4PM PHONE FOR ARRANGED TIMES

Printed by Websdale Printing Group Ply Ltd

61 Euston Road Alexandria NSW 2015 Telephone 102) 5198997

I I I

I I I

I I I I

I I I I I I

ONLY 15 KM FROM SYDNEY CBD IN BOTANY NATIONAL PARK

PEROUSE ABORIGINAL ARTS AND CULTURAL

• • •••

MUSEUM

I I PHONE 02 661 3934

I I FROM CENTRAL RAILWAY FROM CIRCU

LA PEROUSE ABORIGINAL ARTS AND CULTURAL MUSEUM • • '. . .. , ' ..

• •• • ••• ., . • • • • • • • ••• . . " ... "

••••• • •• •• •• • . ' . .. .. . . .. . . . •• e. _. e. ' •••• • ' •• -............. , .. .... . . . . . , ........ . . . . . . . . . ....... .

• • • •• • • • • ••••• . .' ..

• •

• • •• . ' . • • • •• • •• •• ••• ••

••• •••••••••••••• . ................... . . . . .. .. . ...... . • MUSEUM EXHIBITS

• GENUINE ARTIFACTS ON SALE

• ART GALLERY

e.

LOCAL HISTORY

For generations, local Aboriginal people from La Perouse have been making and selling their own artefacts. Aboriginal men made and decorated boomerangs, shields and nulla nullas, while the women made beautiful shellwork. Each craftperson had an original design which was their personal trademark. The tradition has been passed on from times immemorial.

Talks to groups on Aboriginal issues and cultures can be organised, specialising in tourist and school groups. A small fee is charged. Ring the centre to make a booking.

ARTS a CRAFTS

The centre offers quality genuine Aboriginal artefacts for sale, handcrafted by Aboriginal people from La Perouse, Brewarrina (NSW) and Cann River (Victoria). Items for sale include:

• carvings • boomerangs • spears • didjeridoos • shellwork • carved emu eggs • bull roarers • clap sticks • nulla nullas • shields

GALLERY SECTION

A collection of traditional and contemporary design paintings and prints by Aboriginal artists are also on sale.

Unique items catering for the tourist, student and the serious collector of Aboriginal artefacts, craft work and paintings.

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MUSEUM SECTION

On display is a fascinating collection of Aboriginal relics on loan to the centre from the Australian Museum.

LOCAL HISTORY

ROOM

The Local History Room has a photography display which shows the changes in lifestyle of the Aboriginal people at La Perouse.

A history of the these people is available in the book entitled La Perouse the Place the People and the Sea which is on sale.

f\.',30

~"'" ~, '~ .. ,

LAPEROUSE MUSEUM

Sydney District National Parks and Wildlife Service

Saving forever our natural and cultural heritage for you and your children to use,

treasure and enjoy.

First published 1988 Reprinted 1989

This printing of this booklet was made possible by the generosity of the

BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

ISBN: 0731626915

THE LAPEROUSE MUSEUM

In July, 1984, agroup of Australian and French residents formed the Laperouse Association for the Australian Bicentenary with the aim of establishing a museum in memory of Laperouse, on the very site where his expedition had arrived to witness the first six weeks of British settlement in Australia. The Cable Station at La Perouse in the Botany Bay National Park was chosen to house the museum.

The museum commemorates the achievements of Laperouse and other French navigators in the Pacific, and records their significant role in the exploration of the Australian coastline.

Officially opened by the Hon. R.J. Carr, M. P., Minister for Environment and Planning, on the 23rd February, 1988, the museum was presented to the New South Wales Government, in the name of the Laperouse Association, by the French minister Mr Andr" Giraud, as President ofthe Cornite Fram;ais pour le Bicentenaire de I'Australie.

In keeping with the spirit of cooperation required to create it, this museum also seeks to perpetuate and further strengthen the long-lasting ties between Australia and France.

BOTANY BAY

LA PEROUSE HISTORIC SITES - LOCATION MAP showing the Laperouse Monument, the Cable Station

and the Grave of Father Receveur

HISTORY OF CABLE STATION

The Cable Station was built in 1881-1882 as accommodation for officers of the Eastern Extension Australasia and China Telegraph Company.

In 1876, the Company had completed the laying of a submarine cable from La Perouse to Nelson in New Zealand, the final link in a telegraph service between England and New Zealand.

The layout of the building gives clues to the operation ofthe cable company. The building faces towards Frenchman's Bay and the landfall of the submarine cable. The focal point of the building is the centrally located "Instrument Room", a double height space, top-lit, with three oval highlight windows on the west and east facades. Evidence of the cable lines entering the room can still be seen beneath the verandah. Flanking the Instrument Room are two almost identical accommodation wings.

The initials of the cable company were written on the pediment above the entry. Within the Instrument Room, telegraph operators operated a 24 hour cable service, receiving and sending morse code messages. The P.M.G. re-directed these messages to the city.

The need for cable services grew at such a rate that a second cable line was laid in 1890. By the turn of the century, the company had built a larger office at Yarra Bay, and the La Perouse Cable Station was used for accommodation only. By 1916, the advent of automatic repeators had made the La Perouse Cable Station redundant, and a new cable line was laid via Bondi through which messages were sent directly to the city.

The building was used for a variety of purposes between 1917 and 1944, when it was leased to the Salvation Army, who used it as a refuge for women and children until 1987.

An extensive restoration programme was undertaken by the Public Works Department, N.S. W. and the south wing which now accommodates the Lap.rouse Museum was completed in January, 1988. The building is presently administered by the National Parks and Wildlife Service.

2

~.~ --

NORTH WING

CABLE STATION

Elevation - West Facade

Original Ground Floor Plan (before restoration)

INSTRUMENT WING

3

SOUTH WING

LAPEROUSE MUSEUM FLOOR PLAN

Ground Floor

Display Rooms

1 Reception 2 The Encounter 3 The Unknown Pacific Ocean 4 J.-F. de Galaup de Laperouse

5 Planning the Expedition

6a. The King's Instructions 6h. The Voyage (1785-1786) 7 The Voyage (1786-1787)

8a. The Voyage (1787-1788) 8b. The Search for Laperouse 9 The Mystery Unfolds

10 Vanikoro & The Wrecks

Services

11 Office 12 Archives & Conservation I3 Public Amenities

First Floor

I

N_

Room sponsored by;

UT A French Airlines Dr M.S. Lefebvre L'Union des Assurances

de Paris Elf Aquitaine (Australia & New Zealand) Limited Societe Generale

BNP Banque Nationale de Paris

Bertrand de T arle Credit Lyonnais Australia

Limited Club 200

4

ROOM 2 - THE ENCOUNTER

The encounter took place in Botany Bay, New Holland, on the 26th January, 1788. The First Fleet, H.M.S. Sirius and Supply accompanying the ships loaded with convicts from England, under the command of Captain Arthur Phillip, had been at anchor since the 18th. Phillip's second-in-command, Captain John Hunter, was aboutto set sailfor Port Jackson, when two strangefrigates flying the white flag of France, sailed into the bay.

Captain Phillip had however been told before leaving England that Laperouse was on a major voyage of exploration in the Pacific, and that Britain, like other European powers, had agreed to provide help and assistance to the French ships, should either be required. In Botany Bay, the French received a friendly welcome, pleased to note that "all Europeans are indeed compatriots at such a great distance from home . ..

Having already decided that swampy Botany Bay was unsuitable for settlement, Captain Phillip ordered the British fleet to sail on to Port J ackson, leaving Botany Bay to the Frenchmen, who set up camp on the northern shore, now known as the Sydney suburb of La Perouse.

During their six weeks stay, the French came into close contact with the aborigines, as they had done with inhabitants on other shores, following the King's peaceful instructions. They constructed a stockade and even grew vegetables on the land where this museum now stands. Two small boats were built to replace the ones lost on the west coast of North America more than a year before.

Their chaplain-naturalist Father Receveur, who had been wounded by the natives in Samoa a few weeks earlier, died on 17th February. They buried him under a eucalyptus tree. When Captain Duperrey's Coquille visited the site in 1824, a sailor carved the epitaph which can still be seen on the tree trunk now exhibited in this room.

Laperouse left with Phillip the reports and letters to be sent to France by the first available ship. Then, on the 10th March, 1788, the expedition sailed out of Botany Bay, unimpressed with the potential of the place as a colony, bound for Tonga, New Caledonia and New Guinea according to their instructions. Lap6rouse's ships Boussole and Astrolabe were never to be seen again!

5

ROOM 3 - THE UNKNOWN PACIFIC OCEAN

The exploration of the Pacific was a prodigious undertaking that lasted for over three hundred years. It began as a European search for a new, direct route to the lands of spice and treasure in the Far East, and culminated in seventy-five years of feverish activity between 1768 and 1842, when more than twenty national expeditions sailed into the Ocean for the purposes of commerce, colonization and scientific discovery.

Willem Janzoon began exploration of the coast of New Guinea and northern Australia in 1605. The arid west coast of Australia had been reconnoitred by Abel Tasman, who discovered and named Van Diemen's Land in 1642. However, nothing was known of the hundreds of islands that dotted the huge expanse of the southern Pacific.

The English buccaneer William Dampier in 1688 and again in 1699 landed on the west coast of Australia and found it a God-forsaken place, while in 1772, Aleno de Saint-Alouarn took possession of the same coast in the name of France. Despite such constant activity, nobody had yet discovered the east coast of Australia, even though the Portuguese navigator Torres had safely picked his way through the reefs of the Torres Strait in 1606. In 1768, after leaving the New Hebrides, Bougainville narrowly escaped disaster on the Great Barrier Reef, then turned north.

The two great obstacles to long voyages of discovery were deficiencies in ship design, and the inability to fix longitude. Early navigators found their uncertain way through unknown waters by observing the relative positions of the sun and stars, but these could be invisible for days at a time in bad weather. Quite early in the 15th century, mariners learned to establish latitudes by using a cross-staff to measure the angle of the Pole star with the horizon, but fixing oflongitudes was yet impossible. This important advance in the science of navigation was not made until the 18th century when the marine chronometer was developed in 1735.

Now the great age of Pacific exploration could begin, and England and France were both leaders and rivals in the field. It was the three voyages of James Cook between 1768 and 1780 that were to define thefundamental nature of the Pacific.

In 1774, Louis XVI came to the throne of France. He was deeply interested in geography, knew Bougainville's voyage by heart, and was eagerly following the voyages of Captain Cook. He decided to send an expedition on a voyage of discovery which would rival the achievements of Cook.

6

ROOM 4 - JEAN-FRANCOIS DE GALAUP DE LA PEROUSE

Jean-Fran90is de Galaup was born in 1741, the eldest son of a well-to-do middle-class family of landowners from Albi in Southern France; his birthplace, the Manoir du Go, was the summer residence ofhisfamily. After an early education at the Jesuit College in Albi, at the age of 15, he joined the French Navy as a garde de la Marine, and was immediately plunged into action, leaving for Canada, where France was engaged in a struggle with England. In the disastrous naval battle of Quiberon Bay, he was taken prisoner by the British and spent two years in captivity.

In 1764, he sailed to Bengal, India and China and, was posted in 1771 to the Isle de France (now Mauritius) where he met and fell in love with Eleonore Broudou who later became his wife. For five years, he was engaged in the defence of French possessions in the Indian Ocean where, once again, France and England were rivals.

He took command of the ASlree in 1780 and, during the colonial struggle between Britain and France, participated in the battle of Louisbourg. In 1782, he accepted the risky commission to destroy British installations in the Hudson Straits in the north of Canada and demolish their Forts York and Prince of Wales. Displaying brilliant seamanship and tactical ability, he captured three ships and reduced the forts. The British garrison had fled, but Laperouse did not destroy its food supplies, as men could have starved in the coming Canadian winter. For this generous gesture, he was warmly commended by Louis XVI. By late 1782, he was back in France. Three years later, he was chosen to lead the expedition in the Pacific.

7

ROOM 5 - PLANNING THE EXPEDITION

Two frigates, As/ra/able and Bousso/e, named to indicate the scientific nature of the voyage, were lavishly equipped for a long and arduous campaign. The ships were crammed with every conceivable store and supply, including a vast array of goods for trade and gifts for the natives. The decks were swarming with livestock. Sacks of vegetables and fruit were stuffed into every corner and fish were hung out to dry.

The cabins were small and cramped. The prese!)ce of the scientists meant that space was even more limited than usual. Calm and practical by nature, Laperouse was quite at ease in his position of authority, despite the different circumstances.

Laperouse himself carefully selected most of the scholars and scientists; the engineer Monneron, the geographer Bernizet, the astronomers Oagelet and Monge, the mineralogist Lamanon, the botanists Collignon and Lamartinlere, the naturalists Receveur and Oufresne. Ouch" de Vancy was the Senior Artist to record people and places while the Prevosts, uncle and nephew, were engaged to paint natural history specimens.

All kinds of French and English scientific instruments were taken on board. From loseph Banks, Monneron received two dipping needles for taking measurements that had been used by Cook himself, which Laperouse regarded with feelings of veneration. A library of over 125 titles was assembled, including the journals of other French and foreign voyages and books relating to all aspects of astronomy, navigation, physics and natural history.

8

ROOM 68 - THE KING'S INSTRUCTIONS

After the Treaty of Versailles in 1783, when peace had been established and seemed likely to last for some time, Louis XVI enthusiastically supported the project of a French expedition around the world in the interest of science and hydrography, with the hope offilling in the blank spaces still remaining on world maps after Cook's expeditions.

Together with the King, the Marechal de Castries, Minister for the Navy, and Claret de Fleurieu, Director of Ports and Arsenals, secretly drew up detailed plans for an ambitious four years voyage around the world. The Acadfmie des Sciences and the Societe de Mtdecine, ihe two most prominent learned societies of France, were requested to devise programmes for important astronomical, geographical, botanical and zoological observations.

Although the early political and commercial considerations never entirely disappeared, they gradually became less important. The King's instructions were extensive and precise. Laperouse was directed to explore the Pacific more fully in one voyage than anyone had ever previously attempted to do. Fleurieu and the Royal Geographer, Jean Buache, prepared copious historical and geographical notes on the matters to be investigated, and the leading scientists of France were asked to provide detailed memoires outlining the various investigations, experiments and research that could be undertaken.

Two of the King's personal instructions read as follows:

"On all occasions, Sieur de lAperouse will act with great gentleness and humanity towards the different peoples whom he will visit during the course of his voyage."

"His Majesty will consider it as one of the happiest events of the expedition if it should end without costing the life of a single man. "

9

ROOM 6b - THE VOYAGE (1785-1786)

As commander of the expedition, Laperouse had the right to choose all his officers. This would make for harmonious relationships, so important on a long, difficult and often dangerous voyage in uncharted waters, with no hope of rescue in the event of a shipwreck.

Without hesitation, he chose as second-in-command his friend Vicomte Fleuriot de Langle, a man much admired for his ability, education and strength of character. The officers were selected from the men they knew and had sailed with. Among them, the Irishman Sutton de Clonard, who would later have to replace Langle and be the one to approach the British officers of the First Fleet in Botany Bay.

Finally the ships' crews were made up to strength; Laperouse's flagship Boussole had a complement of III and the Astrolabe, commanded by Langle, 114. The King demanded that the expedition be ready by the end of April, 1785, but it was the 1st August before the two ships, loaded to the hilt, sailed from the port of Brest into the Atlantic.

CHRONOLOGY OF LAPEROUSE VOYAGE From Brest to Hawaii

Days 1785 at sea August 1 Brest Departure I

13-16 Madeira 13 18 At sea Sighting of Salvages Islands 18 19-30 Tenerife Monge leaves expedition 19

September 29 At sea First crossing of the Equator 60 October 16 At sea Sighting of Martin Vaz Islands 77

17-18 Trinity 78 November 6-19 St Catherine Brazil 98

1786 January 25 At sea Crossing of Le Maire's Strait 178 February 24- ConcepciOn Arrival in Chile 208 March -17 Departure 229 April 9-10 Easter Island Observation of natives and 252

statues. Planting of trees 28 At sea Second crossing of the Equator 271

May 28- Hawaiian Arrival. Well received by 301 June -I Islands natives on island of Maui

10

ROOM 7 - THE VOYAGE (1786-1787) From Hawaii to Kamtchatka

Days 1786 at sea June 23 N-W Coast From Mt. Saint-Elias to 337

of America Monterey Hydrographic survey July 3 Alaska Arrival at Lituya Bay, named

by Laperouse Port-des-Francais 327

Purchase of furs for trade 13 Disaster! 21 men lost 30 Departure 364

September 15 Monterey Visit of San Carlos mission 411 24 Departure on voyage across 420

Pacific Ocean from East to West

November 4 Atsea Discovery of N ecker Island 461 December 14 Asuncion Marianas Islands 501 1787 January 3- Macao Fur trade 521 February -5 554

21-23 MariveUe Brief stay to buy wood 570 28 Manila Arrival at Cavite, Manila 577

April 10 Departure from Manila 618 May East China Sea Exploration of coastline of 639

China and Korea 21 Sea of Japan Sighting of Quelpaert Island 659 27-29 Brief stay at Dagelet island 667

June 23-27 Ternay Bay Tartary Coast 692 Gathering of medicinal plants for treatment of scurvy

July 4-5 Suffren Bay Tartary Coast 703 12-14 Langle Bay Sakhalin Island 711

Friendly meeting with natives \9-20 D'Estaing Bay Tartary Coast 723 28- Castries Bay Tartary Coast 732

August -2 Inhabitants courteous & generous 10 At sea Discovery of Monneron Island 745 II At sea Discovery of Cape CriUon and 746

Laperouse Srait (Soya) 23-30 At sea Survey of Kuriles Chain of 755

Islands linking Japan to Kamtchatka peninsula

30 At sea Leave the Kuriles. Discovery of safe passage through Boussole

765

Strait to Pacific Ocean

II

1787 September 7

30

November 21 6 9 11

14 20-23

27 27-31

1788 January 2-S

13-14 23

26 February

17 March 10 April IS-20 May I-IS June

ROOM 8 - THE VOYAGE (1787-1788) From Kamtchatka to Botany Bay

Petropavlosk Arrival in Kamtchatka. Warm Russian welcome. Mail

Days at sea

773

from France. New order to sail to Botany Bay & report on extent of English settlement plans. Return of Lesseps overland to France with reports & journals Depanure on voyage to Southern Pacific Ocean 796

At sea Third crossing of the Equator 848 At sea Sighting of Samoan Islands 863 Tutuila Arrival 866

Disaster! Langle, commander 868 the Astrolabe, Lamanon and ten crewmen are massacred by . natives. Many others are wounded Depanure from Massacre Bay 871 Survey of Cocos and 877 Traitors Islands

At sea Sighting of Vavau, Tonga 884 Tongatabu Brief stop in Islands of Tonga 888

At sea Survey of Pylstan Island 890 At sea Survey of Norfolk Island 901 At sea Sighting of the east coast 911

of Australia Botany Bay Arrival in Australia 914

Cordial meetings with members ofthe British First Fleet Death of Father Receveur 936 Departure from Botany Bay 9S8

Projected survey of Tonga's Archipelago c.994 Projected survey of part of New Caledonia c.l01O Estimated period of the wreck at Vanikoro c.IOSO

12

ROOM Bb - THE SEARCH FOR LAPEROUSE

The expedition was expected to make a triumphant return to France about the middle of 1789. In July, there were still no despatches and by the end of the year, concern was mounting. Rumours were circulating throughout Europe and despite the turmoil of the Revolution, the French people's passionate interest in the bold enterprise never waned.

Concerned that the ships might have been stranded far from any known sailing route, in some remote place unvisited since the time of Cook, the learned societies of Paris added their influence to a petition, presented to the National Assembly in January 1791, requesting the necessary funds to send an expedition to search those areas.

The Assembly voted a million francs to equip two ships, Recherche and Esperance, to be commanded by Admiral Bruni d'Entrecasteaux, to follow the route Laperouse was believed to have taken after leaving Botany Bay. The expedition left the port of Brest on the 29th September, 1791 and reached the Tasmanian coast on 21st April, 1792.

D'Entrecasteaux and his men were the first to explore the southern coast of Tasmania and the Derwent River. The naturalist Labillardiere compiled a vast natural history collection. The hydrographer Beautemps-Beaupre drew accurate charts of many areas in the Pacific.

They then sailed for the Santa Cruz Islands, sighting Vanikoro in the distance and even calling it "Ile de la Recherche" (Search Island). Exhausted and racked with fever, they failed to send in a small boat to the island. Had they done so, would they have found the survivors of Laperouse's ships?

Meanwhile, in Paris, as Louis XVI climbed the steps to the guillotine on the 21st January, 1793, he enquired once more:

"At least, is there any news of Monsieur de Laperouse?"

13

ROOM 9 - THE MYSTERY UNFOLDS

In 1826, the Irishman Peter Oillon, a Pacific trader and ship's captain for the British East India Company, called at the little island ofTicopia. There, he met a native carrying a tarnished silver sword guard and exchanged it for a few fish-hooks. Oillon set out for the island ofVanikoro, but could not put in there because of bad weather. He made his way back to India where he persuaded the East India Company to equip him for a thorough search of the area.

On Vanikoro, at last, he won the confidence of the natives who told him the story that, on the night of a terrible storm, two ships had run onto the reef surrounding the island; one had sunk and all aboard were drowned, the other had been held on the reef. Some white men had left the island in a small boat they had built, five to ten moons later. Two of the white men had remained on the island; one had died not long before and the other had left the island with a chief who was in disgrace.

Oillon acquired a haul of articles from the wreck, including a bell engraved with a crucifix and the inscription "Bazin m'a/ait". There could no longer be any doubt that this was the place where the Laperouse expedition had come to a tragic end and where Laperouse and most of his men had died.

In 1826,just before Oumont d'Urville was to leave on his first great expedition to the Pacific, a report of what Oillon had found on Ticopia reached France. One of Oumont d'Urville's instructions was to seek out and confirm the truth or otherwise of this report. In January, 1828, he hurried from Hobart to Ticopia, where the friendly natives told him that the island in question was Vanikoro. He then rushed to the island which he reached on the 21st February.

The Vanikorans were suspicious of the white men and pretended not to know anything. However, in return for a length of red cloth, one man led them out onto the reef. There, through the clear water, they could see scattered on the seabed, bits and pieces of ship's equipment, encrusted with coral: one anchor, a cannon, two bronze swivel guns, and many other items belonging to the Astrolabe of Laperouse.

Before leaving Vanikoro, Oumont d'Urville decided to build a modest monument to Laperouse. He then left on the 17th March, too many of the men were already ill from tropical fever.

14

ROOM 10 - VANIKORO & THE WRECKS

One hundred and thirty years later, in 1958, a New Zealand diver living in Vanuatu, Recce Discombe, who was fascinated by the mystery of Laperouse, started diving onto the reefs ofVanikoro, His skill and tenacity led to a number of major finds that resulted in a tentative re-evaluation of the facts surrounding the tragedy of 1788.

As there was still some confusion about the precise location of the wreck site, the maps of Vanikoro charted by Oillon and Oumont d'Urville were re-examined. In 1958, a French expedition re-discovered the site that d'Urville had named "Astrolabe ': In 1964, the second ship Boussole was found. Reece Oiscombe explored it himself and alerted the French authorities. The French Government subsequently sponsored three other expeditions and confirmed the existence of a second wreck.

Many more expeditions went to Vanikoro, the latest being organized in 1986 by an Australian-French-Solomon Islands team. They were hoping to find out what had happened to the survivors. Were they massacred in the lagoon? Was the "small boat" they had built to escape stripped of its equipment and perhaps set adrift? Or, did they manage to leave Vanikoro only to die from starvation?

Two hundred years have passed since the disappearance of the Boussole and the Astrolahe, and the fate of Laperouse and his crew still remains onc of the great unsolved mysteries of the sea.

15

LAPEROUSE ASSOCIATION FOR THE AUSTRALIAN BICENTENARY

Executive Council President: Pierre Roussel

Vice Presidents: John Holt & Jacques Salzani Treasurer: Richard Haddock

Paris Representative: Bruce Bland Secretaries: Stephane Duproz & Claire Mesplede

Project Management Research and Collection: Anne-Marie Nisbet Architecture and Design: Guy de Compi~gne

Planning & Execution: Stanislas de Hauteclocque

Members Communications: Carole Roussel

Public Relations: Prue Allen & Marie-Hel~ne GilIy Friends of the Museum: Jim Mackaness

Peter Orlovich, Angela Raymond, Robert Raymond, Robert Michkine, Denis Rouast, Jean-Pierre Sourdin,

Tom Hughes, Michel Yver, Cam Dezarnaulds

The Association gratefully acknowledges the following contributors:

National Parks and Wildlife Service, New South Wales Bicentennial Council, Ministere de la Culture et de la Communication - Paris. Ministere des Affaires EtraOFre8 - Paris, Secretariat d'Etat au Pacifique Sud, Musee de la Marine - Paris, Vancouver Maritime Museum, Mus6: de l'Emperi - Salon de Provence.

BNP Banque N ationale de Paris, SocietE Genc!rale, Dr M.S. Lefebvre, Credit Lyonnais Australia Limited, L 'Union des Assurances de Paris (UAP), UTA French Airlines, Elf Aquitaine (Australia and New Zealand) Limited. Bertrand de Tarie, Club 200.

Association Laperouse Albi-France, Association Salomon Noumea, Atochem Australia Pty. Ltd., Banque Paribas, Compagnie GEnfrale Maritime (CGM), Citra Groupe Spie Batignolles, Club Mediteranee Australia, Crouzet Pty. Ltd., Europhane, French-Australian Research Centre, French Woolbuying Community in Australia, I.E.S.C. Pty. Ltd., Kronenbourg Marketing S.A., Matra, Monnaies de Paris, Pere Receveur Commemoration Committee, Perrier, Philippe Rives Pty. Ltd., Socift~ d'Etudes Historiques de Nouvelle-Caledonie, Tapisseries de France Aubusson, University of New South Wales, Veuve Clicquot Ponsardin.

Prue Alien, Pierre Amalric, Mich~le Chaze, Ron Coleman, Reece Discombe, John Dunmore, French Australian Association, Bruno Gain, Marti Georgeff, Pamela Griffith, Stanislas de Hauteclocque, Tom Hughes, Palmyre & Philippe Messina, Colette & Albert Narchal, Anne-Marie Nisbet, Pierre Roussel.

16

Notes

Notes

~ l?9ad to BotCl£!l B£!I sitesofg cffrenchmmw !?pad ~ndWid(

. .Att #,lottdiOl1 of thejouJ1lt:ll5 of £apWU5€/ awl the fistfku };Vt1fElE

LA PEROUSE the place, the people and the sea

a collection of writing by members of the Aboriginal community

Aboriginal Studies Press Canberra 1988

---------------------

-

$8.40 f I UKt\L

Sydney rock oysters, opened and selected daily. $15.20

MORNAY lp :;;~~ ~/I_h_'_l _r_/(_h_,_r_"'_Jf/_~I_"_1l_il_"_0_1)_'1_8_1_'d_l ,_'d_cl_le_",,_,,_, _' h_,_'n_11

8_h_I_Ij ________ _

S8.80 $1 UIO

S8.80 S15.80

I sauce, then gnlled.

APPETISEf{S

l A WN COCKTAIL !.ocal fresh king prawns with tangy cocktail sauce.

SEAFOOD COCKTAIL

J l~resh pra~~~s, lobster and oysters, sen-ed with cocktwl sauce.

OCADO SEAFOOD (when in season) _________________ -"-......".... __

I falf avocado filled with a selection of seafood and served with a cocktail sauce.

IO~i~~' ;1~;dMON 1I'(~r FRESH COOKED KING PRAWNS (plore) ________________ _ $12.50

I

I SILADS

HOT ENTREES MUSSELS __ . ____ ,. __ ,

J-resh mussels steamed in a pot ojJresh tomato, onion, mushrooms, white ~nnc and a touch of herbs and Barlic Superb I

GARLIC PRAWNS Green king prawns. pan fried in garhc butter with shall(l[s and mushrooms and

j/nished with a jlsh \'e!oule and cream. Scr/ed on a bed of rice.

CALAMARI ____ . ______ __ FlllCIj' sliced ring", Cl'umhcd and a touch of garlic.

then /o"c,/ m lemon, hutler and

SCALLOPS _______________ . __________ . ____ _ Dipped in 0 reI} .line heer horter and scned <1llh a pot of ch"li plum souce.

DEEP fRIED PRA WNS Fresh kin8 prawns dipped in ajinc balter and deepjru:d, sen-ed <1ith chilli plum sauce.

JUMBO PRAWNS I\.mg prallns sUIJJd IIJth a mIXture ,-,ffresh spmach, pine nUlS, egg and POTl/C).

dipped in a rery Jine beer barter and deep fried and serred with a pot of .meet curry and chutney soucc.

GRU:K SALAD ... , ____________ . _______ . ____ ._. ___ _ $4.00 per head

S2.40 HIB A1'\D GARLIC BREAD

As we serve fresh seafoods in our restaurant, our supplies are subject to weather , .nd ?dverse. currents and seasonal fluctuations, so we. apologise !I at any . .rtlCular tIme we are unable to supply a seafood which appears on the menu.

Main Entree Course

$12.60 S17.40

$12.90 $21.80

$9.80 $16.80

$12.60 $21.80

12.91) $21.80

$13.70 $22.50


)

e tomh of Father Reccl'cur, the chaplain on the laperouse expedition, located a short disrancefrom The CaMe Station (huilt in 1,11,112 and no ..


i,eo J:)unna tClhJrauwwe

Black Tower Lei!?fraumi]ch

Har,tn SeiHendnrf Rhine Ric,linH

Wyndham TR2 Traminer Rieslina

Mc Williams ,Ht Pleasant Elizabeth

Tim Knappstein Rhine Rieslina

CHABLIS/WHITE BORDEAUX

'~j'ndham Esrate Chablis Superior

Krondo:J Chablis

Richmond Gro .. e Chablis Oak Matured

Richmond Grove White Bordeaux

CHARDONNAY /

CHARDONNA Y SEMILLON

Rosemollnt "SlulH Resen'e" Chardonnol

Rosemollnt fsrate Chardonnor

Tyrreil's Chardonnay Semiilon

II-:rndham Estate Bin 222 Chardonnay Half Bottle

Richmond (;rove Chardonnay

Jj-rrell's Chafdonnay

AI/andale fslate Chardonno}'

Peraluma Chordonnay

Heemskerk Chardonnay

Allandqle Chardonnay Semil/on

Rosemount "Show Resen-e" Semillon

WHITE BURGUNDY

HOllghton WhIte Burgun~) Half BOllle

Henschke White Buraundy

FUME~ RLANC/VERDELHO/

MARSANNE

Chateau Tahhilk Marsannc

Moondahhrook I'crdclho

Tim Knappsrcin Fume Blan(

12.90

17.90

19,10

/5.50

20.50

22.80

/6.90

/6.90

17.90

17.90

28.00

22,00

/9,80

/9.40 12.00

23.00

27,50

29,:;0

44.80

46.40

24.00

28.00

18.50 10,50

/9,80

17,20

20,80

26,50

Gatao Vinho Verde

Trovodor Vinho Rose

RED WINE Rosemonc "Show Resen-e" Pinot Noif

Redman Claret

Richmond Grove Cabemet Mer/or

,.tlcWi//iams Phihp Hcrmitaae

TayloTS Cahemet SaUl'ignon

Tim Knappstein Cabemet Merlat

Tim Knappstein Cabemet Sauvianon

CHAMPAGNE & SPARKLING

13.20

13.40

21 40

28.00

17.90

21.50

22.00

23.00

25.00

28.00

Bosca Asci Spumance 22.00

Richmond GrOl'e Brut Champagne

Jl,'ct ~ Chondon '- r. 24,50

68.00 lIulf Boule 43.80

j 'cm'c ClIquot \, 1', 65.00

rCUl'C Cliquol J'intage 95,00

Dom Perignon Cun:e 145.00

DESSERT WINE .ltontrosc 1988 BornrtlS Semillon 37 )ml

PORT/MUSCAT Morris of Rutherglen Old Tawny

/indcmans Macquarie

,Hclrdliams Hanwood

ra/umbo Galway Pipe

,!torns of Rlll hcrglen liqueur Muscat

BEER roster's light

Crown I aBer

Cascade Premium

riCloria Bitter (rB) J Foster's lager ,

Blue

IIcinekcn

15.40

monument ereeeed co commCmOfaIe the .. isit of Laperouse co Australia,

I

Laperouse 18th Century French Nal'i8ator and Explorer.


A MEETING PLACE

On the 18th cif January 1788, a British convoy arrived with the first convicts in Australia.

I"T~.: sf:J-called"First Fleet" arril'ed in Botany Ba), under the command cif Captain Arthur Phil]{p. 'findfng IF,, ,""" , " :il"'~, ~"!'!!'

the area unsuitable Jor a permanent settlement, Phillip decided to move to anothel';' bay further nOrth" ."

~I known today as Sydney Harbour.

"+':~., 'Z. ,":,' ,'~',"<' '. ,,', ' . . "JasJ ships were ready to set sail Jor Sy(f~ey'f;farbou;~1ieil the/sa"W two French ships

: '. ,,' ~'1' ,Jji> ;!!:y/?. ;~., uridetthe command cif Laperouse. It was 'aftmarJwble 'meeting considering the remoteness

~ ;;,,,",' ~~/4<F'," ,:~, ,,",' "'~",-J(:A::'~""'*:~1. , l

,;md their almost simultaneous arr{MI.iliendJy ~C?npict was~uick1y estak~~hed between the , '-, r " . ,- '~S:"'. 'I>",

t e French cifter the sCientific nature cif the French efPe4ition became clear. 4 . "

" ,. ... '. \ be French expeditionstajidfor siX"weeks and in thjJt::;period they repaire

and even planted a vegetable garden! To their distress and sorrow Father Receveur, the chaplain

I c:! the expedition, died suddenly, and was buried by the sea shore. Today, the tombstone you see in Jront

c:! the Cable Station still marks his gral'e.

I ,On the 10th c:! March, the French l~ft an"'a'hiscrewU;ere never seen again ...

Botany Bay sailing towards the north-east. Laperouse

1~~·''2"""·;,,,, , ,-'

* .\ j", "n

In 1828, the colonial government completed a moriument to commemorate Lape,ouse's visit ,- ,

:'Jit.:~:~e{juest Jrom the visiting French navigator and explorer, Bougainville . • ~!lt"' :,,_ }

, Housed in the historic "Cable Station': (bUilt in 1882), the LaperouseMuseu~~reT1lihe::.story I c:! this intriguing and mysterious expedition and highlights early European nal'igation in the Pacific. An

impressive collection c:! antique maps, early navigation mstruments and pOignant relics Jrom this illjated

will take you back in time to the days cif adventures on the high seas!

I Next door, in the Aboriginal Art Gallet), fine contemporary and traditional arts and crafts

" can b,e>viewed'and purchased. You can also learn ohout the long histOlY c:I the local A.boriginal community.

;1~j.tr~~if/{~}r;um'N~;;i?:~~!~:~;a~Z:'4'~~e~:':~.,0~;:~;!ktel~:ional.~;;~",,",,,, '~,'Small entry fee applies. tti, : '1 ""~~ ,

, " , J ~ I " '

The name iJoT'iN, :~,~,,:4~~ tHe'st~eJ1fj~~~f?[~i,s I expediti;n collected a large n~'mber botanical specimens around the area.

--------------------~], ;p~TO·lJ0f$

~'61!try Aboriginal Arts and Crafts

Aboriginal Corroboree

Aboriginal Musicians

Duelling Didgeridoos

Returning Boomerangs

Killer Boomerangs

Snakes Alive

Historical Fortress

Swimming

Sailing

Artists are available to tell about Aboriginal local history and the Aboriginal people.

The carnival and stalls offer genuine hand made aboriginal arts and crafts from the aboriginal people of La Perouse, Brewarrina and Cann River.

carvings boomerangs spears didjeridoos carved emu eggs shields bull roarers spears clap sticks nulla null as shell work shields and much much more .....

Bus Routes 393 from Central Railway 394 from Circular Quay

La Perouse Botany Bay Aboriginal Tourist Association I

Anzac Parade. La Perouse Phone 02 661 3934

SYDNEY ABORIGINAL

CARNIVAL

SUNDAYS

La Perouse

lOam to 6pm

Phone 02 661 3934

---------------------

OndisplQ:gon·',·,'salff the traditional 'ha1ttl~04~i::~~a[t!;' of cdx!rigi.OO{lfJ~op'tlJ:

Sydney's Hottest Sailboard Centre

WlNDSURFER HIRE A.Y.F.INSTRUCTION

ADVANCED WlNDSURFING INSTRUCTION WlNDSURFING HIRE

NEW &: USED EQUIPMENT

Wind RAGE 43 Endeavour Ave La Perouse Phone 6619191

l

Sydney's finest fresh seafoods with spectacular views

OPEN 7 DAYS

LUNCH AND DINNER Telephone 311 4116

(Fax 311 2992)

on the bay at LAPEROUSE

Yarra Bay Sailing Club is situated in the Bicentennial Park. located on the North Eastern shores of Botany Bay. The Club affords visitors sweeping views of the Bay. surrounded by its Australian Heritage, and pleasant tranquil setting.

Gaming Machines. Full Bar Service, Bistro &: A La Carte Restaurant. Snooker Tables. Entertainment and Pleasant Friendly Staff.

Phone 311 2592

I

THE

First Fleet Boat Shed - Cafe - Take Away

liON THE BEACHII AT LA PEROUSE

HIRE * BOATS * SAILBOARDS * SURF SKIES *

* PADEL BIKES * BAIT * TACKLE * * CONTINENTAL COFFEES & TEAS *

* FRESH SEAFOODS AND SANDWICHES *

Phone 661 9315

~ttLt e~ 1 tJJO' 1603 Anzac Parade

La Perouse

FRENCH AND CAJUN CUISINE

Pizza

Ice Cream

TakeAways

Home Made Cakes

Bookings Phone 311 2838


FR{N(HHAWS BAY

ASTROLABE (oV£.

(OH(j~ON(j

BAY

some. et the prorosed.. S'cyMqe. .

Fig,~ [)etaa\ed location map .1.IV~ pe .. it Vi:- Si G us

f.;x ttlS,iT'S. Cot.rrl>oblt!.)

SPRING 1992 PROGRAM

W lcome to the Spring term of the WEA, our fourth program of stimulating courses for the year. If you haven't already enrolled in a WEA course, now is the time to join the wide

range of Sydney people who have participated in some form of educational activity with us in 1992. So far this year, over 12,000 students have enrolled in our program, and we look forward to an equally successful Spring.

And with good reason - this term is packed with a wide variety of courses in all sorts of subjects, many of them offered for the first time, and equally split between day, evening and weekend classes. Courses range from the intellectually stimulating study of history, psychology or philosophy to those which provide practical skills for your work or leisure.

In all of these courses, the underlying aim is to foster learning in a friendly, co-operative atmosphere, with the tutor playing the roles of questioner, encourager and group member as well as teacher.

As an introduction to academic study, to pursue a particular interest or just to broaden your general knowledge, WEA courses are ideal for adults from all walks of life - and there are no exams, no pressures and no entrance qualifications required.

As part of its service to its students, the WEA also houses its own library and its use is free of charge. There are also student lounges, plus vending machines, to allow you to relax, or read, before your class.

We hope you enjoy your Spring at the WEA.

~~~ 1J;~h,t47 Rob Clifton-Steele Pat Tsykalas President Executive Officer

Our front cover Congratulations to our neighbour as we mark the Sesquicentenary celebrations and renovations for Sydney Town Hall. WEA House is just around the corner from this loved landmark, at 72 Bathurst Street.

WEA offers courses on Sydney's history and architecture.

INDEX Intellectual Stimulation

• Anthropology 4 • Archaeology 4 • Politics & Society 10 • History 5 • Law 6 • Literature 7-8 • Philosophy 10-11 • Psychology 9 • Science 7

Arts .. Interests

• Drama 9 • Fine Arts 11 • History Walks 6 • Hobbies 21-23 • Music 8 • Photography 23 • Practical Art 23 • Tours 22

Personal Development • Assertiveness Training 20 • Communication Skills 19-20 • Health & Nutrition 21 • Public Speaking 19

Languages

• French 19 • German 19 • Italian 19 • Japanese 19 • Spanish 19

Business .. Training

• Business'Writing 15 • Management Skills 14 • Presentation Skills 19 • Selling & Marketing 16 • Training Guarantee Courses 14-15

Computer Training • Introduction to the Personal Computer • Keyboard Training • MS DOS -Windows • Word Processing • Desktop Publishing

& Graphics • Spreadsheets • Databases • Programming

Writing" Study Skills

12 12 12 12 13

13-14 13-14

14 14

• Business Writing 15-16 • Creative Writing 16-17 • Language Skills 17 • Non-fiction Writing 17-18 • Reading Skills 17 • Special Language Courses 17

If you haven't tried a WEA course before, you will find these lecture anddiscussioh evenings • useful introduction to our

Each two-and-a-half IrJ~slon will consist of a

;refreshlments and time ~sion and questions.

I

A Tribute to Brett Whlteley 801 GARRY DARBY BA MACHons) 6pm Friday Oct 23 WEA Centre $20 The Australian art world suffered a great loss in June 1992 with the passing of Brett Whiteley. This fully-illustrated session has been arranged as a tribute to a career that established him as one of our most significant contemporary artists. Whiteley was an immensely talented painter and draughtsman who developed in his art a sense of heightened reality. He considered that art was a question of form versus content - importance comes from the way a work looked as opposed to what it meant. Consequently any examination of his work rewards the observer on several levels. The artist thought of himself as a sculptor as much as a painter and this aspect of his work will be considered during this evening. Lloyd Rees, Henri Matisse and Vincent Van Gogh rate as Whiteley's major influences and their work will also be examined in this light.

Pella: Australian Archaeologists in Jordan 80Z ALAN WALMSLEY PhD MA 6pm Friday Oct 30 WEA Centre $20 Straddling ancient trade routes and in an area of abundant fertility, Pe!!a and its environs boast a history stretching from the Stone Age to Islamic times. This illustrated review of 15 years work by University of Sydney archaeologists will concentrate on the beginnings of agriculture in the Jordan Valley, the magnificent Bronze Age walled city, the town of Alexander the Great's veterans, the city as part of the Roman Decapolis. and the Byzantine-Early Islamic metropolis. This talk witl be given bytheco-directorofthePella in Jordan excavations, and introduces one of the ancient Middle East's most important archaeological sites.

Wine in 19th Century New South Wales 803 In conjunction with the Historic Houses Trust of NSW ROBERT GRIFFIN BA Dip IM LIB 6pm Friday Nov 6 WEA Centre $20 Descriptions of colonial diet emphasis staples such as meat, bread, tea and alcohol. For most, alcohol meant rum or beer- however from the first days of settlement wines were part of any meal, be it formal dinner or casual picnic. A lively introduction to the exhibition The Worship of Bacchus at Elizabeth Bay House, this well illustrated lecture examines the manner and rituals of preparing and serving wine, from cellar to table in colonial New South Wales. Dealing with wine utensils and equi page from wine tables and cellarets to corkscrews, decanters and glasses, this lecture highlights changing styles and decoration both in wine consumption, and in society in general.

The Paris of Toulouse Lautrec 804 DAVID MILLAR MACHons) 6pm Friday Nov 13 WEA Centre $20 Centred in Montmartre, Toulouse Lautrec lived through a time of great vitality, when Paris was the entertainment centre of Western Europe, offering pleasures to every taste in cabarets, cafes, theatres and maisons closes. At home in every grade of society, Toulous Lautrec, in paint and lithograph, caught this "midnight civilization" in all its phases. Lecture illustrated with slides and tapes. Suggested Reading: P. Huisman & M.G. Dortv, Lautrec by Lautrec, Chartwell Books.

Egyptian Influences on the Classical World 805 MICHAEL NEWTON MA 6pm Friday Dec 4 WEA Centre $20 Modern travellers to Egypt are stunned by the grandeur and beauty of the pyramids and great temples that the Ancient Egyptians built at the peak of their power. The classical civilisations of Greece and Rome were equally susceptible to these impressions, and Egyptian influences, in architecture and art, are continually reflected from approximately 700Be to the rise of Christianity. In this fully-illustrated evening, we examine aspects of the impact of Egypt on Greece and Rome, and trace styles of architecture in such varied countries as Italy, Turkey and Jordan.

To join us for one of these enjoyable evenings ring 264 2781

p~-,! Eagle, Serpent & 806 .Jaguar: American Indians III ROBERTA PERKINS BA(Hons) DipEd MA(Hons) 7:30pm Thurs Oct 8 10 mtgs $71 WEACentre Term 3: Highland and Lowland Cultures of Native South America South America oncePOS5essed seven times as many indigenous societies as North and Middle America together, and ten times as many Indians as once lived north of Mexico. The native peoples of the vast southern continent developed among the most unique and fascinating cultures in human history, from the mighty empire of the Inca! and the golden chiefdoms of Colombia to tropical forest fanners, horse Indians of the Pampas and canoe Indians of the Straits ofMagellan. We will follow the development of these cultures. from the first humans m South America. to the conquest by Spanish and Portuguese anmes. Slides and ftlms accompany the tutorials. Students may enrol without bavlng attended Terms 1 &. 2. Suggested Reading: G.H.S. Bushnell. Peru, Thames & Hudson, 1963 D. Gross (ed), Peoples cl: Cultures o/NaJive South America, Doubleday. 1973

Exotic Peoples: 807 History of Anthropology PERRY CELESTINO MA 5:30pm Thurs Oct 15 8 mtgs $60 WEACentre Anthropology as a science is only 100 years old. However. anthropological thought began with the ancient Greeks and their interest in exotic lands and peoples. This course willexamine the development Of the science of anthropology from historical evi· dence. We will meet such people as Herodotus. Marco Polo, Ptolemy and Ibn Battuta, the world's greatest traveller. The course will include the Age of Discovery and the travels of Cook, Darwin and LaPerouse through to the early classic anthropologists such as FranzBoas and MargaretMead. Slides and some films will be shown. Suggested Reading: AlanMoorhead,DarwinandtM Beagle, Hamilton 1969 ' H. Parry, The Age ojRecOI'IIIO.issance, OUP, 1970 M. Mead, Coming of Age ill Samoa, Penguin, 1972

New Guinea: W808 The Last Unknown PERRY CELESTlNO MA lOem-4pm Sat Oct 31 WEACentre NewGuineais an anthropological treasure house. It is the world's second largest island, it has over 700 languages spoken on it and study of its peoples. customs, racial composition and prehistory has only just been started by scientists, anthroJ?Ologists and archaeologists. New Guinea has beenmlsnamed mistreated and misunderstood for over three hun~ dred years. Today we explore this fabulous island and ilS culture with a 200 slide tour and two award winning ftlms. Suggested Reading: G. Souter.New Guine.a: The Last Unfuwwn. Angus &Roberuon,l970 P. Brown. The Highlands of New Gu.inea, C.V.P. t979 '

Introduction to Anthropology PERRY CELESTINO MA 5:30pm Tue. Oct 13 WEACentre

809

8 mtgs $60

This course will explore the fascinating world of people and their cultures. The discipline of Anthropology will be examined through a series of entertaining and intonnative slide lectures. Case studies taken from all over the world will be used to introduce the student to anthropological ideas and coocepts as we try to understand why people look. think, feel and behave the way they do. Term 3: Culture III Social Anthropology In this tenn the idea and meaning of human society and culture will be discussed. The discipline of social anthropology will be examined with the aid of many cross-cultural examples. (e.g. Why could Tibetan women have several husbands?). Students may enrol In Term 3 without having attended Terms land 2. Suggested Reading: William HaviIand. Cu.JtUTal Anlhropology, Holt. Rinehart & Winston

Bricks & Bones: 810 Archaeology in Practice In conJuncUon with the Historic Houses Trust of NSW LESLEY WALKER MA DipEd (Co-ordinator) 5:30pm Tue. Oct 13 5 mtas $63 Hyde Park Barracks, Macquarie Place, S-ydney For many the word "archaeol~" conjures up pictures of Egyptian tombs, buned cities, exotic locations and times and lives far removed from our own. But what of our own city? What lies beneath Sydney's streets? How do we read these fragments? What can they tell us about the people of early Sydney? Focussing 00 the archaeological collection of Hyde Park Barracks. this course introduces you to historical archaeology w to the analysis, classification and interpretation of material remains such as bones, textiles and building materials. It will provide "hands-()O" experience of working with anefact!. Visiting a dig site may be included. Through the course you will come to better lDlderstand the importance of archaeology in enriching our knowledge of ordinary people's lives. Fee Includes Museum entrance, afternoon teas and guides. Class limited to 20.

Art & Archaeology 811 of Ancient Rome FAYE lANGLEY BA(Hons) 10:3Oem Wed Oct 7 6 mtgs $45 Church of Chrls~ 365 Victoria Ave, Chatswood This illustrated course looks at aspects of the Ancient Roman World from its traditional beginning in 7S3BCtothefallofthe Empire in the 4th Century AD. Although the practical Roman people drew inspiration from many sources (not least the Greeks), their art and society was uniquely Roman. We will examine their architecture, their use of the arch, vault and dome. in such structures as the aqueduct at Segovia. the Colosseum and the Pantheon. We shall also study the peculiarly Roman contrasts between the idealism of public sculpture and the extremely realistic private busts of ordinary citizens. P~aps the most intriguing will be a glimpse of life in wealthy provincial Pompeii, engulfed in volcanic ash during the eruption of Mt Vesuvius on August 24, 79AD. Suggested Reading: T. COmeU&John Wilson,Atlasofthe Roman World, Phaidon, 1982 D. Strong, Roman Art, Penguin. 1976

Khenti: 812 A .Journey Up the Nile ALAN WALMSLEY PhD MA 5:30pm Wed Oct 7 8 mtgs $60 WEACentre Over 5,000 years of civilization in Egypt is expressed in the great monuments of the Nile Valley built in Pharaonic, Classical. and Islamic times. After starting at Cairo and its antecedents. this lavishly illustrated course will take you southwards on a journey to Aswan, stopping at major sites on the way - Beni Hassan; Akhenaton's city of AlAnnama; Abydos, the ancient home of Osiris; famous Thebes "of a thousand gates"; Edfu, dedicated to Homs the Divine King; and beautiful Aswan. Particular emphasis will be given to the social organization of ancient and medieval Egypt as a background to understanding the modem country. Suggested Reading: 1. Saines & J. Malek. Atlas of Ancient Egypt, Phaidon, 1980 J. Malek. Egypt Dwing the Old Kingdom, Orbis, 1986 A.K. Bowman, Egypt After the Pharaohs, British Museum, 1986

• AU ckJ .. e. held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathur.t Street, Sydney, unk •• otherwise .tated •

HISTORY

European History 813 1500·1991 MICHAEL BIRCH PhD lpmThursOct8 9mtgs$88 WEACentra A course in Eurqx:an history based on the close reading of important cultural and political texts. Students ma), enrol without having attended Terms land 2. Term 3: \9\8.\99\ A study of the re-ordering of the World after World War 1. Topics to be covered include: the Russian Revolution and its aftennath; the rise of fascism in Italy sod Gennany; lIteorigins ofllte SecoodWorld War; and the decline of Europe as the leadinJ: world power through the Cold War, de-oolonisauOfl and the recent changes in Eastern Europe. Suggested Reading: Mark Ferro. Social History of thl! RusSUI1I Revolu.tion A.I.P. Taylor, Origins O/Ihe Second World War

The Absolutists 814 in European History PHllIP EDWARDS BA(Hons) PhD 10:3Qam Frl Oct 9 10 mtgs $71 WEACantre This course will examine the phenomenon of politica1absolutism in European IflStory from the f6th to the 18th centuries. Absolutists emphasised that political power came directly from God and aimed to rule unimpeded by any representative institutions. Leading absolutists likeFrancis I, Louis XIV. Ivan the Tenible. Peter the Great, etc., will be studied to evaluate their contribution to the growth of their respective states. Suggested Reading: Perry Anderson. Liuages ofllu! Absoiwist Stale, Verso,1919 Otto Hoetzsch, The EvoluJion of Russia. Thames & Hudson. 1966 William Doyle, TIu! Old European Order 1660-1800.0UP

China: 815 Ancient & Modern MARK HOWARD MA DipEd 10:3QamTulS Oct 6 10mtgs$71 WEACantra This course is aimed at increasing students' understanding of OUnese culture. as well as providing them with a background for understanding current events in Otina. Term 2: In this tenn we willdeal with the search for a new sense of national identity after 1911. the triwnph of Communism. key developments from 1949 to the present.. and the daily life of the people. Attention will also be paid to sights that the foreign visitor can expect to see. Students may enrol without having attended Term 1. Suggested Reading: Jonathon D. Spence, TIu! Searchfor ModernChina, Hutchinson, f990

Celebrate the 1 st Anniversary of the Australian National Maritime Museum

with three special courses!

Hitting Home: Wartime Australia In conJuncUon with IIHl Australian NaUonal Marillme Museum JENNIFER McNAMARA BA (Co-ordinator)

816

6 mtgs $75 10:3Qam Wed Oct 7 Australian NaUonal MlrlUma Museum, Darling Harbour On May 31, and June 8, 1942. the city of Sydney was attacked by Japanese submarines. As an extension oflhe Musewn 's Huting Home! exhibition this course willconcenuate on what it was like to live in Sydney at that time. Topics covered include Australia's preparation for war. the use of Japanese Midget submarines, the homefront, and the events when Sydney was attacked. Noted Canadian Maritime historian James Delgado presents the midget submarine strategy of the Japanese Imperial Navy. The course includes a guided harbour cruise of Sydney Harbour sites where theevents of May 31,1942, took: plaoo. Fee lndudes morning tea, harbour eruise, and Museum entries. _

Shipwrecks & the Community W817 In conjuncUon with the Australian Nallonal MaritIme Museum MARK STANIFORTH BSc GradDipMarArch (Co-ordinator) . lQam·5 m Sat Nav 14 $60 Australran National MlrlUma Museum, ANZ ThlStra, Darling Harbour Maritime Archaeology is a new and exciting discipline ~ here is an opportunity to hear experts firsthand. Overseas speakers auending the Australian Maritime Archaeology Conference Shipwrecks and the Comnuutity at the Australian National Maritime Museum will give popular lectures on the projects they have been involved in. They include Or Margaret Rule, Director, Researcll and Inter.pretation, Mary Rose Trust; Gordon P. WaUs Jnr, Director, Underwater Research, East Carolina UniversIty: George Bass, America Nautical Archaeology Program, Texas University (excavator of wrecks off the Turkish Coast); and Lars Kvaming, Director Vasa Museum, Stockholm, Sweden. Fee Includes light lunch, and morning and afternoon tea.

Passengers, Pastimes & Ceremonies ~:. W818 In conJuncUon wIth the Australian Nallonal MarItIme Museum '.' .. \, JENN1FER McNAMARA BA (Co-ordinator) " lQam-4:3Opm Sat Nov 28 . ... $55 Australian National Maritima Museum, ANZ Theatre, Darling Harbour This one day seminar concenuates on the activities people engaged in during the long sea voyage to Australia. Y OD will learn about the maritime origins of many of the sayings in the English language,. and hear about the significance of sea shanties and their relationships 10 the working life of sailors. And there will be discussioo of some traditional ceremonies such as Crossing the Une. and Burial at Sea. The day concludes with the Burning of the Dead Ilorse ceremooy ~ traditionally dooe after shie! had been at sea for a mooth. As November 29 marks the 1 st birthday of the Museum. this ooremony will be perfonned in a symbolic fashion tomark this significant date. Fee includes light lunch, morning and afternoon tea, and sea shanty performance.

The Reformation & 819 Its Impact on Society PHILlP EDWARDS BA(Hons)PhD 10:30am Mon Ocl12 10 mtgs $71 WEACenlre This course will examine some of the main aspects of the history of England between the Wars of the Roses in the mid~l!th century and the Great Civil War and the 'Puritan Revolutioo' in the mid-11th century. The central feature will be the English Refonnation and its Wlique nature; a major ques~ tioo will be whether the English Reformation was inevitable and ~ular, or something imposed from above for political reasoos on an unwillmg people. Besides religion, other factors that contributed to the development of English society in this period (ie. political, econcmic and social) will be investi~ gated. Students may enrol without having attended Tenns 1 & 2. Term 3: England In the Age or the Reformation 1460-1660. The Age of Elizabeth I; Puritans and Recusants; James I and his "yroblems"; Charles I and the growth of Anniniamsm (or High Church Anglicanism); the causes of the English Civil War, Oliver Cromwell and the "Puritan Republic"; the radical sects oflhe 16405 and 1650s. Suggested Reading: A.O.R. Smith, TIu! Emergence of a Nation State1529-1660. Longmans K.O. Morgan (ed), The SplU?re Illustrated History of Brilain 1485·1789. Sphere Reference. OUP G.E. Aylmer, Rebellion or RevoiuJion? England 1640·1660.0UP

The Rise of the 820 Roman Empire JAMES ROONEY BA DipEd 5:30pm Mon Oct 12 10 mtgs $71 WEACantr. In 500BC the Meditenanean was studded with hundreds of city~states, mostly located 30~5Okms from the sea. They were self-sufficient and in~ tensely local in focus. Rome was the most successful city~state ultimately becoming a "world empire". Initially though Rome was a typical Mediterranean city ~state, of similar racial stock to others in the area. Indeed her early culture was below the level of contemporary major centres of civilization. hi this course we will be tracing Rome's rise from its humble origins to the verge of world empire. and examining the resources of wealth, manpower and political expertise, that enabled this astounding development to occur. Suggested Reading: H.H. Scullard, A History of tJu Roman. World, Melhuen & Co •• 1980 Polybius, The Rise of tlu! Roman Empire, Penguin Livy, TIw Early History ofR_. Penguin

Computer Training Courses

on pages 12, 13 & 14

• All classes held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathurst Street, Sydney, unless otherwise stated •

Page 6

Let's Be 821 Controversial: Australian History In conJunction with Ill. Royal Au.lrallan HIstorlca( Society PATRICIA PARKER AA (Lond) (Co-ordinator) 10:3Oam Tu .. Nov 10 3 mlgs $30 History House, 133 Macquarie S~ Sydney This highIr popular series of investigations into controversial aspects of Australia's colonial history continues with three more expert speakers. Topics will be - The Baby Farmers (Or Heather Radi); Australian Convict Founders - Villains or Victims? (profBrian Retcher); Macquarie - Hero or Feet of Oay? (Or Carol Liston). Fee Includes morning tea,

History on Foot: W822 Balmain, the Maritime Village MARGARET WHITE 10:3Oam Sel Ccl 10 4 mlgs $38 1.1 mHIIng only No, 5 Jetty Circular Quay In llma for 10:25am feny 10 Balmaln OR IO:3Oam al Darling Slreel Wharf, Balmaln On this short course of four guided walks, we take an in-depth look at Balmain. the maritime village, which is experiencing the transition from an industrial working-class area of the past to the fashionable address of the upwardly mobile. Balmain is full of old-world atmosphere created by tiny stone cottages, corner stores, churches, pubs and restaurants. Much of the industrial foreshore area has been returned to the people in the form of beauti~ fully landscaped parks. Details of subsequent walks to be handed out at the first meeting. Suggested Reading: Margaret White, Sydney Walks, Kangaroo Press, 1990 1. Dewhurst & M. White, Sydney Walkabout 1, Kangaroo Press, 1987

Discover Your 823 National Park In conjuncl/on with llIe Nallonal Parks & Wildlife 5arvlce ROSEMARY WILLlAMS (Co-ordinator) lOom Tue. CcI20 6 mlgs $70 1 si meeting only al WEA Cenlre To celebrate its 25th Birthday in October 1992, the National Parks and Wildlife Service invite Sydney· siders to discover the historic sites in their local National Parks. This behind the scenes tour of Botany Bay and Sydney Harbour National Parks will introduce you to the historic Quarantine Sta~ tion, Middle Head Forts, La Perouse Museum, Captain Cooks Landing Place and Greycliffe House. Each tour is led by experts • full details of meeting places will be provided at first meeting. Entry costs to all sites induded in fee •

More Sydney 824 Behind the Scenes MAUREENFRY lOom Wed Ccl7 7 mtgs $75 1 si meeting lOom In foyer of Sydnsy Hospital, Macquarie S~ Sydney AnOlher series of "Behind the Scenes" beginning with Sydney Hospital ~ stained glass, a fountain folly, even a roof top view. The grand Lands Department Building is included again - a treat as it is notopentothepublicandmaybecomeacasino. We also see the wonderful work of the Royal Blind Society at Enfield. The Opera House . you may have been there but have you toured there? And we follow with a tour of the Opera Centre at Suny Hills to see costumes, sets, wigs and more. Then the Stock Exchange - what do they mean by the "all ords'"? A treat for last, the beautifully restored Commonwealth Bank Building at 48 Martin Place. Suggested Reading: Ruth Park, A Companion Guitk to Sydney, Collins, 1973 Robert Hughes, The FaJaJ Shore

Evening History 825 Strolls MAUREENFRY 5:30pm Mon CcI26 6 mtgs $50 1 si meeting only al WEA Cenlre Late Spring evenings are the perfect time for leisurely strolls of exploration of Sydney and its historic past. 1hls expertly-led course traces the history of Sydney on leisurely, relaxed evening strolls through the Botanic Gardens, along Macquarie St ~ visiting the State library, the historic Rocks area, Observatory Hill (with a visit to the 1850's beautiful Church of St Philip) and along College St and Hyde Park lo the Anl.ac Memorial. Details of meeting places will be supplied at first meeting. Suggested Reading: Joan Lawrence, Sydney from Circular Quay, Hale &. lremonger Joan Lawrence, Sydney from the Rocks, Hale & lremonger

Springtime Walks 826 in Parks & Gardens FLORA DEVERALL 10:300m Mon Ccl 12 8 mlgs $66 1 si meeting only at WEA Cenlre Plants are a part of our heritage. Come on leisurely walks to some of Sydney's historic and contempr rary parks and gardens in the Springtime. Learn about their history and their plants and landscape design. The course comprises 1 meeting and 7 walks. The first walk is to our Royal Botanic Gardens ~ beautiful, historic and scientific. Then Centennial Park, the 19th Century historic open parkland of shady trees and lakes. Next, today's park the Bicentennial at Homebush. English style J 9th Century private gardens will be visited at Elizabeth Fann, Vaucluse House and the later created Eryldene at Gordon. Lasl, Darling Harbour for landscaping and a Chinese Garden: the modem idea of public space. Entry costs to historic houses not Included in fee. Full details of walk..~ provided at first meeting.

See page IS forWEA's New Home.Based

Discussion & Study Program·.

HISTORY WALKS & LAW .--.-""'-'"~~

South Head 827 Road Walks JOAN LAWRENCE 1 0:300m Tu .. Oct 6 8 mtga $66 1 si meeting only al WEA Centre Soon after the arrival of the First Fleet in 1188 a signal was posted at South Head to watch for the approach of ships, Old Soulh Head Road leads directly to South Head and reflects Sydney's his~ tory and architectural change. Throup 1 meeting and 7 walks. we follow the development of the suburbs along the road to Watsons Bay. The walks are leisurely and weexpore Paddington, Woollahra. Darling Point. Double Bay. Rose Bay, South Head Cemetery and its environs, and Watsons Bay. Suggested Reading: Porua Fitzsimmons. Easti!rn Suburbs Album, Atnmd, 2nd Ed, 1988

A Home of Your W828 Own: Home Purchase & The Law TERRY McCULL Y DipLAW 1 Oom-4pm Sel & Sun Nov 14 & 15 $80 WEACenlre Are you selling your house or unit. or considerin, the purchase of a home'1 What is involved to complete the transaction? How much will it really COIt'1 Do you need a Solicitor? This two day coune is aimed at a practical ex(llanarion of the current conveyancing procedure ut New South Wales. Individual cases will be reviewed. and the relevant documentation examined. Teny is a qualified S0-licitor practising in this area of the law.

Legal Traps for 829 the Unwary PATRICK O'SULLlVAN BA DipLaw 5:30pm Frl Ccl 16 4 mtga $34 WEACenlre The ordinary citizen may unwillingly fall foul of many areas of Australian law, for there is a ,enel'll principle that ignorance of the law provides no exemption from responsibility. This course, given by a practising lawyer, will highlight several areas of potential legal traps, in both the criminal and civil fields. Topics covered will include the non~repotting of crime, the consequences of dishonesty and legal standards of commwtity behaviour,liability within non-residential heterosexual relationships, etc. A good knowledge of legal pitfalls is an aid to community welfare - it could also save you from personal embarrassment or monel&ly loss.

Enrolment Information & Form

on Sack Page

• All classes held at WEA Centre, 72 BathuNt Street, Sydney, unless otherwise stated.

--------------::-::-==-:-===-SCIENCE & LITERATURE

Introduction to 830 Environmental Law BRUCE WOOLF BA LLB Dip URP 7:30pm Mon Oct 12 9 mtgs $68 WEACantre This course providea: an introduction to the operation of environmental law in NSW. We cover the three main branches of environmental law: environmental planning and assessment, pollution laws and thirdly we consider particular resource areas (such as mining, forestry. national parks). We exImine the rights and role of citizens and the obJigations of public authorities including local councils and the newly created Environmental Protection Authority.

BeyondtheEarth 831 Summit: Development, Environment & the New World Order EDNA ROSS BSc(Hons) PhD 5:30pm Wad Cct 7 9 mtgs $68 WEACantre Climate change, biodivenity, deforestation, poverty. food security. economic development - these were some of the lSSues, on the recent Earth Summit agenda. This course looks at problems: addressed at the summit. and at possible solutions. Topics ex· ploredinclude: Why the Earth Summitaod what did 1t achieve?; What is the Third World and why is it poor'1; What are the effects of the globalisation of the CCOJl<Xny? Economic growth, development and environment • is sustainable development possible?; Population ~losion and urbanisation; AIDS in the Third World; Threats 10 global security - is militarism relevant?; What is the new world order and what does it need to be? Suuested Reading: World Commission on Environment & Development, Our CommollPUlure, OUP, 1990 Lester Brown (cd), SltJte of the World 1992, Eanhscan, 1992

Land & Myth 832 in Australia MARK BYRNE MA(Hons) 5:30pm Mon Cct 19 8 mtgs $60 WEACantra This course looks at both Aboriginal and white approaches to the land of Australia. How has each been influenced by this unique environment? Through myth, history, ecology, travel literature and art we contrast a number of Western (or Eastem) views, including the collapse of the heroic consciousness of the explorers in the "emptiness" of Australia, with Aboriginal mythology. Through case studies of rainbow serpents and Uluru, we explore the emergence of new mythologies, and attempt to understand what influence, in Australia's multicu1ural society, they may have,

Enrol by Phone f.r

2642781 Use your Credit Card

Bankcard Mastercard Visa $1 Service Fee

Eirlst4ein's Universe 833 FRED STICHER BE PhD 10:3oam Frl Cct 9 9 mtgs $68 WEACentro Einstein's Theory of Relativity has changed our fundamental thoughts on space and time profoundly and pennanently. Thiscourse will demonstrate that one can understand Einstein's ideas quite precisely by using surprisingly simple tools such as common sense! The major concepts will be developed and their relevance to our current views of the Universe will be discussed. The transition frem Relativity to Quantum Mechanics will also be discussed. Sum~ maries of the material covered will be handed out as the course proceeds. An open mind and possession of some notion of whata straight lineis, are the only requirements necessary for this course. Suggested Reading: Schwartz & McGuiness, Einstein fOT Begin,1II!rs NigeI Calder, Einstein's Universe, Penguin Helen DuJc:as & Banesch Hofmann. Einstein, Palladin

Evaluating Evolution

834

LEE RHIANNON BSc(Hons) 1 0:30am Thurs CctS WEACentre

10mtgs$71

People today are both fascinated and concerned with how nature works. An understanding of the complexity of the natural world begins with dis~ cussmg the origins of life. This course presents the history and mechanisms of evolution. Darwin's idea that humans descended from apes outraged the J 9th Century establishment, yet now is accorded the status of scientific faeL We look at the work of Darwin and MaJthus, at fossil evidence, at environmental change and its effect on natural selection, at primates and their learning capabiHties, at reasons for the upsurge in creation theory, and at theories of population, amongst many more. Suggested Reading: Stephen J. Gould, Wonderful Life, Penguin Paul Ehrlich, The MachifUry o/Nature, Paladin

Introductory 835 Astronomy: The Solar System Arranged In con/unction with th. Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences NICK LOMB PhD (Co-ordinator) 6pm Wed Cct 7 9 mtgs $68 Sydney Observatory, Obssrvatory Hili, Sydney An introductory oourse for anyone with an interest in stargazing, telescopes and the history of as~ tronomy. Topics to be covered include lhe origin of the seasons, the causes of eclipses, space probes to the planets and whatto look forin a telescope. There will be opportunities to look through the telescopes at Sydney Observatory and, during an optional excursion, at another observatory. A companion course entilled "Introductory Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies" will be held during a later tenn.

Page 7 Gargantuans from 836 the Garden: The Insect World In conjuncUon with the AuslraUan Mu_m JANELLE HATHERLY BSc Dip Ed (Co-ordinator) 5:30pm Mon Cct 12 4 mtgs $34 Australian Mussum, 6 College S~ Sydnay This four part series is all about arthropods, the largest animal group. It starts with a guided tour of the Museum' s giant roboticexhibitioo Gargantuons from thlt Gartkn. In the following weeks you will learn about amazing insects and their diVersity and curious lifestyles. You will meet some spiders and see how they catch their prey. Finally We take a close lad;: at isopod crustaceans, a lDliq!le group which includes slaten, woodlice and their better known relatives ~ the lobster and the yabby. Suggested Reading: B. Y. Main, Spiders, Australian NaWralist Library W.D. Williams, Australian Freshwater Life, McMilIan Co CSIRO (ed), Insects of Australia, Melbourne Uni~ versity Press

Poetry: 837 Open the Door PA TRICIASHEPHERD BA(Hons) DipEdGDE 1 0:30am Tue. Cct 6 8 mtgs $60 WEACentra Althoup some people never look at a poem once schoolls over, poets have concisely crystallized all hwnanity's experiences, Open the Door is the title of the first poem we will be looking at, and in this course we will open some doors and share with past and present poets their ideas on birth, death, grief, laughter, the everday and the exotic. Text: I,A. & IK. McKenzie, ThIt World's Contracted TIuu, Heinemann

Kipling's India 838 PETER SCHAREN BA(Hons) 1 0:30am Mon Cct 12 10 mtgs $71 WEA Centre lne British reached the "high noon of Empire" in the J 890s, the period of their greatest power in India, In these years Kipling developed from Plain Tales from the J/ills to Kim, his masterpiece. We will look at aspects of AngloIndian life that Kipling vividly evoked ~ the difficulty of physical survival, esc~ to the hill stations, the lives of soldier and civilian, service, sport. violence, ceremony. Then we examine the hardening imperial spint. lord Curzon was the most confident Viceroy of the period, bulhow sure was Kiplingaboutthe Empire'! We discuss both the Empire he saw and his own complex judgment of it Suggested Reading: R, Kipling.Plain Talesfrom the Hills, Pan R. Kipling, Kim, Papennac I. Morris, Heaven's Command: An Imperial Progress,Penguin,1981

• AU classes held at WEA Centre, 72 BathurBf Street, Sydney, unkss otherwise stated •

PageS --"""-,,--,~~ -~--- ----Shakespea~ln 839 His Time JACOUES GOLDMAN GDRE loam Mon Oct 12 10 mtgs $71 WEACantr. This three tean course introduces Shakespeare and some of his wm. in their cultural setting. Hamlet, OthelIa, Macbeth. Prince Hal, Falstaff and Coriolanus are some of the main characters to be studied. Through detailed readings of the plays the relevance of Shakespeare's creations to his time, and toours will be considered. A number of different kinds of plays will be read each tenn. Videos and recordings will be used where appropriate. Term 3 <overs M .. b<,h. JIII ... C<IIlsar and TM Tempest. Students may enrol In Term 3 wlthoot bavlog attended previous tenns.

Classic Short 840 Stories RAV VOUNtS BA(Hons) MA(Hons) DPhil 5:30pm Thurs Oct 8 10 mtgs $71 WEACantr. A dilalssion of scxne of the most highly regarded stories from Poet Otekhov and Dostoyevsky to Garcia Marquez. Calvino and Nadine Gordimer. We will consider the criteria by which short stories are evaluated, the lives of these writers and the societies in which they lived or live. We will also examine the short story today. Other writers include Kafka and Tolstoy, Balzac and Proust, Conrad and Joyce, Borges, Allende and Aannery O'Connor, amoog ochers. Suggested Reading: Valeric Shaw, Th4 Short Story: A erakallntroduction JoIm Bayley, The Short Story

Cross.cultural 841 Literature LlNDA WARD BA DipEd 5:30pm MonOct12 10mtgs$71 WEACantre People who are fascinated by different cultures. and who love reading will be able to combine their interests by participating in this course. We will be canparing novels "from the UK, the Continent and the USA e.g. while Orwell was exposing the dehumanisation of 20dt Cenwry politics. Kafka was illustrating a society void of meaning. And while Dickens was exposing the social injustices of the 19th Cenwry. Maupassam was demonstrating the hypocrisy and cruelty of the bourgeoisie. The focus of the course will be on participatory discussion. Learn more about. and discuss, scme of the world's great literature within its historical and cultural perspective. All novels will be studied in translation. Suggested Reading: George Orwell. Animal Farm James Baldwin. GiovaIuti's Room Franz Kafka, TIte Trial Hennan Hesse. [)amUn GUSlave Flauben. MfM Bowuy a.ades Dickens, A Christmas Carol Maupassant. 8.1 Ami

The 1992 Harry Eddy

Lecture Saturday October 17

see page 11

A History of 842 Theatre Techniques COLlN SCHUMACHER BEd MA 5:30pm Wed Oct 7 10 mtgs $71 WEAC.ntre Theatre, and the enjoyment of stage performac:e. is finnly part of Western culture. Yet a vast range of theatrical teclmiques exist tocommunicate between performers and audience. Knowledge of this range will enhance any theatre-goer's !'I;'Preciation of the performance that they attend. Thu. is a theoretical and practical course in theatre history which will explore the imJX!rtance and significance of mime, commedia d ell arte, Stanislavski, Brecht, Absurdism, theatre sports. movement theatre, and performance an in the development of the styles of theatre performance. Suggested Reading: Oscar Brockett. History ofTMmr~

Opera 843 Roundabout FRED BLANKS BSc(Hons) AM 10:3oam Tues Oct 6 9 mtgs $68 WEACentr. Opera is an endlessly fascinating and controversial anfonn. Virtually all well~known operas have been recorded, so that opera lovers who cannot always attend live perfonnances can at least listen to ~ casts on record or disc. In this course we re-vislt operas which are either in the Australian Opera repertoire, or had theirfirst Australian staging at the Adelaide Festival of the Arts. Aspects considered will include the history of composition, the plot, and the music. There will be copious recorded illustrations. The range of operas will extend from Mourt • s Da P Qnt~ operas via Rossini and Donizetti to Lady Macbeth of Mtsensk by Shostakovich and Nixb" in ChiNJ by Adams. Suggested Reading: Kobbe'sCompleJe Opera Book., revised by Earl of Harewood, Putnam Australian Opera Programs Henry Pleasants, The Orem Sing~rs. Simon &. Schuster.1981

Music of 844 the Dance DENIS CONDON Dip TMus MIMT 2pm Mon Oct 12 8 mtgs $60 WEACentr. From BaUet to Tap Dancing, and from Broadway to Contemporary Dance ~ this is a cheetful and infonnative survey of the exhilarating world of dance music. Composers studied include Haydn, Mendelssolm. Tschaikovsky and others, and we will view how this music was danced by Fonteyn, Nureyev and Astaire. We will also look: at the exotic world of the Hartem Dance Theatre, and cxmsider the contribution of rhythm and dance in Africa and Asia .

An Introduction to Classical Music HUGH RAADTS DipTeach 5:30pm Mon Oct 12 WEACantrt

9mtgs$68

This course is designed for people who would like to experience the joy of Western Qassical Music from the Renaissance 10 the Modem Age. Key faeton will be discussion of the economic. social and political realitites of the day as well as eresenting a detailed study of the composers' oontnbutions and aspects of their personal life which will enhance the appreciation of their work.. Term 3: "Romantldsm" • the 19th &: 20th Cen· ... 11 .. Post Napoleonic Europe. the Industrial Revolution, the rise of democracy and the new power of the middle classes saw the emancipation of the individual Suchchangesculminatedin "Romanticism" - a force in European cuhure which expressed persooal freedom, unagination and above all originality. A few of the major composers 10 bediscussed will be Bnlhms,Schubert,LisZl, OIopin, Sc:hoenberg as well as many others. Students may enrol without having attended previous terms.

The Organ: 846 King of Instruments In conjuncUon wIIh lb. Organ Soc/ely GRAEME RAWSON (Co-ordinator) 6:15pm Tue. Oct6 7 mtgs $68 1st meeting only at St Jamas Church, Kfng S~ Sydney The pipe organ is both the largest and one of the oldest musical instruments. In this course the main features of the organ will be discussed and a selection of interestinJ. organ music will be perfonned each evening, to illustrate its vast range. A number of organs will be visited including some of historic importance in significant and interesting buiWings. The music will be selected to give a broad coverage of the organ literature. Tutors will include a number of prominent Sydney organists. Full details of venues will be suppUed prlor to course commencement.

The Wen 847 Tempered Music Lover HUGH RAADTS Dip Teach 5:30pm Thul1 Octa 10 mtgs $71 WEACentre If you enjoyed "An Introduction to aassical Music'" and are looking for more then "The Well Tempered Music Lover" will p"!vide you with some of the world's greatest musIc. This course will specialise in the diswssion and interpretation of major musical works. analyse f~s recordings and detail the work and contributions of the world's leading musical artists. This course is for anyone

who loves ~"'''' .. '~~.''~~'

• AU cl4na ""Id at WEA Centre, 72 Bothu,..t Street, Sydney, unle •• otherwi.e dated •

Acting Techniques 848 COLlN SCHUMACHER BEd MA 7:30pm Wed Ccl7 10 mtgs $78 WEACenlre The acting technique wotkshop program will in· volve a practical study of the naturalistic technique of acting as first devised by Constantin Stanislavski. The course will include detailed work on script analysis; the given circumstances; penonalisation; justification; ima,pnation; actions, objectives, 0bstacles. charactensation. motivation, voice work and audition technique. This technique has been taught for many years and is considered by most directors and producers as .. the method" for approaching the job of acting. The StanisJavski technique is an enjoyable and confidence building proc· ess that provides a finn foundation for creative development in theatre. fihn and television. Suggested Reading: Uta Bagen, Respect/or Acting, MacMillan, 1975

The Voice & W849 Its Creative Expression LORRAINE MERRITT BA GradDipT ASDA LSDA lOem-4:3Opm Sal Now 14 $46 WEACenlre Most people interfere with the natural sound of their voice. Release and enrich your unique voice in this class through exercises designed to undo habitual patterns which restrict and block the hwnan vocal mstrument. Full exploration of the resonant poten· tial of the body is undertaken to enable the voice to respond more fully and richly. A course forall those who wish to learn how touse the fullest potential of their voice.

Text Analysis 850 for Performance LORRAINE MERRITT BA GradDipT ASDA LSDA 7:30pm Tues Ccl 6 10 mtgs $78 WEACentre ibis course is designed as a practical series where swdents will learn an approach to analysing a text, forperfonnance purposes. The intention is to provoke the participant's imaginative potential, and to lead from theremtoa realistic acting style. The style of certain directors will be discussed, and a specific text will be analysed and worked through. Suggested Reading: Uta Hagen, Respect/or Acting, MacMillan, 1975

A Stage We're Going Through MARK MAGILL BA DipEd 7:30pm Wed Ccl7 WEACenlre

851

5mlgs$38

"A Stage We're Going Through" (fonnally "Going to the Theatre'') is designed for people who enjoy the theatre. and want a chance for a more detailed analysis of the current Sydney theatre scene. This course looks in depth at the nature of Austnilian theatre, and includes visits to five current shows. Discussions at the WEA on alternate Wednesdays will also look at areas such as theatre history and technical production. Please bring cheque-book along to the first meeting to pay for your theatre tickets for first theatre visit

Mind & Body A One-Day Seminar DENNIS BURNHAM BA(Hons) PhD Chairperson lOem-3:3Opm SalOct 24 $52 WEACentre

In this stimulating one-day seminar. three expert speakers will explore various body. The session will be chaired by .or Dennls Bumham who will speak on " psycho· logical notions of the relationship between mind and body, and discuss the evolution of different theories of Ibis relationship. The seminarwill also include invited lectures fromJoseph ScopeIUU BA(HOIIs). who will speak on the effect of the mind over the body in h)'pRosis and how this physical and psychological change work.; and from Ute VoIlmer-C ..... BA(Hons). who will .peak ""the new .... or psychoimmunology, in which the effect of psychological factors such as stress on the body is seen by its effecton the immlUle system. Otheras~ to be covered include the effect of meditation on the body. and ways that the mind aids the body in penods of physical extremes. All sessions will be pitched at a general rather than a specialist level. and questions and discussions will be encouraged throughout the day. Morning tea and lunch Indudeclln fee.

Introduction to W853 Conflict Resolution ROBYN GASPARI BA JP 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal & Sun Now 7 & 8 $90 WEACantra The tenn Conflict Resolution and the Apf'roach to problem solving by "Turning OppooenlS 1010 Partners" seem to be very topical. the enquiring mind nodoubtstops toask: What does it mean? Andmore importantly can it work? Is the concept based on SOWld theory? And what is its history? What are the practical applications for everyday living? Can all conflicts be resolved? And if not. why not? We all have conflicts in our lives and fail to resolve some of them effectively. This course explores some of the above questions and presents an additional method of handling conflict in a non-violent way. At the same time the student will devel~ an understanding of why traditional methodsdoo talways work. Materialfordiscussion will be pre-ci.rculated to students prior 10 class commencemenL Suggested Reading: H. Comelius & S. Faire, EveryOM Can Wu.

Living 854 Authentically JIM CULLEN BA MSc 7:30pm Mon Ccl 12 10 mlgs $71 WEACentra What are you doing with your life? Do you give it direction and purpose? Is it rich, vibrant, zestful? Does anything prevent you from maximising all your possibilities? Then come and trod out how American ps).'chologists al'Proach these questions. First there will be an exammation of our existential anxieties (concerning freedom, isolation. mortal· ity. contingency, meaninglessness). Then we will consider ways of expanding our awareness,living an authentic existence, fonns of transcendence and the nature of seH ·actualisatioo. Apart from exposi· tion.there will be much discussion. exercises. and work in small groups of three or four .

Understanding W855 Jung CRAIG DELANEY MA & ROD COLE BSc 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal & Sun Oct 17 & 18 $85 WEACantre An introductioo 10 the psychotocy of CJ. IunJ. Balf the course consists of lectures clarifying basic Jungian concepts. Half is spent grounding this material in our experience by working with the dreams of the participants. "Our culture has lost its roots in thelivmg psyche. Themore we deepen into her, the more we come to love the manifold stories of the human soul". Participants are asked to bring their dreams. This course is not intended as therapy.

Psychology of 856 the Spoken Word JEAN AMMIT MA 9:30am Wed Ccl 7 8 mtgs $60 WEACenlre In this stimulating and practical course we will examine current concepts in verbal communication. a neglected component in the make..up of human psychology. We will examine language patterns, left and right brain theories and most unportantly the physical effect of words on the speaker as well as the listener. 'Ibis oourse will concentrate on practical skills that win add some verbal magic to your relationships, to your work and to your social life.

Philosophy of 857 Language SCOTT MANN PhD 1 0:30em Thurs Oct 8 10 mtgs $71 WEACentra Language is nOl. only a means of communication between people, it is a medium in which we lhink and a mediwn through which we act. This course will consider some of the recent <:onmbutionl of linguistic science, philosophy of language and semiotic theory to understanding the nature and function of language. Topics covered will include: animallanguages~ syntax and linguistic creativity; language and thought; semantics. ptq>OSitionl and truth conditions; language and percepUoo; language and material production; language, power and we· oiogy.

Enrol Now! fr 2642781

• All classes held ot WEA Centre, 72 Bothu,..t Street, Sydney, unless otherwilll! .toted •

Page 10

Politics, Morality & Law DRAGO HELER BA(Hons) 10:3Oam Wad Cct 7 WEACentre

858

9mtgs$68

This course is a critical introduction to the history of social and political philosophy. Coosideration is given to the role of moral rules about obligatory and pemUssab1e behaviour and the nature of law in the detennination of a society. Analysis is made of coocepts like good. right.. ha.Pfiness, freedom and ~sibility; and of prinCiples such as "wrong doing deserves punishment". "law should express duty", and "justice is the maximising of happiness" . Critique is made of the connectioo between morality and law, and authoritarian, representative and participatory theories of the state ~ from the ancient Greek notion of political hannony, through modem European ideas of social contract, to contemporary concepu of liberty, ernpowennent and authority. Sugested Reading: A. Uewirth, Political Philosophy. Princeton l.L. Mackie, Ethics, Penguin D. Uody. TM Idea o/Law, Penguin

Jesus: 859 God or Man? JACOUES GOLDMAN GORE 10:3Oam Wad Cct 14 8 mtgs $60 WEACantre The Australian publication in ltme of B. Thiering' s 111111, The Man is but the most recent attempt to solve the problem posed in the title question ~ a question with a history of almost two thousand years. This course will be an introduction to that history and the various solutions given. In panicu~ lar students will be involved in reading relevant texts (the Bibl~, Dead Sea Scrolls, eoo) and discussing the nature of cultures in the e,stem Mediterranean of the time, various a~ches 10 the question since the European Enlightenment and indeed why does the question arise anyway?

The Concept 860 of Being RAY YOUNIS BA(Hons) MA(Hons) DPhil 11 :308m Tue. Cct 6 10 mtgs $71 WEAC.nlr. An introduction to the problems of ootol0$Y (a part of metaphysics), with particular emphasts on the concept of being or existence. We will explore the concept of existence with reference to Socrates and others, the relationships between existence, will and suffering with reference to Schopenhauer, Kiekegaard, Nietzsche and the existentialists, and fmally the problems of freedom and purpose with reference to Kant, Pascal, Wiugenstein and Russell and more.

The Australian Image DIANA HAMBL Y BA(Hons) lGamTues Cct6 WEACenn

861

10 mtgs $71

Much has been written in recent years about what, and who. is truly Australian. This course will be an opportunity to systematically explore major issues and events throu~out Australia's history. which have culminated m a broad public identification of some images as "Australian". Issues and events examined in this course include: Australia the con-' tinent, the Australian Aborigines, the first Europeans, migrants and multiculturalism, Federation, the bronze Aussie, Australian women, Australia ~ bush or city? and Australia's Pacific and Asian neigh~ boon .

POUTICS &: RELIGION

Theories of Liberation W862 A Residential Weekend at Rydal NSW scon MANN PhD 7:30pm FrI Nov 27 to 3pm Sun Nov 29 $185 Adult Education Centre Rydal Throughout history there have been visionaries whohavesoughtsome&eneralsolutionto~lems ofhuman suffering. inequality andoppreJSlOIl. Some have focused upon th~t~tual and psychological liberation of the indi ' through therapy. enlightenment. or etemallife in hea'YCD.. Others have developed idea. and practices of political and ecoIl<lIlli<:liberotimof ~hum .. groups through refonn. revolution and Ihe recoostJUcti.on of hwnan society. And IOOlC have tried to inle&rate these two "';ii!\!!lf/l!!!!lI;a. SOIU of projects into. combination of personal and . b political liberation. This residential weekend offers ihe opportunity to explore some of these ideas in the tranquillity of the countryside. Based in a specially cooverted 1840's schoolhouse at Rydal. near Lithgow ,over the Blue Mountains, it will include lcctures, discussion, meals, a movie, and walk. through the countryside. Topics covered will include contnlJtina eastern and western idea. of spiriwalliberation; the social revolutionary ideas of communists, anarchi.llI. and radical feminists; and p.ydlo-bioiogica1 arguments about the obstacles to freedoot. cquwty and liberation inherent in hwnan nature. Boolting IUIIl r,.".llnjomUllw,,: M~.t az Adult EducazionC~"'r~, RydaJ,from 7:30pm, F,.iday, Novembe,. 27 onwards. T,.anspo,.t toRydal is student' sown rupollSibilily. A car pool/or tWn-d:ri'ling stildenls will be a,.,.an.ged by WEA.Bytraill- XPT from Sydney to l/ydtJI. Friday or SatlUdoy -uparts tam (arrival approx. 9:564m). By car (from Sydney) -turn./~ft from Gr~at Wutwa Higl .. way just past Old Bowen.fels, 8kms be/ore Lilhgow. Course lee includes all meals fromFr~swpper 10 SJUttJay lunch. Accommotl4tion. in. bunk-style dormitories. Line"pruvitMd. Course.n.ds appro%lJfIfalely JpmSunday al Rydal. Details o/Ira'lel and accommodatiOll, and introductory reading and bibliogrtlplty supplied prior to wuund. Enrolment striclly limiUd 10 18 6Itulelfll.

Cinderella: 863 Exploring Myth & Archetype DENYSE ROCKEY DPhil (Oxon) 2pm Thurs Cct 8 10 mtgs $71 WEAC.ntre CUukreUa is said to be the world's most enduring and universal folktale. It is also the generic name given to a variety of stories appearing in many cultures. The course will begin with these stories' classification as constituting The Cinderella Cycle. A wealth of analogous symbolism in myth and religioo willlhen be explored in searching for Ibe a~, depth and meaning of these apparently sunple tales. Central is the death-rerurth-theme as expressed Ibrough the Great Goddess arch"'YP."Motifs covered include: ash, fm, blackness, exile, animal hides, helpful creatures, birds, Trees of Life and Death. the Cow and Cornucopia. Mist, Mystery, Light and Beauty, especially in relation to Sorrow, Wisdom and the Soul. S~R .. dlnl: Neil Philip. TIw CiNU"l/a Story. Penguin. 1989 Erich Neumam, TM Great Mother, Princeton UP, Bollinger Paperback cd. 1972 Any reasonably priced Dictionary of Symbols

The Woman 864 Suffrage Movement in Australia AUDREY OLDFIELD BA MA 1 Gam Thul'$ CctS 8 mtgs $60 WEA Centre Women in the western world in the 19th Century were struggling to change their social, lepl and economic position. By the 1880's they were convinced that woman suffrage was an essential tool. for change. The Australian woman suffrage movement was part of this wider movement, and _ ... uments used for and against votes for women were the same here, in America and Britain. Australian wornen,however,gainedtheirComrnonwealthvOle in 1902, well before these other countries. In this course we will coo.centrate first on the Australian suffrage movement.. which took place against a background of the emergence of political parties, the drafting of the Constitution, and the entry of women into the work force. We move on to study the British and American suffrage campaigns, and conclude with an examination of why. uritil recendy. there have been so few women in Australian Parliaments. Suggested Reading: A.Oldfield. WomenSujfrag~ in.Auslralia: AGiftor a Struggle, CUP. 1992 M. Franklin. SOIM E'Ieryday Folk. and Dawn, Virago, 1986 M.Sawer& M. Simms,A Woman'sPlace:Womel'l and Polilics in Australia, Allen & Unwin, 1984

• All cl .... e. held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathunt Street, Sydney, unle •• otherwi.e stated.

PHILOSOPHY & VISUAL ARTS .--~-.~--~"'-,--,,- ""-"""-

Myths & Fairytales: W865 Our Lost "Dreaming" ROONEY COLE BSc 9:30am-4:3Opm Sat , Sun Now 7 , 8 WEACan\re

$90

Myths and fairytaleJ .... !he coIIcctivc droam. of • people, and, for modem ...",Je the ........... of what Abori&inaI people calJ "the Dnoamina". "The DreaminS" i. DOl a static oollcctioo of stories but • limB _ ... ship \0 what C.G. JmB calJed !he ool1ccaive uncoa.aOUl. the ptydtological matrix outofwhichaDhumanconsciou ... ari.Jea.Mythic and fairytale _ mUlt be " .. -dreamed" by individuaIJ \0 remain a1ive in the payc:he of every leoemien. ThiI course explores the impac:t of • oon-dreaminS" culllll" and IookJ at wa)'l of re

awalcening our dreaminB through !he insigh .. of JIDI8ian P'Yc:bo\oaY and Abariginallife, usinB Il1Ories. discussion and dreams. S ......... R .... lng: L. van der Post. J..,....t 'M Slory of 0 ... Tu.., PenBuin. 1976

Introduction to Mystical Traditions MAMMADD RANJBAR

866

7:30pm Tu .. Sept29 9mtgl$68 WEACentra From Mysticism's point of view there is an innate tendency of the human sprit 10 transcend intelIec· tuaJ reasoninc and auun • ctired experience of Ultimate Reality. This One Reality of mysticism is also "'The Beloved", and uloven, themYltics seek for re~union wilh The One by • spiritual sense of intuition and disciplinuy practice. When united with The One.man is not separated from his nature any more and enjoys an eternal life beycnd ",ood" and "evil". ThiI course will explore some mystical records in Sufism. Zen Buddhism and Christian Mysticism to examine the same ultimate answer that they III offer \0 homan existence.

WEA Film ~Q~ Study ~j~?~ Group J. .'CJ.1jJ Screenings most ) Saturday & Sunday afternoons at WEA House Phone: Ruth Carter 949 1613 Doug Roberts 887 8657

Great Masterpieces 867 of Western Art GARRY DARBY BA MA(Hons) ==16 10 mtgs $11 This course examines some of the greatest master~ pieces of western art. Michelangelo's Sist;/U CIuJ".1 C~ilill'. Leonardo's MOIIQ Lisa and Rembnndt', Nlglu Watch are just three of forty works that will be examined, illustrated and dis~ cusled in detail. What makes a masterpiece? Who bestow. fame? These questions will be examined to detenni.ne why certain works survive while others faU into obscurity. The techniques and biographies of !he painten, .culpton and photographen will aIJobeconsideredduringthisfullyillu.lIlItedcoune S ......... R .... lng: D. Hooker. An ofth4 W,SUnt World

Architecture of W868 Bath & Cheltenham PETER RYLAND AADiPl MA lQam.4:3Opm Set Now 28 WEACan\re

$46

Bath iJ the fint and greatest of the English spas, secure in its Roman origins. Its growth in the 18th Century epitomises both the acumen and the elevated tasteof its Palladian entrepreneurs. It reached iu arclUtectural zenith by 1788, the year of the effective founding of both Sydney and Cheltenham spa. Cheltenham is a Regency town and with its grell avenue. of trees: and beautiful parks it is the grear. exemplar of RIU in Urlu, the regency version of"Grecnina". This day' s course looks at the development of the two spas and theirenonnous contribution \0 !he subsequent planning of English (and Ausualian) towns.

19th Century British Painting ALAN DUNSTAN BA(Hons) MA

869

2pm Thurs Cct 8 10 mtgs $71 WEACentre British paintings of the 19th Century covered a multitude of subjects, presented in a variety of styles. This fully~illustrated course will be a thor~ ~h review of the range and themes of artists who painted while England was at its imperial peak. We will examine Cooslable and Turner. and their con~ flitting images of English life. Landseer, and his famed portrait of Jack. a baule~scarred temor. came to rq')resent the best 'p!ebian values of England. Yet the century ended With the voluptuou s romanticism of Millais and the Pre-Raphaelites. Other artists will be discussed, and a guided tour of the An Gallery of NSW is included. Sugpsted Reading: Graham Reynolds, Victorian Pain.ting, Herbert Press, 1981 Onistophe.r Newall, Lord Leighton., Phaidon. 1990

100 Years of Art: 870 From the Impressionists to the Present FAYE LANGLEY BA(Hons) 10:308m Tues Cct 6 8 mtgs $45 WEACentre Monet and Renoir were rebels I Many oflheirideas were as shocking in their day as the splashes and dribbles of Jackson Polloclc:'s "Blue POles" in the 1950·s. Van Gosh, Gau&in and Cezanne were at Jeast partly responsible for Matisse's garish colour, Picasso's fragmented objects and Dali's dream fantasies. This illustrated course looks at art styles of the last 100 yean, known overall as "Modernism", and explores reasonsfor change and diversity. We examine pop art, op art, minimalism and COIl

c:eptualism .. d how they relale to modern advertismg. lelevision and even multinational politics -and of course just you and me.

Art Appreciation: 871 An Introduction GARRY DARBY BA MA(Hons) 2pm Mon Ocl12 10 mtgs $78 WEACentra This course is designed to introduce the student to ways of looking at and understanding great works of an. The works examined will ran&efromthe 14th Century to the present day and as a consequence artists as diverse as Picasso and Michelangelo, Manet and Ouisto, Rembrandt and BTdt Whiteley will be considered. Auention will be given to the lives of the artists but the einphasis will be on lhe content and meaning of the works themselves. Techniques, social and r.>litical concerns and patronage will also be considered to provide a context in which outstanding art wotks have been made throughout history. Several sessions will be conducted at the An Gallery of NSW. SUlllleated Reading: D. Hooker, Art O/Ihe Wester" World R. Hu~es, Shock of 'M Ne", B. Smith, Australian Pawing

• AU cloB.e. Mid at WEA Centre, 12 Bathurst Street, Sydney, unle •• otIaerwi •• dated •

Page 12 COMPUTER TRAINING

WEA Computer Training The WEA Training Centre is fully equipped with mM computers operating with the Microsoft Windows 3 environment. There are 10 workstations in each room and students have exclusive use of a PC for the duration oftheir course. A Certificate is issued on completion provided all sessions have been attended. WEA Computer Courses meet the requirements of the Training Guarantee Act.

Computer Awareness

Using a Personal Computer $175 Apnc:Ii<:al,oncndintroductionwtheIBMPC(and _ribJu).lncludct III inuoducliOll to the DiJk 0pcnIin& Sy.tem (DOS) and Wmdow. 03. 10ft. wire available, word-proc:essina. database., 1I>tOedthocU, and sraphic •. For/w. _ """... w..... PC """"'"_. WO"',,: f d.,u '.Shll g.tIOIm-4:30pm COU/Sll No Date C41. Wed Sept 23 & lburs Sept 24 C8G1 Wed Qct 7 & Thurs Oct 8 ca Tues Oct 13 & Wed Qct 14 CIi83 Thurs Oct 22 & Fri Qct23 C&84 Wed Oct 28 & Tburs Oct 29 CII1I5 Wed NIN 11 & Thurs NIII 12 CII1I5 Tues NIII 17 & Wed NIII 18 .-C8Q1 Tues Dec 1& Wed Dec 2 .. CIOI Tues Dec 8& Wed Dec 9 "CIOI Thurs Dec 17 & Fri Dec 18 Moml .. : S .. 1b U.7Shrs .:30 .... 12:1Spm m. MonQct12 ml FriNlN6 AI_on: S.obU.7IfIII 1:30pm-4:1Spm m2 Mon NIN 16 Evening: 5 .lIb x2.7Ihll S:3Opm":1Spm m3 Thurs Oct 1 m4 TuesOct6 C&15 Mon NIN 16 m. Wed NIN 18 Wukend: 2 dan x .. Shrs .:8hm-4:3Gam C421 Sat Sept 19 & Sun Sepl 20 m7 Sat Sept 26 & Sun Sepl 27 ma Sat Oct 17& Sun Oct 18 m. Sat Oct 31 & Sun NIN 1 C628 Sat NIN 21 & Sun Nov 22 C&21 Sat NIN 28 & Sun Nov 29

Computer Keyboard Training $140 A ""_ for //un • ..,.., ... , ID fIIiII bybolurl .lillI, ."J cOJtjillellU ill _WIg • CtMfIIm,. The coune will cover: Baticinfonnation on ccmputers • The keyl>ao'" set..,., including func:tioo and com· mood kcyt • llinu 011 mutering thc keyboud et· f_ely' Correct posIOR ODd "'lIooamic: c:oosic!. _ • _ ODd drill gm& TYPEQUICK _11IIll. TYPEQUICK __ the IaJest technique. ODd ,ell away from the _allaborious mi:th· ads ofleanring the keyboa!d. Wukd,,: lwolbx!.&In Coun;e No Date C622 Mon Oct 12 1.30Pm-4pm C&23 Fri Nov 6 1.3Opm-4pm C624 Mon Nov 16 9.3OIm·12 noon Evening: 1.0111 x 2.Shrs S:30pm".08pm C62S Wed Sopt 30 C62I Fri Oct 16 C627 Tues NIN 10

Introduction to Beginning with DOS $135 WindowS v3 $1.35 This inIrodud«y COIII'IO aim. to funiliari .. _ Wmdowa.,.,.;detaGnopliallU"",Inredaco_ dmu wiIh the DiJk (}ponIIina Sy.- (DOS) rot .... 1JIIUf0lDl the way you ... _PC. This_ the IBM PC ODd !"JIIlPIIibIu. '!he COIII'IO wiI1 cloy inIIocIucooIy come -. ..... Wmdowa

='!f<~~==~; ::.o;::-~=.~~~~ MAT. (x)PY, DllL/IlRASB. D1R). '!he . F~~}.~"BRpcand.u,~ MAN. __ AG~DOS .........'" ODd how to ... it • ~ of file - -............... Anapproprillein_forIllY' "'--_wbowouldliketo«llllOtoariplwiththebuic:t W ..... "J;, 1 day x &In 1:3Gam-4:3Opm of thc DOS II)'stcm. F.-..u, - " PC '" .... CC652OU/Sll MonDat.Sept 21 ,,.,..., .. prl;w 111"'_ Ill .... 1..-._*"7 PC _...". or .q., .... ", '" roe........""..,. C653 Tues Oct 6 Wo"'ay: 1 d., x.fIII 1:3Oam-4:3Opm == ~':f ~ f Cou/Sll No Date C&SI Wed NIN 25 C62a Mon Sep! 28 WoUnd: 1 ~. fill l:3Gam-4:3Opm C621 lburs Oct 1 ~ ..... I 26 C630 Fri Qct9 _ Satiii3 C&31 Fri Qct 16 C6&I Sat Oct 31 C632 Tues Oct 27 ..... ~._ NIII 29 C633 Thurs NIII 5 _ .... C&34 Thurs NIII 19 .. C635 Tues Dec 15 Wound: 1 d., x. fill l:3Gam-4:3Opm C&36 Sat Qct 3 cm SatQct24 C&36 San NIII 15 .. C&39 Sat Dec 5 Evening 2 .. Ib x 3 hours S.30pm".3Opm COU/Sll No. Date CS40 Wed Nov 4 & lburs Nov 5 C641 Wed Nov 11& lburs NIII 12

More About DOS $135 A_clcJianedforthotewbowishto ........ _ aboultheDOSSystcmforscuin&upandllllllllJina the bard and floppy diJIu. '!he COIII'IO UIUIDOI • Jmowkldae of the basic DOS CClIIIIIWIlIa ODd the ."""" cl -. and __ the followina: Goncnd DiJk Management .1IiemdIic:al1>ilectorieI • _-mglnput and 0u1pU1 • Texl Files .t _ Files· CrearingaMenuSysrem· _, up ODd Restorin& • Mite ad'lOleed DOS CXlIIlIlIand. (c.,. PROMYr, ASSIGN, X(x)Py)' Confiaurin, your .y .. em (c.g. CONFIG.SYS, AUTO EXEC.BA 1). SIlitGbllr f.,. -. .. "" "" ..... 1#IuIfId." inUodMcIory DOS CO""., .,wIw"HI ~tiIo .. '~""1U".rilll( DOS. w ..... .,: lUr x.fIII ':380m-4:3Opm Coun;e No Date C642 TuesOct6 C&43 T~Novl0 C&44 Tues Nov 24 .. Cf14S Fri Dec 4 .. C64& Wed Dec 16 Wound: 1 day x. hIl9:30am-4:3Opm C647 Sun Oct 25 C648 SatNov 14 .. CM. Sun Dec 6 Evening: 2 .ob x 3 hoDrs 5.~m".3OIIm C&S8 Mon Sept 29 & Tues Sept 29 C&S1 Thurs Nov 19 & Fri NIII 20

More About Windows v3 $135 Thisoncclayrollow..,., ....... loob .. ...-, Windows. utiII& the __ in the ACCESSO-RIES poop windoW, _a ___ . """""'Y ................ PlF', and SYSlIDlT appIi. _. ODd advanced DOS and ... ..., func:tioIII. A-.IIl",.~_WI_COWN

or"fOIId-.."~,.of,,,._"''' ;:'U~·day x. fill .:3Ga ...... .3Opm couii'fio. Date C&&1 Wed Qct 7 C&62 TuesNIII3 C&&3 Fri NIN 2D WoUnd: 1 day x. fill .:3Gam-4:3Opm C&64 Sun Sept 27 C&&S San NIII 1

Enrolment form on the back page .

• AU claBBeB held at WEA Centre. 72 Bathur.t Street, Sydney, unle .. otherwiBe .tated •

Word Processing

Introductory Word Processing $245 Gain an _. dthe """""P'S and sIdII. d won! pRlCOIfinJ while Ieamina 10 use one d the _ widely used won! _sin, pac:bge., WORDPERFECT. WORDPERFBCTRlR WIN· DOWS ... MlCROSOFl' WORD. These """net will uuver the followint ~: C .... tina. editing and psintina _ • Sivina docum ..... Re-coIIiiIs _la fnlm _ • "Moving around • _ .... d _ fCllllS. bold, itaIi<:. uncIedine. eIc.. COIIII'ins.=Mion. margin •• in· denlatiCOl,lIbulation. • . & cbedcer and 1hc....... F.-.nt, _.PC _ the Uy/Iotudl& UHIIIMI.

Introduction to Wordperfect v5.1 Wllkd.,: 2 ... ~ I &In .:3Oam"':3Opm eou", No OIIIJ C47II Man Slpl21 & Tues Slpt 22 CI8I Tues SIp! 29 & Wed SeDt 30 CII87 Tbull act 15 & Fri Oct 16 CI8I Tues Oct 20 & Wed Oct 21 CI8I Tues Nw 3 & Wed Nov 4 cm Wed Nov 25 & TOOIl Nw 26 --C671 Tbull Dec 10& Fri Dec 11 --mz Moo Dec 14 & Tues Dec 15 .5 weelll I UIIIs . Cl73 ManSeot28 9.3Oam-12noon Cl74 Mon 0cl12 5.3Opm-8.00pm W .. kend: 2 ",,.111IIs UOlm"'.3Opm Cl75 Sat Oct 10 & SUn Oct 11 cm Sat Nw 7 & SUn Nov 8 --C177 Sat Dec 12 & SUn Dec 13 Introduction to WordDerfect for Windows 2 ''''.' Ills UOom-4.3Gpm eou", No OIIIJ CI7. Wed Oct 28 & lbulI Oct 29 Introduction to Microsoft Word v5.5 U.,..6111s 1:3Oam-4:3Opm eou", No OallJ CU' Wed SeDt 9 & lbulI Slpt 10 cm Tbull Oct 8 & Fri Oct 9 --C638 Wed Dec 16 & lbulI Dec 17

Advanced Wordperfect vS.1 $245 These ........ IinI to funIter your sIdIIa in Won! Proconing and cover IOIIIC d the more sophiai-c:ated f ....... d the pcpuIar sail ...... Qe WORDPERFECT. Topic:I ......... will : UseofcotUIIUIJandtables· Mltbsopenlinns. Mail

EE· . ScxIin& ..,.. • Use d Macros • U .. d . g check and 'l'hetamu. Creatina .. index •

realing. editina. and cIeteIins _. r_ e"",. •• .,..1IikIlM for ....... _ ... ",.,.,. ."1..-... ",,., __ .... ..",..or .... "" .. ".._~IIt __ ... _ IItg WORDPERFECT. 2 • .,..6h1l .:3Oam"':3Opm Cou,.,No 01111 C681 Tbull Oct 1& Fri Oct 2 C682 Tues Oct 20 & Wed 21 C683 Sat Nov 7 & SUn Nov 8 --C684 Tues Doe 8 & Wed Dec 9

Desktop Publishing

Introductory Desktop Publishing with Pag~kerv4 $268 Pagcmaker4 is. DetktopPllblishing program used for creatina news1euen. 6rocburet and advertisementsf... blic:orion. Thisinlroduclorvcounewill covertheil:'sief ....... andfun<tionsolPa ........... Padicipon .. wiIlbeobownhowlO.,......layousf ... publica,,~on. and manipulate ... ~ .,..... and

. y . andprintdOcumenu.F.-.nt, ~pc, """", __ .I&.IUIlliGLWiII-dow. e%JH'!'" iI aIH twt:tHIUMlIIktL 5 .lIb .2.5 hours Coulle No 01111 C685 Mon Slpt 28 1.3Opm .... OOpm C685 lbull Oct 8 5.3Opm-8.00pm 2 d.,1I 6 Ills •. 30am .... 3Gpm . C681 Sat Oct 10 & SUn Oct 11 C688 lbulI Oct 22 & Fri Oct 23 C688 lbulI Nov 26 & Fri Nw 27

Phone 264 2781

More About Desktop Publishing with Pag~kerv4 $268 F.,._ .... "' ... IIImr4T.-pIel<dthe/_ 1_ ", Dailop P_btg.,.",.,. 01'''' 01-~"""wIIIothe. _. ,.o/P_INIke,4tm4 _",,..,,,Ib __ foIIIIIru. Thecoune

will ...... ..- I'll ... graphics. typography. muIIipIe coIumnJ, pJac:ins and Bowing ... ~ autoDIIIic..., _ .... spacing mdutbertec:hnique. to make -.. and iadable publioa!ioo •• 2 • .,.. I Ills .:30Im-4:30pm Cou,., No 01111 C6I8 Moo Nov 16 & Tues Nov 17

Spreadsheets & Databases

Introduction to EXCELv4 $268 ~ Bxcol is an integraled spreadtbeet aud ,nophics padtage whic:b i. _e yet .imple to uae. h f ....... puIl-down men .. ,diaIog boxes and icons that make it easy 10 set up and .running. This coune wiIlintroclucD you 10:. ~sheetbasics. Menu _RI' Usin,. mouae' Cmting reports • PrinIina aud lnooIIing "'J""U • DOS Ba.ic •. F IUIIiIIMity wUh .. PC tuUI ayhotud iI tu."IIUfd. u.,. xl ....... -4:3IIpM Cou,., No 01111 CII1 Tues Seot 29 & Wed Sept 30 C6I2 Sat Oct 24 & SUn Oct 25 C688 Tbull Nov 5 & Fri Nov 6

More About EXCEL v4 $268 For _ .... _ IJItMlhd ... 1 __ .elDry EXCEL etHII'H., ",.""'IIL The course aims to develop 1IUdenu' abi1i1y to make belief use of EXCEL'. f_ 10.,..... """"_ and produc· live _theeu. TcpicllO be ......... include: • FlIIIIIICial and o.tabuel'undion •• 1F SUUemen .. -RecIiIYina cin:ular ref • ...,.,.. • Coouolling calcu· ladcni • Multiple WOIbheets • Macros • Foreign m.. • Data Pane. 2 d.,. 6h1l ':38lm"':3Gpm ~No 01111

lbull Nov12 & Fri Nov 13

Introduction to Lotus 1.2-3 v2.01 $268 These inIroduculry eounes IinI to provide you with • basic working knowlege cS lite most popular ~theet ~ used in tbelll!COUl1ling'. finan· claI, nwkeIing and personnelsecton. The CXlUrse will cover: • Spreadsheet basics· Layout of Lotus c:ammand menu •• Seledion and use of Lotus CClIIIIIWIda • Desi&n IIId creaIinn of .pmd.heets -Lotus fl8lction •• Fonnattin8 • Creating reporu and &JaIlh •• FileanddataboaemanagementFamI/UuiJy With.PC _ 110. ay"""'" 1& .. ,.IIIed. 2 d.,..6111s .:300til-4:3Opm Cou",No 01111 C6IS Wed Slpt 23 & ThulI SIp! 24 C6I8 Sat Oct 17 & SUn Oct 18 C6I7 Mon Nov 9 & Tues Nov 10 C688 Sat Nov 14 &Sun Nov 15 --CIII Tbull Doe 10 & Fri Dec 11

Introduction to Lotus1·2-3 for Windows 2 d.,..& hll •. 300m .... 3Gpm COUIS' No. 01111 C71IO Mon Nov 23 &. T!I&lI Nov 24

• AU clOllBeB Mid at WEA Centre, 72 Bath .. ,.", Street, S~, .. nle .. otherwise stated.

14 COJIPCTEUS & 'nMINING COURSES

Introduction to. Harvarel Gmphlcs v2.3 $135 HIMtd GtIpbic:$ is • _ c=' wbid! ......... tocnwe . . Wiom.r' ... wiIh .:.:=::."!.... Thi.".:: wiil ~ you how 10 ....re elfeclive. well de"'d!uis,~di .... m ... dslide.for ... in b\IsineO.'. •or-m.,:r.-1i0ll1,F4lIIIIIariq-• PC.,ti11HHm1 ..... '. " .. ,IUiUId. 1 IIIy .. IIIt 1:30IIIH:30pm CoufBe N. Oals cm Thurs 0cI15 e7O$ Wed Nov 11

WEA TRAINING COURSES

ENROL NOW!

Oev"op Your TG873 "anagement Skills

. ANNEFOXMA 9:3OIm-4:SOpm Tuet' Wed Nov 9110 $260 WEACtntre See 0\)lp0$i1. for details.

Provid'ng TG874 Quality .Service ANNE FOX MA 9:301m-4:SOpmFrI Oct 9 $130 WEACtntre This ....... ha been desiped I<> help ~ in· volved in the sel'lice indusny ~ theu _. -... _ .... lhroush quality setvice. OIIJ ....... 'l'odem_ I<> porticlponll meIhod. that will belp them 10: • R.emam ,couneoul while under p:essure • . ConunurW:ate effedively Ihroullb adive

n-in& • HondIc ......... rcomplain .. • Deal with difficult atstomers • Understsndand deal with eustomerespeetslions • BuiId_ loyalty • .Gain an. ":,::"oble edvan .. ge Ihroush ~'. ction

Method Practieal'exerclse;.leaures~c::lus.discussion.oourse ~'_4 Mot supp:m. and guidance. ~. ~knowledge and SItalegies for dealing Wiih customers .

Train the Trainer ·1'G •• ANNEFOXMA 9:3OIIIH:SOpmMon, Tue' WedOctl2i1a&'14 WEA cantre .. . . ·.5 Aoou ... dosignedl<> ... blepatlielpant.toplan~ p ...... lUUctured uainingd'feCliVely. • OIIJ .... .... • To design a training: P.IO&ram • Use a<eclerated learning tedIoig .... • Break traditimallearning JI'IlIIdl&OU • Disoover how adults learn • Cresre an elf .............. , <IIYironn1eal ·Be_I<> __ ~.···. • U .... di.oMsuaI .. dotheruainingald.". .... Vely • Masimise the use ofuaining lime ..• • Bvaluate the elf .......... 0( a uaining 1""'I'ain. Methoda: ..... Pra<:lical exercise.t. usignments. l~. ' .. .upport and suidance, lKIIes.and ,...;oar ~. sions.

~=to design.present~'-~!jI.., programs.

• All claBBe. held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathurot Street, Sydney, unle .. otherwi.e stated.

Telephone & TG878 G.eneral Communication Skills JEAN AMMIT MA

$130 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Wed Oct 28 $130 WEA CIIIIIrt

$130

The ..... or this c:oune i. 10 identify, highlight and lmjm>vetelepltooesodg_ral"'''lllllunicatiooskills in the day 10 day worlting envirorunenL ObJedI ... : To sUmWate and encoura,e participants tocommu* oleate (by telephone sod ID pemlll) actively, .__Iy, appropriately, audibly and attractively. The following !<>pi'" will be coven:d: • the working environment • importance of telephone usage • speeehupecIJ .. g. language, pitclt, tone, attitude, bOdY~

• cwnmumcallon dleory and practice _ud: PreaentoIioo will be by use or verbal outlines or tb""'Ysod~plu.someimlividua1ro1.playa. 011_ .. ~awareness of goodcommWlication skills in thewmkpl.",.

Speak for TG879 Yourself: ........ nal& Pro_lonalDevetopment IAENE INKSON LGSM OipAdEd 9:30am-4:3Opm Tu .. & Wed Nov 3 & 4 $280 WEA CIIIIIrt A ....... which aim. 10 develop. cooftdenl and eootpetent style of speeeh delivery with either col_lues or clients in differinS business' environ~ ........ ObJedl ... • To co-ordinate mind and body • To establish the role of feeling. and thoughu • To focus on the desired outcome • To achieve balance between content:and individual slyre

• To identify verbal dynamics • To ~ overcome anxieties and fears related

10 making a speech • To focus on the message • To answer queslicos from the floor • To l,lOderstand. uses. and respond effectively 10 media _ ...

Demonstraticns. practical exercises, notes. tutor support and guidance. out __

Improved ability to formulate though .. coIte~y and to deliver the message clearly. Improved skills in self evaluation and continuing development.

$280

.. fonnat) !liii!i.!),ji~l!~!!!l~!;·~~·!lene~n~·iRpO~m~M;d;mmrnmm~~;;;OOms gender-inclusive) and length. paragraph

=:W;J:':I' <lij""~slorlS".w.,, screening. writing tasks and exercises, tutor support and

:: ~ • All classes held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathurd Street, Sydney, unless otherwise dated.

Successful Selling 884 WENDY BULL AIMM 5:30pm Wad Ccl 7 6 mlgs $50 WEACanlra Becoming a successful sales person is your greatest asset for the future: it gives you freedom of expression and the ~unity to become as successful as you like. ThlS course describes what the selling profession really is, covering aspects of sales behaviour. personal growth and self development. You will also learn about personal and product presentations, customer needs, geuing to the decision maker, meeting objections, pros~g for business, problem solving and negouation techniques. Suggested Reading: Frederic A. Russell. Frank H. Beach, Richard H. Buskirk,Selling Principles andPractices, McGrawHill, 1988 Kevin Gleeson& PaulRose,Sellillg withSuccl!ss in Australia, McGraw-Gill

Success in Small Business KEITH HARDIE FAIM 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal Ccl 17 WEACenlra

W88S

$48

The most common reason for small business failure is not the product or service offered but the proprietor's lack of understanding of business management. The best idea in the world will fail unless the business is properly constructed and operated. This course will introduce you 10 the basic principles of small business operation. Topics to be covered include: why small businesses fail, choosing an accountant. arranging finance, cash flow, costing, market planning and research, advertising and promotion, pricing and stock control, communication, debtors and creditors, danger signs and what to do to combat them.

Introduction to Public Relations WENDY BULL AIMM 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Ssl Ccl 31 WEACentre

W886

$48

Knowledge of Public Relations can assist you 10 gain a competitive edge and maximise yourcompany's chances of becoming a leader. This course will help you to analyse your market, understand about PR and how it works. Elements to be discussed include corporate image, product promotions and effective and efficient advertising to meet sales needs. Interpersonal communication is one of the vital links involving organisational policies, briefing. instructing employees, presentations and talking to the mass media. Suggested Reading: C. Tymson & B. Shennan, The AUSlralian Public Relations Manual, Millennium Press Mark G. Young, How ID PrOlftOtt! Your BusiMss, Small Business Promotions Jim R. Macnamara. Public Relaliens Handbook, Margaret Gee Media Group

How to be. W887 Successful Retailer KEITH HARD lE FAIM 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal Nov 7 $48 WEACanlra This one-day course introduces many varied aspects of retailing. After a background discussion of retailing for the 1990'5, the topics covered will include: location -leasing and franchising; the legal structuring of a retail business; aspects of fmancial control, including costing, selling price and margins; proper record-keeping and stock control; selli~ and customer complaints and services; advertismg and sales promotion; security; and staff communication and training.

Business W888 Presentation Skills BETTY PAUL BA FTCL LSDA 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal & Sun Ccl 24 & 25 $90 WEACenlra Why is it important to be a skillful speaker and presenter at work? Because promotion and career success depend a lot on how significantly others perceive your ability to lead, inspire, and bring about change. Speaking at staff gatherings, seminars and meetings puts you in the spotliRht and allows others 10 judge. This workshop will show you how to use this visibility well, whether content is short and entertaining or long and technical. Key areas: dynamic centre, individual style, visual and vocal power, content structuring, delivery methods, aids, audience, questions, and a good exit. Bring a blank video tape and be prepared for excitement and change. Suggested Reading: Dorothy Leeds, Powerspeak, Piatkus Publishers, London, 1989

Writing Business W889 Letters DON HOCKING DipESB ASCA(L) 108m-4pmSal&SunCcll0& 11 $90 WEACanlra Career enhancement can depend upon the ability to writeeffcctively in your business. And the business letter is an essential commWlication tool. Business leners must have the characteristics of being readable, appropriate and mechanically sound. They must also be gramatica1ly correct and free of spelling and punctuation errors. An effective busmess letter achieves two results: it transmits a clear unambiguous message and aids goodwill. This course will examine ways of developing sound techniques in writing business leuers. Reference Texts: Macquarie Dictionary and Macquarie Thesaurus Gomnwnwealth Style Manual

Write Your Way 890 LAUREL DUMBRELL BA(Comm) 10:308m Wad Ccl 7 9 mtgs $75 WEACanlre H you've always thought you'd like to write 'one day', your day has comel This course is for you. h encourages, through imaginative 'triggering' suggestions, an exploration of individual writing processes that will promote writerly confidence in any basic fonn: from personal journals and letters to short stories and novels. It includes practical guidelinesforwritingimprovement, and helpful handouts. Suggested Reading: Kate Grenville, The Writing Boole, Allen & Unwin Laurel Dumbrell, Becoming A Writer. Allen & Unwin

Writing & Selling 891 Magazine Articles WENDI SNOWDEN 7:30pm Tuas Ccl 6 9 mlgs $75 WEACanlra Freelance journalism can be a profitable and re~ warding part time job. This course covers both fiction and non-fictioo articles, and press releases. Students will be encooraged to work on articles of theirown interestand shown how toresearcb subjects for commissioo work. We will also look at writing styles such as the use of metaphor and simile. A major emphasis will be on encouragement and guidance to have work published. A partldpatioit coursenotdeslgned forbeglnners, which Includes substantial discussion of students' work.

How to Write A Novel ANDRADAHL 12pm Mon Ccl 12 WEACanlra

892

10 mtgs$78

Want to write that novel and do not know how and where to begin? Learning how to plot your book, prepare and organise your work. write intelligent dialogue, and utilise viewpoint as a tool to storytelling. will free your subconscious to apply its creativity with greater ability and experuse. You will also leam how to draw living characters with which your readers can associate. Infonnation on publishing markets and writers' organisations will be given.

Thriller & 893 Fantasy Writing MERVYN BEAM ISH 7:30pm Tuas Ccl 13 8 mtgs $72 WEACantra A workshop style coorsein action writing. Through the use of exercises, discussions and demonstratioos we will seek out methods of creating suspense, developinJl technologies, characters. contrasts and believability. We will look at dialogue, flow and balance. Although optional. the exercises will en~ courage a discipline within your writing and an almospbereof support and encouragement from the class. Enrolments limited to 20 students.

• All clas.e. Mid at WEA Centre, 72 BathurBt Street, Sydney, unle •• otherwi.e stated •

WRITING & lANGUAGE SKILLS "-""~--~ ----~-","'-""'.~----~---,--. -----,--.,-,,-,-----~-'''''"''------''''"

Creative 894 Writing & W898 Scriptwriting Publishing Workshop TOBSHA LEARNER BA BARBARA BROOKS BA(Hons) 5:30pm Wad Oct 14 9 mtgs $75 10am-4pm Sat & Sun Ocl 24 & 25 WEA Centre WEA Centre

$80

This course provides practical guidance for begin- A class for people who are wriling short stories and ners in the skill of playwriting, both for radio and prose and would like to work with a guided theatre. Thecoursemcludes workshops developing group. The aim oflhi!! intensive wee,kend course is research skills, structure and characterization. We to look al publishing in its various foons and how to will draw from examples of contemporary plays, approach it. How does publishing work - from self* withaspecialemphasis onrecentAustralian Drama, publishing, and small presses to mainstream pub-illuminating the basic building blocks which make lishing? We will look at prepar.ing work for publi-some works timeless and Wliversal. Examining cation, fmding venues to publish poetry and short amoogst others the following authors - Brecht, stories, perfommnceand readings. Students should Olekov.Shakespeare,Nowra, Williams(m, Ilewiu bring examples of their work to this workshop for and Gow. we will eXplore dialogue, use of the discussion and review. colloquial, the political and the p:>etic. Also a brief guide into the ways of marketing your script and how to survive as a professional playwright will be

'<led ~Readl.g: A. Miller, Death of A Salesm.an, Penguin D. Williamson, Don' s Party, Currency Press Lajos Egri. The Ar, of Dram.atic Writing, Touchstone Books LindaSeger, Making a Good Script Great, Samuel FR'JIch Trade

Fiction Writing Workshop MERVYN BEAM ISH

W89S

9:3Oam-4:30pm Sat & Sun Ocl31 & Noy 1 WEACenlre

$90

"Bankers, Bastards & Technocrats" - a workshop for fiction writers. During this stimulating weekend, we look at developing a technology forScience Fiction, an international bank seam and a political intrigueand naval tactics. We explore techniques to incorporate and humanise these ideas and many more within a story . This is an interactive workshop with group activities - come prepared to write.

Screenwriting for W896 Film & Television MARGARET MCCLUSKY BA DipEd 9:30am-4:3Opm Set & Sun Noy 7 & 8 $90 WEACentre This course offers the ~rtunity to learn basic script-writing skills: writmg a synopsis, treatment, scene~breakdown and first-draft, It will cover such areas as plotting, characterisation, dramatic structure and dialogue. In addition information about careers and fWlding will be given. Suggested Reading S_ Field, The Art of the Screenplay, Dell Books

Models for 897 Creative Writing BARBARA BERLIN BMus DipEd 10:3Oam Thurs Ocl8 9 mlgs $75 WEACenlre The proper study of writing is writing. lhrough careful examination of excerpts from the work of established authors (participants will help to select these according to their own preference), you will analyse techniques of dialogue, character, narrative, point-of-view and description, and be encouraged to hone your own skill at the craft practised by the masters. The lyf is short, the craft is /onge 10 learn (Chaucer). Suggested Reading: Kate Grenville. The Writing Book, Al1en & Unwin, 1990 Gary Disher, Writing Fiction, Penguin, 1983 Phillip Davies Roberts, How Poetry Works, Pen guin,I986 Vladirnir Nabokov, Lectures on Literalwe, Picador,1980

Creative Writing Workshop COLLEEN BURKE BA 1 Oem-4pm Sat Noy 21 & Sal Noy 28 WEA Centre

W899

$80

1his course has a pnlctical orientation and caters for beginners as well as people with s.ome writing expedence. Students will be asked to bring two pie"cs of writing of not more than one A4 page, on the firs.t day, one on childhood memories and the other on a topic of their own choice. They should bring alleasl 11 photocopies of each topic. Students will alsobe required todo a couple of small writing projects between classes. Writing projects can either be poetry or prose. The course primarily comprises review and discussion of editmg and writing strategies to improve students' work rather than specific direction on writing technique. The group will also look at issues relevant to writers e,g. preparing work for publication, publishing and olher outlets and resources generally available to writers.

Read Faster KATHLEEN STRAW 7:30pm Wed Oct 7 WEA Cenlre

6 mlgs $50

Tl1.is course is designed for mature age students or individuals in occupations who are experiencing increasing reading requirements. Most moderate readers. could easily double their current reading speed. 'ne course is not de$igned for !.hose requiring specialized or "remedial" training. Discussion and activities will include study skills, and strategies for Improving memory and comprehension using NLP (neuro linguistic programming) and superlearning techniques.

~ .........

Page 17

Auslan 1: 901 Language of the Deaf Ineon/unction with IheAdullEduclllion Cent,. for Deaf & Hsarfnrllmpafred Persons HELEN ANGLlCAS lOem Frl Ocl16 8 mtga $60 WEACenlre When you have done the Introduction course, you are ready for Auslan J. This courseis taught by Deaf teachers using no voice. nus carefully designed course will have you understanding and using basic Auslan from the firstlesson.1'becourseteaches you Auslan for every-day situations. Certificate availw

able on request on course completion.

Auslan 2: 902 Language of the Deaf Ineon/unction with theAdullEducation Centre lor Deal & Hsarfnrl/mpalred Persons KAREN JAHN lOem Frl Ocl16 8 mtga $60 WEA Cenlre A more advanced course for those who have com~ pleted Auslan J. Students will receive a certificate upon successful completion of the course.

Speak for Yourself: 903 Conversation for Non· Native English Speakers LlNDA WARD BA DipEd 7:30pm Mon Oct 12 10 mtgs$75 WEA Centre With English as yoursecondlanguage,do you have trOuble arguing, expressing your opinions convincingly and asking forinformatioo1 Then this course will help you. It is for students who have obtained a reasonable proficiency in English (upper inter~ mediate to advanced) and need to practise and develop their oral skills for meetings, discusslions and any other practical situations. We will use teChniques and debating, the emw

phasis and conversational skills. Not a in English.

• All classes held at WEA Centre, 72 BathuNt Street, Sydney, unless otherwise stated •

Home-Based Discussion & Study Program

,i~WEA is pleased to announce it has taken over the lon,.rllnning and prestigious ~ __ based Discussion Group Scheme from the University of Sydney.

A program of courses designed for study in small, friendly home-based groups with tutor guidance and study materials provided.

•. " How·.it Works

Groups may choose from a selection of over 90 courses covenng a wide range of topics including Art, Music, History, Literature, Philosophy and others . Fonn your own group or join an existing group. Groups receive stud,}' guides, then choose their own meeting place and tlmes.

:ijj#fibd out more about the Program, Rhone 264 2781 and leave your name. We will 8~ipleased to send you a catalogue With full details when available in October.

-U"',',

Study Skills Workshop KEN GRAY PhD 5:30pm Frl Oct 9 WEACentre

904

8 mtgs $66

This course is aimed at mature age individuals who are planning a return to study or who are already studying at a tertiary level. It will reinforce their feelings of competence in some of the study skills they will discover they already possess, or give them the opportunity and the confidence to experiment with more efficient ways of studying. Discussion and activities will be directed at such areas as organisin~ and efficient uscof yoortime, lectures and notetakmg, reading and the use of the library. the preparation of essays, tutorials and discussions, exams, mOlivation.

Returning to W905 Study: For Mature Students JACK CLARK BA(Hons) DipEd MA(Ed) MARY CLARK BA DipEd GradDipEdStuds 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sat Nov 7 $56 WEACentre Areyouhoping to take up a course at school, TA}<"'E College or University after a long break? Can YOD cope with the demands studying puts upon you? Are you aware of your strengths and weaknesses? Are you confident about presenting writletl assignments? Do you know how to take advantage of technologica1 advances in lihraries and lecture rooms? If you are thinking of taking up a new career, do you know what skills it entails, and how to develop and market them? This course will help you to cope with all of this with greater skill and confidence.

Writing Clearly 906 BENJAMIN TAAFFE MA(Hons) DipEd 7:30pm Tues Oct 6 8 mtgs $66 WEACentr. This course will practise several elements of clear writing: paragraph structure, sentence strucwre and a choice of words appropriate to a context Qasses will he in two sections: the first studies the prose of George Orwell in Down and OuJ in Paris and London; the second, and more important, deals with students' own writing. The course is for native speakers of English and those with an understanding of traditional grammar will find that understanding a help. The course will boost everyone's written accuracy and will benefit especially those whose jobs require writing. Accurate writing depends on ConSCiOUS choice: this course will practise making informed choices in how we write. Suggested Reading: George Orwell. Downand Out in Paris andLondon

Meet Friends! Have Fun! ..Join WEA Social Club

Current Affaihlt.:\; .. ; lBulletin.goe .... j.ur

the headline •. Published by WEA &

\he University of !\VdQel( Annual subscriptiOn for 12.tssue$:.·'

WEA ........ ,. $27 ... W .. EA .•....... ·· .t......,..$30.· ., USe !he enrolment form oMne .

back page

• All classes held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathurst Street, Sydney, unless otherwise stated •

(;'Q1I:!~rU!\TlC:~l'l'ONS.K1LLS & LA'V"UA{iE~

Motivational Communication GL YNN CURRAN BA DipEd 5:30pm FrI Ccl 9

907 Public Speaking 909

I WEAC.ntre 10 mtgs $78

The ftrst condition of success is your ability to motivate, both fO'!rse1f and others. Fact - most of what you say 15 lost. The reason is people are infonnation-fatigued. Remedy - in the war against overload. people are only 100 willing to rideon your energy and. be-pointedtoward an agenda. Preferably youn. This course lodes at key factors: adjusters, achievers and gamblers; quitting the comfort zone and surviving; people - reading and reward systems; organisatiOnal renewal; the role of the leader, metacognitivc facton; marketing the message, Group work included.

Advanced Public W908 Speaking & Presentation Skills Workshop ANNEFOXMA 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal & Sun Nov 28 & 29 $90 WEAC.ntre Wbydo some speaken have the ability to move us? What lifts the messages of great speaken out of the ordinary so that their words are burned into the minds of their audiences and remembered through time? Leam theanswen to these questims andhow you can apply this new knowledge, not mly toyour presentallons. but to your daily lives. Participants willleam how to expand their repertoire of tech· niques for amusing. diverting and persuading their audiences. We will also cover the use of humour, verbal and nm ve{bai skills. a variety of ways to wooanaudienc:eplus some memory techniques for speaking without notes.

The following courses. are for complete beginners and aim to develop basic IisteninQ. comprehension and conversatIOnal skills. Classes meet twice a week for ten weeks. Introduction L915 to French GISELLE !AlA 5:30pm Tues & ThulI 20 mtg. $145 lltmMtIng Tues Oct 61t WEA Centre Text: -SI.uu PrOltlkru Text lAwll cl exercises iItdi.idvals J

Introduction L916 to Spanish PEDRO SANTIAGO BEd Cell T 7:301"" Mon& ThuII20 mtgl $145 lit mMllng ThUII Oct 8 at WEA Centre Tu., Y4f $,_ BooIc J d A,f,ivity Book J. Ox· fonl

Intro __ ucUonL917 to.Jepanese HARUKOTANAKABA(HonS) . 7:30pm Wilt & ThulI 20 mtgs $145 1st mMtIng Wed Cct., at WEA Centre Tut: 1~/'" Busy People. Kodansh •

JENNY ROSAlKY 10:3oam Mon Ccl 12 8 mtgs $66 WEACenlr. Theonly wayskills in public speaking and effective oralpresentation can be achieved is through panicipation and practice. This course aims to help students improve thinking. listening and speaking skills, develop confidence and poise in oral presentation,develop the ability to stand and speak clearly and to think quickly on one's feet. We will also discuss techniques for successful presentation, provide hints tohelp overcome nerves. and practise all of the above in a relaxed atmosphere.

Public Speaking JENNY ROSAlKY 5:30pm Mon Ccl 12 WEACentr. See above for details.

910

8 mlgs $66

Communicating 911 for Success GL YNN CURRAN BA DipEd 7:30pm Thura Cct8 10 mtgs $78 WEACentr. Looking at the long·tenn career paths of successful men and women reveals certain things in common. Whilst remaining individuals throughout, they possess certain vital traits of sociability: an exceptional capacity for reading other people and expressing empathy and support; a knack for networking, infonnation-gathering and taking risks that payoff; anabilitytodeal with ambivalence and conflict that wins respect The course examines these facton and suggests a success model that may be applied in your career.

llij _11 m

Introduction L918 to German WERNER MASUR MA 5:30pm Tues & Thur. 20 mtgs $145 III mMtIng Tues Ccl 6 at WEA Centre Tut, Sprich Mal DeUlsch J. Oxfonl

Introduction L919 to Italian ROSANNA MAIOLO BA DipEd 5:30pm Man &Tues. 20 mtgl $145 lit meeting Mon Oct 12 al WEA Centre Text: BlIOngiorno ltalia! BBC

Listening Skills W912 JENNY ROSAlKY lOem-4pm Sal Nov 14 $42 WEACentre We have two ears and one mouth and we should communicate with these proportions in mind. This sensible suggestion has been attributed to a Greek philosopher. In our rapidly dlanging world listenrng is a skill of ever increasing importance. Effective listening is not only important because it allows us to acquire new knowledge for work and study. but is important because it allows us 10 build good relationships with others. This course will rover such aspeels as : the listening process; active versus passive listening; how speakers can help listeners; barrien to listening; reading body langua,e; stress and listening and basic memory techniques. A workshop approach will be the main teaching method. Quizzes, group discussion, demonstrations and practical exercises will be part of this workshop approach.

Meeting W913 Procedures JENNY ROSALKY 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sal Ocl 17 $48 WEACenlre Designed for those whoneed toauend meetings for eithcrprofessional, personal or social reasons. lbis course outlines and demonstrates, in a practical way, how knowledge and experience of proper meeting procedures facilitates business and committee work, and protects the rights of all who attend meetings. Participants will also have the opportunity to learn the skills of chairing meetings and developing the confidence to propose and argue for and against motions.

Public Speaking 914 ANNE FOX MA 5:30pm Wed Ccl 7 8 mlgs $66 WEACentre Theonly way skills in public speaking and effective oral presentation can be achieved is through participation and practice. TIlls course aims to help students improve thinking,listening and speaking skills, develop confidence and poise in oral presenlation, develop the ability to stand and speak clearly and to think quickly on one's feel. We will ~lso discuss techntques for successful presentation, provide hints to overcome nerves, and practise all of the above in a relaxed atmosphere. .

• AU cl_BeB held at WEA Centre, 72 BathurBt Street, Sydney, unle .. otherwiBe Btated •

Effective W920 Communication GL YNN CURRAN BA DipEd 100m-4pm Sal 6 Sun Ocl24 6 25 $80 WEAC8ntr. Effective communication means personal effectiveness. h is the oontact point between you and your world. The degree to which you project your perscnal agenda sets the level of your success, leam through participation. Topics include: the zone of silence - turning shyness to advantage; establishing ra~)ft - the first four minutes of cantact; interactJ.onal codes - face, voice and body; three magic keys - humour, fantasy and personal style; setting the agenda - protecting your own

~Readlng: Blliot Aronson. T~ Social Animal, Freeman

Assertiveness W921 Workshop KATHLEEN CASEY MA(Psych) DipEd DipEdStuds MAPsS 9:3Oam-4:3OpmSaI 6 SunOcl31 &Noyl $90 WEACentre Topics oovered will include specific verbal techniques. a look at personal psychological growth and how our "inner world" detennines the way we interact with people. Other topics examined will include negotiating skills and assertion in close persooal relatiooships. Please bring writing materials IIlCiprepare a list of areas in which you feel you are net assertive. Suggested Reading: Alberti. Yow Perfect RighJ Or H.Bloomfield. Makin.g Peace With Your PQTents. Ballantine Books

You&YourVoice W922 IRENE INKSON LGSM DipAdEd 9:30am-4:3Opm Sal Ocll0 $70 WEACentra The voice. its potential flexibility, power and projection. enables you to maintain personal impact when talking with people. socially and in the workplace. Included in this course will be practical work on the folIowin, skills and techniques: Vocal expression, Relaxauon, Breathing, Projection. Resonance, Verbal & Non~vetbal language. You are the most important (and expensive) piece of machinery you will ever own. Discover the Wlique eharactenstics of your vocal powers, the possibili* tics for improvement and the practical benefits. Umlted 10 16 enrolments.

You&YourVoice W923 IRENE INKSON LGSM DipAdEd t:3Q.4:3Opm SUn Ocl25 $70 WEACeritra See above for details.

COMMUNICATION SKILLS - - - '-'-'~'.------

Women Unlock Your Potential Take some lime foryourself. Whether you feel the need to develop yourpotential within the family. toenable you to return to work or to further your career options these workshops are designed to help you. The aim of this series of one day workshops, especially for WOOlen. is to help improve self-esteem, confidence. conflict resolution and communication skills in persona] relationships, for employment opportunities and in the workplace. Tlte courses an structured as a sequence and participants tJn .neolU'Gged to ."rol ill aU loar ID gai" the maximum benefit.

Raising Self·Esteem BETIY PAUL BA FTCL LSDA 9:30am-4:30pm Wed Ocl 28 WEACanlre

924

$38

Most of us at times lack self +COnfidence. dislike ourselves, have a low sense of self~worth. This assessment can blight the future or, at the very least, reinforce temporary feelings of anxiety and negativism which can work againSt us when trying to deal with employment opportunities. But self-esteem i. teamed. This workshop will examine some theories about the genesis of the perceptive process and the production of selfesteem. How did I get to be what I am at this moment? What IS my style? What do I want to keep abouth? What do I want to incorporate? Where do I want to go? How can I travel there and how is it done? Please bring notebook and pen, and a desire for adventure. Suggested Reading: A. KOlzman, Listell to Me Listell to You, Penguin Books. 1989 J. LaRouche & R. Ryan, Strategies/or Women al Work, Unwin, 1984

------~----- ---~.-'------------

Positive Thinking 925 ANNE FOX MA 9:30am-4:30pm Wed Nov 4 $38 WEACenlre It is easy to let opportunities slip by when you have lost confidence. This workshop will not only help increase your awareness of how negative attitudes can affect self esteem, self concept and achievemenl but it will also show you how 10 replace them with a more positive attitude and unlock your own unique potential.

Communicating Assertively 926 JENNY ROSALKY 9:30am-4:30pm Wed Nov 11 $38 WEA Canlre Assertive communication is more effective than aggressive or passive * by participation. group discussion and demonstration this workshop will explore the differences between the three typeS and theconsequenccs of these behaviours. Learn how to gain, or regain, your confidence in yourself. Develop positive attitude. about yourself and others and communicate them effectively, verbally and non~vetbally. Please bringnotc book and pen.

Resolving Conflict ELLlN KRINSL Y BA DipEd 9:30am-4:30pm Wed Noy 18 WEACenlre

927

$38

Conflict is everywhere, at work, home, the beach. bank and bus stop. How we handle conflictcan differ with the situation. On the job you handle it with style and aplomb, at home you turn into a quivering jellyfish or a raging tyrant. Why? This day is for exploring how you handle conflict in general and in specific situation •. Negotiation, humour, diplomacy, the art of unfixinf. your stance are some of the way. that we will explore to enable you to turn a conflict situation from hostility to a deeper, richer way of communicating.

Psychological W928 Process: Understanding & Developing a Positive Self.lmage KATHLEEN CASEY MA(Psych)DipEd DipEdStuds MAPsS 9:30am-4:30pm Sal & Sun Qct 10 & 11 $90 WEACenlre We examine the process of the fonnation of self concept and discover strategies for changing self perception. Members of the class will participate in indiVidual and group activities designed to allow them to explore their potential. Topics covered include psychological development, emotional reM sponses and the effective communication of emotions. Activities include goal seuing, planning and organisational skills, personal presentation rehearsal. Course members are asked to bring photographs of themselves as children if possible. Suggested Reading: H. Bloomfield, Maklng Peace with YOUT Parents, BaUantine John Oeese, Families and How to Survive Th£m

I WEA Ramblers &

I Naturalists Club I I .,. .~ I ;:;'I.~,~

I I ~~gj .. ~~ .. ~0ii~ i I .j\ \'1 ~ \r.-

I ~'{\t= ~

---'-~ ~~ I For detailed program of walks L!,h~~e Stan McMillan 632 7822

Enrol by Phone 2642781

Use your Credit Card $1 Service Fee

• All cb.e. held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathunt Street, Sydney, unless otherwise .tated •

Good Food for Good Health MIM BEIM ND DBM BEc 7:30pm Mon Cct 12 WEACentre

929

8 mtgs $66

Foodl Glorious Foodl Nouve11e Cuisine, fish & chips. vegetarian, chocolate and ice cream or steak & eggs ~ we allhavea favourite food but we are also becorningmore aware of the need for a healthy diet This introductory course about diet and nutrition will cover the following topics: Diet, Carbohydrates, FalS and Proteins; Vitamins and Minerals; Establishing hea1thyeating patterns; Losing weight wisely; "Health Foods" - Fad or Fact; illness and our diet. Suggested Reading: Lavon Dunne,NUlrilionAlmanac, Nutrition Search McGraw Hill, 1990

Meditation for a Peaceful Mind MAMMADD RANJBAR 5:30pm Tues Sept 28

WEACentre

930

9 mtgs $89

A meditative and peaceful mind is essential for coping with the stress and strain of daily life and regaining vital energy. Meditation as a natural way to overcane distress has been practiced in the East since ancient time. Only recently has it been introduced in the West and become the subject of research in psychology and health studies. Based on ancient traditions of Zen Buddhism and Sufism, this course explores the various methods of meditation, mindfulness and concentration and shows how ~licablethey aretous. Students will panicipatein dtscussion and practice of each method to find the most appropriate one for their lifestyle. Limited to 16 enrolments.

Creative 931 Movement: For All Ages ELLlN KRINSL Y BA DipEd lDam Mon Cct 19 7 mtgs $58 WEACentre Expressing yourself through creative movement need not stop once you pass 501 Beginning with relaxation and gentle wann-ups, the course uses simple movement suggestions to encourage participants to fmd their own way of expressing themselves in movement. Background music includes "old-time", Greek, French and Aboriginal, and the atrnos~ere will be relaxed. Movement develops flexibility, spontaneity and stamina, and keeps you looking and feeling well. Depending on the group's interests, body awareness, balance and drawmg will be included, No previous experience needed,

Managing Love, W932 Guilt & Anger JANICE BLANCH lDam-4pm Set & Sun Cct 24 & 25 $80 WEACentre This course is for those who wish to understand their love affairs betteror see "what went wrong" in a relationship that failed, thereby circumventing the same traps in the future. We will also discuss how to learn to cope with the guilt and anger which usually follow such failures. Time will be allowed for group discussion but the focus will be 00 learning new skills of understanding and coping. Nothing of a personal nature need be revealed, as this course is not designed as therapy. Suggested Reading: A. Kidman, Managing Love &: lIale, Biochemical & General S. Beecher,Happine.ss: 11' s Up IQ You. Collins Dove

Feldenkrais: 933 Awareness Through Movement ELlSABETH SCHMIDT-DAVIES BILL DAVIES 5:30pm Frl Cct 9 10 mtgs $85 WEACentre How we are in our bodies is largely a result of how we move. Each of us has habitual patterns that reflect ourpersonality, cu1ture, genetics, and stresses past and presenL Using the natural intelligence of the body, Feldenkrais movement lessons can open up new possibilities of movement. The lessons chosen for this course are equally applicable to people with body problems such as back pain or arthritis, as they are to people interested in better movement forits own sake. Suitable forall ages and levels of fitness. Wear loose clothing (no belts or Jeans), bring a rug or yoga mat and large towel.

Relaxation & W934 Managing Stress JANICE BLANCH 1 Dam-4pm Set & Sun Nov 28 & 29 $80 WEACentre Stress is all around us, and comes in many fonns. Luckily, so too do techniques for managing and relieving stress. Relaxation counteracts stress; meditation has enonnous benefits and side-effects when learned coneclly; self -affinnation gives one power over one's self and therefore over life, as words give powerful messages to the sub-conscious mind. Understand how and why the stress response is such a mixed blessing, and how to use it to your advantage. Suggested Reading: B. Montgomery & L Evans, You and Stress, Ne1-,on

P~~.!l Making, Tasting 935 & Appreciating Wine JAMES WHITEHEAD WSET DIP 7:30pm Thur. Cct 8 9 mtg. $89 WEACentre This course Jooks at all aspect,! of the making. tasting and appreciation of wme. By breaking down the mystery that IUnoundS wine, we will arrive at a SOWld knowledge of what makes a wine taste good. Using a sensory evaluatioo approach we will learn how to assess quality in wine. -y DU need never again be afraid to send back an "off' wine in a reSWarant. Using samples we witllook at all the wine growing regioos of Australia. Wines from all over the world will be tasted to reveal Australia's plaa in the world of wine. Finally we will put the course together and look at ccmbining food and wine, Limited to 16 enrolments· cost 01 wine samples not Included In fee, but shoold not exceed a total of $40 per student.

Introduction to 936 Successful Gardening Inccll/unctlon with t'" Royal BotanlcGardsns,

~ctARET HANKS (Co-ordinator) 5:30pm Tues Cct 13 8 mtgs $60 WEACentre This course, put on by the Gardens Advisory Service, introduces good gardening practice for beginners and more experienced gardeners alike. The course will cover ail aspects of home gaJdening including soils. planting, watering. pruning. fertilising. mulching and composling. Low maintenance gardens, pest and disease central including organic methods, will also be discussed. And we will give tips on plant selection and gardening in containers too.

Wh" not ('Ollll' ancl li.·o",S(· in tilt'

WEA UIHtAUV

• All elm.e. held at WEA Centre, 72 BathurBt Street, Sydney, unless otherwise .tated •

Page 22

Car Maintenance W937 JAMES VAFEAS MAIME loam-4pm Sat Nov 14 $47 WEACentre This one-day seminar will deal with many simple mechanical tasks which often make the difference between the car going and not going. We will learn such things as how to carry out an oil change, clean battery tenninals and maintain the body-work. The seminar will also cover major components of the motor vehicle. Useful for all motorists who plan 10 obtain maximum reliability and keep q>erating costs to their bare minimwn. This course is conducted by an experienced engineer. author and tutor of Basic Car Maintenance courses.

More Antiques 938 & Collectables STEPHEN SMITH BEcon DipEd 7:30pm Wed Cct7 10 mtgs $78 WEACentre The widespread interest in the community about antiques and old things in general is ?ften mat~~d by a sense of bewildennent as to thelf authenuClty and their real value. This is a course for those who have a broad range of interests and who wish to acquire some confidence in their purchases. There will be an emphasis 00 techniques for the discerning buyer and special attention will be paid 10 the auction process. The history of furniture and furniture styles will also be emphasised and there will be a s~ focus on cedar and natiye Australian cabinet making timbers. Suggested Reading: Peter Cook. T~ AntiqUl! Buyer's Handbook for Australia. Reed Books, 1988 Juliana & Toby Hooper, A Guide to Collecting Auslraliana, MacMillan Australia, J 978

How to Survive W939 Overseas Travel MICHELLE BRENNAN BA GradDipBus 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sat Cct 31 $48 WEACentre When travelling overseas lots of things can and do gowrongl It's bettertobeprepared well before you leaye. This one day workshop covers all the areas that should be addressed to ensure a problem free holiday or business trip. We will examine safety issues,hea1th, weather,packing tips, visas,airports, customs, theft. preparatory reading, money needed, insurance, what to look out for and leaving every~ thing in order at home. Bring along your travel

Wiseman's Ferry T940 & the Forgotten Valley JANICE DEWHURST BA 9am-5:3Opm Sat Cct 24 $52 Tour departs at 9am from WEA Centre Walk the Great North Road, built by convicts in the 1820's to fonn a corridor north to the Hunter Valley. Visitthetowns~whereSolomon Wiseman became wealthy providmg meals for travellers and ferrying them across the Hawkesbury River. Then follow the rivertoSt Albans, once a busy town, now an isolated community called by some "1be For~ gotten Valley". Have a drink &t the Settlers Anns Inn and explore this secluded historic area before returning "'Sydney. Bring your own ptcnlcluII<h. Kiosk available for snacks or there are meals at the hotel. Return to the WEA at approxlmatel, 5:30pm. In the event offloodlng, this tour will be cancelled. Suggested Reading: M. Huttoo Neve. T~ Forgollen Valley. Ubrary of Australian History, 1978

Old Great T941 North Road KEN SHORT MA MIAG MRAPI 9am-4:30pm Sun Cct 11 $70 Depart Hornsby railway ststion, western side 9am. Return to Hornsby approximately 4:30 pm Interested in convict history. aborigina1 paintings, breathtaking scenery. the birds and animals of Oharug National Park? All this and more is to be seen 00 the 43km of the Great North Road which runs aloog the nonhem bank of the Hawkesbury River. upstream from Wisemans Ferry. Led by Ken Short of Adventure Wildlife and Park Treks you will travel in comfonable, air conditioned four~ wheel drive vehicles, be provided with morning tea and hmch and treated to some fascinating historical facts. The splendour of the Hawkesbury and McDonald Rivers and Valley and the native flora and fauna is seen in stark contrast to the "hanging hole" at Hangmans Rocks. Here convicts received the "natural justice" of early Australia as they struggled with pick and hammer to build the road now known as the Old North Road. lhis excursion promises to be adayyou will not easily forget ~ wear comfortable clothes and bring your camera. Fee Includes morning tea and lunch.

Historic Houses T942 of Maitland In CQnjuncUon with the Dep/ of Comnwnl/y Programs, University of N.wcasUe ROMA KANE BA (Co-ordinator) 8:3Oam-6pm Sun Nov 1 $85 Depart Hornsby Railway Station, western side, 8:30am. Return to Hornsby approx. 6pm. The Hunter Valley was at the centre of early colonial settlement in NSW, and Maitland, with its lovely historic houses. is the best possible introduc~ tioo to this heritage story. During this unique one day tour, we visit four famous 19th century houses, and meet their current owners. Bridge House, built in 1829. is a beautiful examj'le of AustralianGeorgian architecture; EngkFul4 (1837), almost fully restored but once a famous local inn. now the home of a local historian; Pinehurst and its companion Cintra (1880),designed by famed Victorian architect, John Pender. Lunch will be at the Red Lwn Inn. Course fee Includes coach travel, morning tea, lunch and entry fees.

~!VTERESTS , ~l!!..PS & TOURS.

MudbrickWorkshop T943 Residential at Earthways Farm Wollombl BRIAN WOODWARD Dip! Arch(Oxford) Frt Nov 20 • Sun Now 22 $180 EerthwaysFarmWollombl.PIfII!:IJI!Intelhould .rrivebetwaen6pm-8pmonlhe frICIIIyevenlng. An opportunity to learn from H{'Cft Brian Woodward who has tnincd as an arc:biteclll Ox~ ford.h .. lOyean ..... ",I .... dpn<tical .. peri ... ce in mudbrick. and is now qapd in dena:m' :d building in mud. In .... coune of .... d paniciponu wing .. down 10 .... pn<ticallide of making and laying mudbridu. rendering walla. as well u viewing • mudbrick under COIlIIIUction. Theory sessions involve: reuon. for using earth. various techniques (adobe. pile. prencd-cartb block.) perfonnance and ....... and CXIUIlcil RI' quirements. Accommodation 11 Umltecl. 'I1Iere ....shared ...... lngf.dllllesla.mu __ (bring own bedding) whlda .. OD extra $lO payable at Earthwa,s, or JOU may brlDlyour OWII lenl. Vegetarion food ill Included la IIIe fee and will be supplied from Frlday .... lal to Sunday lunch. Num ...... sIrIcIIyllmited. A detalled_, will be supplied 011 enrolmeDt.

Hawkesbury T944 Heritage Weekend MAUREENFRY loam Sat Cct31 - 5pm Sun Nov 1 $225 MeetloamatlheWlndlorTerraceMot8l,GIoIge S~ Windsor The Macquarie towns of the Hawkesbury River arc one of Australia's ,real historical and arclUrectunl treasures ~ here is the pertea ~ity to spend a weekend in lovely Spring Weather aploIina. under expert guidance, the many a~ ofWirul~ SOT and Richmond, and some beautiful placet in between. Visit Windsor's historie buildin&l. churches and cemeteries; enjoy a guided tour by ID astronomer around Tebbuu's Observatory; relu aboard the weekend's highlight - a cruise on the Hawkesbury ·beforevisiting old Ebenezer's Oturd!, followed by a barbeque at Tbzana Winery. And Richmond features pioneer c:emeterics. lunch It Heritage Cottage, and some fine 19th Century c:olonial architecture. Our tour ends with visits to St Joim of God Hoopila!. its beautifulg ........ and stately Belmont House. and to Rocking Hone Jtud. Fee includes twin share accommodatloa la ftnt cia .. motel, .11 meals rr- Saturd.y ..... to Sunday lunch • eaeh especially ........ fed, all entrance fees, the river cruise.lndlvldua drlnks are extra. Single supplement Is $35. A map and IOner.ry will be supplied prior to .. eek ..... Tr.nsp .... to Windsor Is student'. _ ..... U. Ily. Closing d.te for _ ... October 2.

Change of Address?

Returned Mail costs double and loses members!

Please notify us so we can keep our mall lists up to date .

• AU clallBes held at WEA Centre, 72 BathurBt Street, Sydney, unless otherwise stated •

4Il!§,r:Ro4Jtl'S & PHOTOORAPlli'

Drawing for Beginners JOHN WALKER 12:3Opm Tu .. Oct 13 WEACantra

945

8 mtgs$82

A practical course for the enthusiastic beginner, with a variety of exercises and experiments using charcoal, pen and ink. After the initial still life studies, which are always fun. a model will be used to make drawings of the figure. Participants will move from observation to self expression in a friendly and relaxed environmenL A list of basic:: requirements will be provided before (:()Ill.

menc::ement of the c::ourse. Limited to 16 enrolments.

Drawing for Beginners 11 JOHN WALKER 3pm TUlS Oct 13 WEACanlra

946

6 mtgs + 1 axe $78

A c:hance to explore drawing with a mixture of classes, some at \YEA and some at John Walker's studio. Students will be encouraged to start exploring their own directions in the way they draw and see. There will be emphasis 00 explonng a wider range of meditunslmethods, all at each students' own pace in our usual relaxed atmosphere. This class will combine 4 sessions at WEA, 2 at John Walker's studio and a Sunday afternoon at the Botanic Gardens. Enrolment limited to 16 students.

Calligraphy: 947 The Art of Beautiful Writing ELAINE WIITON Guild MemberASC AssocDip Adult Ed 1 :3Opm Thurs Oct 22 6 mtgs $72 WEACantra This course will introduce students to the art of Calligraphy by learning the elegant 17th Century style of writing called Copperplate, The practical applications of this script will be ex,Plored in many ways - letterheads, monograms, mvitations and Ouisbnas cards. Cost 0( all materials required Included In eourse fee. Suggested Reading: Donald Jackson, TM Story a/Writing, Taplinger Publishing Company. 1981

Calligraphy: 948 The Art of Beautiful Writing ELAINE WIITON Guild Member ASC AssocDip AdullEd 5:30pm Thurs Oct 22 6 mtgs $72 WEACentra See above for details.

Introduction to Graphic Design

949

MICHAELA KOBOR BA(VisArts) BEd(Art) GradDiPlArt) 5:3Opm'f'rl Oct9 10 mtg. $92 WEACantra An introductory practical course with an oyerview of the processes of graphic design; includina typography. design, layout and preparing camera ready artwork. Participants will develop basic design skills and creative ideas by working through a series of challenging exercises and oomplebna • self chosen practical design e.g. businell card. poster, flyer. The ooune involves the use of effective dry media and is ~ 10 beginners. artists and those who need graplli< design for business PUrpooe!. A materlalsllstwlUbeprovldedbeforecommencement fI the course. Umlted to 16 earobnents. Suggested Reading: 1.... John. Pr~pa,.iIt.g Design for Print, Phaidon. England. 1988 K. Gatta. O. Lange ,& M. Lyoos, FoWNiatio,.., of Graphic Design. Davis Publications, USA, 1991

Raffia Hatmaking W950 for the Adventurous In conjunction wiIh the Powerhou .. AlIsaum RIT A BILA BA(Vis Art) DipED 10:30em-4:3Opm Sat& Sun Oct 17& 18 $86 Powerhouse Museum, Harrls S~ Ultimo Be prepared for summer with your own uniquely destgned raffia hat. Learn the craft of raffia hatmaking while extending yourknowledgeof costume accessories, This workshop will be proceeded by a slide presentation showing hats of the Powerhouse collection as well as other creative designs. The group will then proceed under supervision to design and construct theirown unique interpretation for the season's wear. Cost ofmaterials to be used In course Induded In fee. Enrolment limited to 18 students.

Unlock Your W951 Hidden Artistic Talent MEGHANNE CLARKE B Ed(Art) 9:30am-4:3Opm Sat & Sun Oct 17 & 18 $94 WEACanlra Everybody can learn to draw and be good at iL The secret is to tune out the logica11eft side of the brain and into the creative right side.1bis course employs Beuy Edwardl teaching techniques based on perfonning simple (and relaxing) tasks which only the right side of the brain can do. This will heighten your awareness of shape,colourand fonn. The right side of the brain sees more clearly and intuitively allowing you. in a very short time, to unlock your hidden artisitic talents. You will be surprised by your results, Materials are Included In theeourse fee. Limited to 20 enrolments. Suggested Reading: Beny Edwards, Drawing an the Right Side a/the Bram, Fontana Collins, 1979

Practical Photography

952

RON KNOIT BA(Hons)HDip(Fine Art)ATC 7:30pm Thurs Oct 8 6 mtgs + 2 axe $72 WEACantra Having problems using an SLR camera? Then improve your photography the practical way, Whether you are a complete beginner, or just frustrated by your mistakes, this oourse will teach the use of camera controls, accurate exposure, composition and use of colour. Subjects covered also include portraits, landscapes, macro photography and simple special effects. Two (2 hour) weekend exc::ursJoos are Ineluded to practise tedmlques (dates and times to be arranged with dass) .

Using Symbols in DraWing

953

LlNDASWINFIELD BFineArts DipprofArtStud 7:30pm Thul1l Oct 8 9 mtgs $81 WEACantra This drawing course will involve the study of traditional and contemporary symbols in making artworlc:s. Wewill~loretheunderlyingmeanings and definitioos of Slgns, both in our society, and hiItorically. The coorse will apply the skills of design, compositioo and story telling through symbolic visual image making in the students' work. Practical applications of colour and their use in creative proceslel are also included. Discoveryour own symbol. through the IlUdy and making of Inwodt •. A malerlals 1181 wlU be _110 ""dents prior to course commencement. Limited to 20 enrolments Suggested Reading: L -De Grandis, TMOry and Use of C%ur, Batandford ""'as. 1986 I.C. Cooper. An illlIStrdted Encyclopedia qfTradi· ,i ... 1 Symbols. Th ..... & Hudson. 1987

Getting the Most 954 from Your SLR Camera SERGE GOLlKOV 7:30pm Wad Oct 7 WEACantra

10 mtgs + 1 exe $91

1bis course aims: to raise awareness of the potential for using the camera's controls for stunnmg creative affects. With a thorough understanding of the many features ofSLR cameras, the ~grapheris freed to explore pictorial possibilities through a range of innovative and experimental techniques. Composition.lightin~. selective exposure. etc. are covered and then applied to achieve more advanced techniques. A half day weekend excursion will be devoted to practical application. Date and time 0( excursion to be arranged with class. Suggested Reading: More Joy ojPho'ography, Kodak The Image Bank. Amphoto

SLR Camera W955 Weekend Workshop VAUGHAN BROMFIELD 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sat & Sun Oct 10 " 11 $90 WEACanlre If you want to learn about Lenses, Exposure, Film, Filters, Compositim. and much more, this Weekend Wotkshop has it all, iliss lessons on the first half of each day cover theory and teclmique: an excursion on each afternoon will put this into practire. Emphasis is placed on improving your photography by showmg you the creative effects that each of the camera controls offer, A oourse for beginners and experleneed alike. BrIng your earnera with Its Instructions and a rollofl00ISO slide RIm to the first day.

Video Production W956 for Home Video Makers JOHN REYNOLDS BA(VisComm) 9:3Oam-4:3Opm Sat & Sun Oct 10 & 11 WEACentra

$92

Learn how to get the best possible results from domestic video equipment in this fun and instructive hands on course, We will briefly look at the technical features of the camera and then spend time learning about the composition of a video picture, Sound recording (including audio dubbing), lighting and using home VCR's to edit a video production (including insert edit) will also be covered. Participants should bring their own video camera if possible. Limited to 16 enrolments.

• AU claBBeB held at WEA Centre, 72 Bathurtlt Street, Sydney, unleBB otherwiu dated.

ENROLMENT INFORMATION Please read carefully

HOW TO ENROL B,MAlL Post .the enrolf!1ent application together with the full fee or credit card authonsation to: WO Centre, 72 8at .... t Street, Srdney 2000.

B,PHQNE BankcardlMastercardNisa accepted. PII_ 264 2781 dur .... office ho .... C9am-5prn,. A.k for our course advl.or Ma,._t Kent.

B,FAX With Bankcard/MastercardMsa only 267 8_

INPERSON WEA office is open Monday to Friday 9am-Spm.

A Service Fee of $1 will be levied for Credit Card enrolment •.

You must enrol prior to the course commencing. Enrol eariy to be sure of a place. There is no special closing date for enrolments unless stated. Courses will run subJec.t to sufficient enrolments being received. Anyone 16 years and over may enrol. No qualHicatlons or special knowledge of the subject required unless specified. There are no exams.

Printed on the pretrisea of ..........

Confirmation of Enrolment - A letter of confirmation and receipt will be sent to you upon enrolment However, It le your re.ponslblllty to note the deteand time of the course a. advertise'"

Conce •• lons are available in many courses to aged pensioners. AUSTUDY students. unemployed people and other sociai security beneficiaries. Concessions aiso available to Seniors Card holders. These applications must be made in person and the appropriate documentation provided at the time of enrolment.

Refund Conditions -Refunds are issued when a course is cancelled. Check ,our enrolment carefully os no other refunds will be made. Any change to your original enrolment will incur a $20 administrative fee. RA cannot accept re.pon.lbllity for chen ... 1n personal clrcum.tance •.

WEA reserves the right to alter any of the published arrangements either before or during a course. or to cancel or terminate a course. WEA is not responsible for books or materials purchased for a course.

Ave Marrickvil!e NSW2204 Tel(CYl)5S03900

I .,.

I ~

I I I I I I I I I I

r ."-

Friends of the Laperouse Museum Members Quarterly Newsletter

President's Message With the approach of the AGM on Sunday 8 November, 1992, followed by the launch of John Winch's Laperouse Tapestry and the Friends' Pique-Nique, I take this opportunity to inform members that a teaching assignment at the University ofPapua New Guinea during November and December will again prevent me from attending the events announced in this newsletter, and that, in the circumstances, I do not propose to seek reelection as President for a further term of office.

I look forward, however, to a continuing involvement with the Friends in 1993, and would like to convey to all members my deep gratitude for their support and participation throughout the past year. In acknowledging the contribution of the members of the Committee, special thanks are extended to Carole Roussel (Vice President), Michcle de Tarle (Secretary) and Stan de Hauteclocque (Treasurer) for their dedication and assistance in the pursuit of our aim to realise the vision of Pierre Roussel for a worthy memorial to the illustrious voyage of Laperouse and to age of French maritime diseovery in Oceania.

Peter Orlovich

Twilight Concert and Drinks

on the veranda Saturday 24 October at 6pm, featuring the Capella Choir "Voices

from the Vacant Lot". Special concession to Friends: $20

Octoher - Novemher - Decemher, 1992 - Vol. Three, No. 2

COMING EVENTS FRIENDS DAY - SUNDAY 8 NOVEMBER 1992 A.G.M. -Tapestry Reception - Grand Pique Preceded as usual by the Annual General Meeting at 11.30 am. in the Instrument Room, the Friends' (;rand Pique-Nique will be a special event this year. so put it in your diary NOW AND MAKE PLANS TO BE THERE.

At 12.30 pm. the Consul General for France, M. Michcl Lcgras. will unfurl the Laperouse Museum's latest treasure. John Winch's SL:1rtling and long-awaited tapestry. Commissioned and designed more than 5 years ago, the Laperouse Tapestry has a much told story. Since the workshop where it was woven is no longer in operation. it is a unique, virtually priceless work of art. both in design and craftmanship, that can never be reproduced (tapestries are frequently reproduced. often as many as 10 copies being made from the original). Thanks to the artist's perseverance and generosity, the Laperouse Tapestry has been rescued and completed in order to L1ke its place as the centrepiece of the Museum's foyer.

So let the party begin. Friends of Friends are warmly invited too as a prelude to the Grand Pique-Nique. There will be music, shade, fine wine and cheese and, we hope, another sparkling La Perouse day to remember.

The Dansant on Club Med 1/, Thursday 10 December Have you ever tangoed at tea-time? Treat yourselves to an old romantic French tradition, a the dansant, on board a fancy new F Tench sail ing cruiseship ... CLUB MED II ... here in Sydney Harbour on her maiden voyage. The

Friends are holding their first big fundraising party and you will receive a much sought -after invitation. There can be only 150 guests so you must send your reply vite, vite.

STOP PRESS: Helen Rosenman wiIl attend the Grand Pique-Nique to sign copies of her latest work, a translation and rc-telling of:

"Two Voyages to the South Seas" by Captain Jules S C Dumont d'Urville

October - November - December, 1992 2

Museum News The Museum has had a busy winter - it is a popular time for visiting museums and galleries and we had, as usual, our busiest month this year in July. Bastille Day is always a focus for Sydney visitors and the ceremony was colourful and well attended. The Museum staff, and thc park workers who prepare the grounds, enjoy contributing to the day.

Recently we have been involved in the National Parks and Wildlife Service 25th Anniversary celebrations which continue throughout October.

HUGH BIRCH SPREADS NEWS OF LAPEROUSE

TO VANUATU

11 September 1992 "I have just returned from Port Vila where I had been invited by Air Vanuatu and the editor of the magazine Pacific Paradise, Elwyn Tania. The object of the visit was to relate to service organizations such as Kiwanis and Rotary Clubs the story of Qantas flying boat operations from Sydney to Noumea, Vila and Espiritu Santo with occasional extcnsions to Vanikoro in the late 1940's.

Great interest was shown by these audiences in the Laperouse Museum and the Friends who support it The Pacific Paradise magazine would like a story of about 1000 words on the Museum and its activities together with some colour transparencies.

As a result of these talks I was invited to meet Reece Discombe who was one of the original divers on the wrecks of Astrolabe and Boussole. He showed me some of the items he had recovered which included a beautifully restored

Booking Essentioll

We began with an Open Day on Saturday 3 rd October to promote the fascinating history of the suburb of La Perouse and the role ofLaperouse's expedition in the new colony of Australia. Mr Frank Carlton contributed with a collection of books with a French flavour for sale over the week-end and we hope this will continue every week-end, initially during October. Two fund-raising concertsfortbe Instrument Room project are being held on Saturdays 10th and 24th October and we hope to be able to hold more such events in the future if these are a success. I look forward to seeing many Friends at these concerts.

cannon, a pipe and a pair of navigational dividers. In addition, he showed me some other artifacts including what appeared to me to be a very heavy piece oflead ballast from Boussole but which he said was probably used for making lead shot. He also had some other artifacts at another location but I was not able to see these as he had other commitments and I was leaving Port Vila. The editor of Pacific Paradise magazine however will view them and report on their suitability for the Museum.

Mr Discombe can arrange for all these latter objects (not the cannon, pipe etc ... ) to be transported to Sydney by ship for free. Our expense would be getting the stuff from the wharf to the Museum.

Enclosed you will find an article by Bob Bowdey, master of the MV Coriolis which was used in the Vanikoro dives plus some photocopies of maps from the book" From Hudson Bay to Botany Bay" by Russell C Shelton. Given his permission, it would make interesting reading in the next issue".

r'· Vaf1~~ 1:'-~ A1RVANUATU

Volume 3, Number 2

A number of distinguished visitors have appreciated the Museum recently - the past Prime Minister of France Mr Michel Rocard visited with the Consul General Mr Michel Legras, Mr Dominique Bellinger from the French Ministry of Foreign Affairs was introduced to the Museum by Mrs Carole Roussel, as also the Senator Mr Durand-Cbastel and Mr Jean Terrassin, Delegue des Fran~s de I'Etranger from Adelaide and Mr Gary Simpson, Chairman of the New South Wales Arts Advisory Council. It is gratifying to note the interest of the French government and the commitment ofthe Friends committee to safeguarding French maritime history and its ties with Australia.

REECE DISCOMBE RESPONDS ...

Dear Hugh,

Many thanks for your letter and cutting about the Sir Rex Nan Kiyell Exhibition in the Hyde Park Barracks until 29 November ... The monument at Vanikoro is of great interest to me. The only monument that was ever erected there was by Dumont D'Urville in 1828. The other one that is still there and recognised by all was made by myself. What would be the chances of getting a copy or snap of this monument for me please ???? (not mine) .... I sent a complete list and photos of what I have for the Laperouse Museum several months ago to Jennifer Carter ... I hope that you can assist with these relics that I hold, as if I drop dead, then the family won't know what is what and will probably dump them all.

I am still interested in showing all the Laperouse followers my set of slides that I showed at his bi -centenary at Albi, and also at Expo in Vancouver.

Kind regards, Hugh and my very best to Madame Roussel. Sincerely ...

-:& !

Anne Sullivan's Designed Tours Discover France's unique contribution to early Australia!

Walk with me as.part of a small group (10·12) through Sydney's history and hear stories of French navigators, SClenLJsts, settlers and convicts. Morning tours include printed outline in French and tea.

Circular Quay. Dawes Point· The Rocks Walk $ 25 ••• Macquarie Street Walk $ 25 (SpeciallU"" for I",er ,roup) For Bookings, telephone (02) 327·2954 or fax (02) 327.1639

I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I

October - November - December, 1992 3 Volume 3, Number 2

.. THE IMPACT OF LAPEROUSE ON MAPPING OF THE AUSTRALIAN-PACIFIC REGION BY THE FRENCH (Port 2)

Address given by Rear-Admiral Fran<;ois 8el/ec at the NSW State Library on Monday 18 November, 1991

The accuracy of the sea chart depends on two main elements: first, on the geographic adjustment of the skeleton map and second, on the precision of the coastal surveying and of the hydrographic soundings. In short, nautical cartography is first and foremost a cartography of the gap. I mean that the dimensions of the empty spaces are as important as the outlines of the shore itself. Before the development of modem navigation and detection systems, when ships still relied on visual and astronomic navigation, the distances between landforms were vital information. Depending on the accuracy of this measurement, deduced from the difference between the geographic coordinates, land sighting after days and days of dead reckoning could be safe, dangerous or catastrophic.

With regard to the accuracy of their coastal surveying, Laperouse's topographers Monneron, Bernizet and Lieutenant Blondela were still using graphometers and magnetic bearings, carrying out their surveys in accordance with the best methods in use at this time. The hydrographic revolution would come twenty-three years later, thanks to the publication of new t rules formulated by the hydrographer Beautemps-Beaupre. A man of brilliant mind, Beautemps-Beaupre was a student in the French Hydrographic Service, called the DepOt General des Cartes et Plans, when the Laperouse Expedition was being planned and prepared. He was already fully aware of the unsatisfactory results of surveys dependent on magnetic bearings, and he proposed to base every hydrographic work on geometric combinations of angles and circles, and on the exclusive use of reflecting circles developed in France by Captain Borda and Etienne Lenoir, an illiterate instrument maker of pure genious.

Fortunately for science, Beautemps-Beaupre was not granted his wish to join Laperouse's staff. But he sailed six years later in 1791 with the rescue expedition commanded by Admiral d'Entrecasteaux. This voyage was a medical and psychological disaster (eighty-nine men died out of two-hundred-and-nineteen, between half and a third of the crew). Nevertheless, Beautemps-Beaupre, only twenty-five years old, achieved innovative results using for the first time the methods he had devised and recommended, entirely based on the geometry of circles and angles dissociated from magnetic bearings. He was given the opportunity to complete Cook's work along the southern coast of Tasmania, initiating in Storm Bay his new method of segments of circles between 22 April and 14 May 1792. It was something like the birth of modem hydrography and probably the first accurate large scale map of a part of Australia. BeautempsBeaupre published his results and explained his methods in 1808. Though he admitted to having been inspired by the ideas of Dalrymple, the British Navy with high regard for his publications recommended the adoption of his methods.

We consider Beautemps-Beaupre to be the father of modern French hydrography. His methods were only superseded by to-day's modem radio-electric procedure. After Beautemps-Beaupre, French surveys in the Pacific could be carried out with far greater accuracy. Captain Baudin sailed too early to be able to use these new methods as he surveyed the Australian coast between 180 I and 1803. He signed thirty-two maps and surveys of which thirty concern Australia and Tasmania. Baudin and Flinders almost completed the mapping of Auslralia's coastline begun two centuries before by the Dutch explorer Willem Janszoon. Unfortunately Baudin chose to spend such long

VANIKORO ISLAND periods at sea that his expedition was one of the most disastrous from a medical point of view, due to scurvy.

Then Louis de Freycinet sailed across the Pacific from 1817 to 1820 onboard Uranie. Our Hydrographic Service retains records collected by Thetis and Esperance, under the command ofHyacinthe de Bougaimille,between 1824 and 1826, some of which concern Sydney and Port Jack

son Bay. Dumont d'Urville charted the Pacific from 1816 to 1829, and then from 1837 to 1840, with Astrolabe and Zelee. Being our greatest sea explorer, he reached south to Antartica, amassed important data from along the coasts of Australia, New Zealand, the Fiji Islands, New Caledonia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, before joining the Indian Ocean via Melanesia. In all, some hundred maps appeared for the first time in the Atlas published after Dumont d'Urville's voyages.

As the commanding officer of a patrol ship, I was given twenty-two years ago the privilege of navigating through Vanuatu and the Solomon Islands on sea-charts drawn by Dumont d'Urville. The fascinating map ofVanikoro is most impressive when you remember that Dumont d'Urville anchored on the 21st February 1828 in Tevalbay, eastofthe island, moved on the 2nd March into Manevai" Bay and sailed away only fifteen days later, his men striken by fever and disease. The cartographic work achieved in such a short time by the officers underthe command of Sub-Lieutenant Gressien is outstanding. Actually, I must acknowledge that I discovered a few years ago, while researching the disaster of the Laperouse Expedition, that the Vanikoro chart has been amended several times since 1828, in order to correct some enormous errors regarding the coral reef. These errors explain for instance the huge misunderstanding between Dumont d'Urville and Peter DilIon, the discoverer of the Vanikoro tragedy, regarding the narrow passages through the coral reef and consequently the exact location of the wrecks of the two frigates. (to be continued next issue)

october - November - December, 1992 4

LAPEROUSE Quarterly Newsletter of the

Friends of the Laperouse Museum

Editor: Carolc Roussel Tel: (02) 389-8010

Publisher: Friends of the Laperouse Museum, PO Box 230 Paddington NSW 2021

Desi~n: Stadia Graphics

Friends of the Laperouse Museum Limited (ACN. 003-547-699)

was established in 1989.

Patron: The lion. E.G. Whitlarn, AC, Q.C. President: Peter Orlovich Vke-Pres:Guy de Compiegne

Carole Roussd Trea.~urer:Stan de Hauteclocque Secretary: Michele de Tarl': Committee: Carol Abela

lIugh Birch Camille Dezarnaulds Daniele Elfassy David Elfassy Maric-HClenc Gilly The lion. John Holt, Q.C Angela Raymond

NPWS: Peter Shadie Curator: Iennifer Carter

SUBSCRITION RENEWAL For those who have NOT YET renewed their subscription or who wish to join the Friends for the Calendar Year 1993, please use the form enclosed for your convenience.

N.B. Bankcard, Mastercard & Visa are now accepted. Thank you in advance for your support!

ADVERTISING RATES Copy Siu

Singk Ptr'Year Issue {4 IsslUS}

Full page $ 600 1/2 page $ 350 1/4 page $ 200 1/6 page $ 125 Business $ 50 Card(1/12th)

$1900 $1100 $ 600 $ 400 $ 160

i:'Dl'TO'NJIL~: Thank you for your many interesting, informative and entertaining letters. Sometimes only small extracts are printed, others not at all, but the Committee always reads, notes

appreciates their contents.

EXHIBITIONS OF INTEREST

TO LOVERS OF EXPLORAnON

AND NAVIGAnON

A DISCERNING EYE SELECTIONS FROM THE

REX NAN KIVELL COLLECTION

A National Library of Australia Travelling Exhibition

19 September - 29 November 1992 Hyde Park Barracks, Sydney

lOam - 5pm daily (02) 223-8922

The late Sir Rex Nan Kivell was a founding partner of London's famous Redfern Gallery, where he was the first dealer to first show the early works of Matisse, Picasso and Max Ernst. A New Zealander by birth, he nevertheless sold or bequeathed to the National Library of Australia his life-long collection of paintings, maps, notebooks and objets d'art pertaining to European discovery and settlement of the Pacific.

THE FRIENDS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY

LIBRARY in conjunction with THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY

GUIDED TOURS invite all Friends of the Laperouse Museum to join a special discovery tour

"Images of an Era" on Monday 2 November 1992

1O.30am - 3.30pm Meeting Place: under the Clock Tower Cost, including lunch: $30 Bookings: (02) 692-4002 Ms Judy Lee Then, linger in Fisher Library's Rare Book Collection - Level 2:

"Driv'n by the Spheres" The influence of the heavens on science and society as reflected in print from the 15th-20th centuries. Until 2 January 93

"THE PACIFIC EXPLORER" by Professor John Dunmore

This book is now for sale at the Museum. Regular Price: $24.95

Special Offer to Friends ONLY $ 21.95 (Save $ 3.00)

Volume 3, Number 2

Letter of support for the Instrument Room project from H.E. the Australian Ambassador to France, Mr Kim Jones to the Director, Heritage Branch, Department of Planning

I understand that the Laperouse Museum has applied to the Heritage Commission for assistance with respect to the restoration of the Instrument Room at the Museum.

The Laperouse Museum is an important symbol of the bilateral links between Australia and France and as such has generated considerable interest in both France and Australia. Indeed, its establishment in 1988 was made possible due to the joint support of the French and New South Wales' governments.

I understand that the Museum is in need of additional financial assistance to enable it to undertake the renovations necessary for the Instrument Room to be made into an exhibition area, which would also be available for community activities.

Given the historical importance of the Laperouse Museum and the valuable contribution it has made in developing awareness of the early relationship between France and Australia, I endorse the museum's application for assistance.

Letter of thanks to the Editor for information, photographs andMuseum poster sent to M. Philippe de Laperouse and family:

Je vous remercie infiniment pour les documents et l'affiche que vous m'avez envoyes coneernant le musee "Laperouse" a Botany Bay. J'ai essaye sans succes de vous repondre pendant votre sejour a Paris mais j'espere avoir le plaisir de vous rencontrer a Sydney un jour. Veuillez croire, chere Madame, a mes salutations les plus distinguees.

The Friends are honoured by the Life Membership ofMr Peter Curtis, Consul-General for Australia in New York and former Australian Ambassador to France.

NEXT ISSUE Bob Bowdey's article from the

MIV Coriolis, Vanuatu "In Search ofBoussole".

Also Part III of Rear-Admiral Bellee's address given at the International Cartography Conference, Sydney

on Monday 18th November, 1991.

1 I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 I' 1 1 11 1 I I I

Documents

Adec Preview Generated - University of Sydneynswaol.library.usyd.edu.au/data/pdfs/13046_ID_Duque...Tilden als"o put forward six principles which have remained the corner stone of modern